ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)s04.static-shell.com/.../nga/downloads/pdf/rumuekpe-eia-report.pdf · The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited Operator for

The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited

Operator for the NNPC/Shell/Agip/Total Joint Venture

December, 2006

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)

OF

RUMUEKPE (OML 22) AND ETELEBOU (OML 28) 3D

SEISMIC SURVEY

(FINAL REPORT)

Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic Survey ________________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________

Executive Summary 1 of 19

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Proponent

The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) is a major oil

producing company in Nigeria. SPDC is the operator of the Joint Venture between the

Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation (NNPC), Shell Companies in Nigeria (SCiN),

TotalFinaElf Nigerian Limited, and Nigerian Agip Oil Company (NAOC). SPDC, as the

proponent, carried out the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the OML 22 & 28

3D seismic survey.

Legal and Administrative Framework

The impact assessment was undertaken in compliance with the provisions of the

relevant regulatory framework stipulated by the then Federal Environmental Protection

Agency (FEPA), now the Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV), and the Department

of Petroleum Resources (DPR). The local and international regulations and standards

consulted include Oil Pipelines Ordinances CAP 145 (1956), Oil Pipelines Act (1965),

FEPA Act No 58 (1988), EIA Act No 86 (1992), DPR (1999, 2002), Rivers State

Environmental Protection Agency Edict No 2 (1994), Bayelsa State Environmental and

Development Planning Edict (1999), World Bank Guidelines on Environmental

Assessment (1991), UNFCC (1994), IUCN (1996) Explosives Act of 1964 and the

Explosives Regulations of 1967.

The Project

The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey objectives and priorities are to:

� Support oil and gas production through exploration activities including seismic

surveys;

� Strengthen security (and share) of supply through such activities;

� Safeguard selected subsurface assets;

� Safeguard Shell Companies in Nigeria (SCiN)/SPDC quota;

� Provide platform for oil and gas growth; and

� Generate revenue for the Federal Government of Nigeria.

The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey will involve subsurface and surface activities. The

sub-surface activities include:

� Setting out of receiver and source lines


____________________________________________________________________________________________


� Drilling of shallow and deep shot holes at selected, specific points (source lines)

in grids within the project area

� Detonation of explosives within the shot and deep shot holes

� Recording of seismic signals on magnetic tapes

The surface activities include land clearing for camp sites and other facilities, surveying,

and recording.

Project Location

The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey is located in Rivers and Bayelsa states of Nigeria.

It covers the following Local Government Areas:

Rivers State – Abua/Odua, Ahoada West and Ahoada East LGAs.

Bayelsa State – Yenagoa and Ogbia LGAs.

OML 22 and 28 lie in the geographical region that can be approximately defined by the

following coordinates:

OML 22 (RUMUEKPE) OML 28 (ETELEBOU)

Easting (m) Northing (m) Easting (m) Northing (m)

1 455710.920 115600.878 436117.800 118187.100

2 464878.327 115583.317 441239.860 118187.100

3 464878.327 107967.594 441141.28 101687.100

4 469003.511 107967.594 436117.800 101687.100

5 468986.760 105000.000 436117.800 118187.100

6 470940.000 105000.000

7 470940.000 94171.000

8 462083.000 94171.000

9 462060.497 96695.298

10 454406.707 96702.668

11 454406.707 102943.331

12 455685.079 102964.678

13 455710.920 115600.878


____________________________________________________________________________________________


Environmental Baseline Status

The environmental baseline data acquisition for the EIA of the OML 22 & 28 3D seismic

survey was undertaken by means of literature search and field confirmation of available

data. The environmental indicators evaluated included climate, air quality, water quality,

soil and land use, vegetation, wildlife, fisheries, sediment, social and health status.

Climatic conditions

The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area has humid tropical climate. The climate is

profoundly influenced by its nearness to the Atlantic Ocean. There are two seasons in a

year namely, dry and wet season. The dry season runs from November to March, and

the wet season from April to October. The annual rainfall is about 2500 mm. The rain

falls throughout the year with peaks in June and September, and a short break of low

rainfall in August. The relative humidity is usually above 85% in the rainy season, and

may decrease to 45.5% in the dry season. The Harmattan months of December and

January have the lowest relative humidity. The ambient air temperature ranged between

24.5oC and 32oC in the wet season and 25oC to 36oC in the dry season. Southwesterly

winds were prevalent in the project area in the rainy season, and wind speeds ranged

from 0.3 – 4.5 m/s. In the dry season, wind speeds were more of 0.3 – 1.5 m/s.

Ambient air quality showed that the levels of suspended particulate matter (11.5 – 218.7

µg/m3), nitrogen dioxide (8.4 – 28.3 µg/m3), sulphur dioxide (3.5 – 5.7 µg/m3), total

hydrocarbon (256.0 – 287.0 µg/m3), hydrogen sulphide (<0.001 – 0.1 µg/m3), carbon

monoxide (1.0 – 7.3 µg/m3), and ammonia (<0.001 – 15.8 µg/m3) were within the Federal

Ministry of Environment (FMENV) permissible limits.

Ambient background noise level was low and ranged from 49 to 56 dB(A). Higher noise

levels were recorded in area where machines were operated.

Vegetation

The vegetation was of four basic types. The two more prominent types were the

freshwater swampy forest or riparian forest and the moist lowland forest or rain forest.

The other vegetation types were the forest/farmland mosaic and the secondary forest.


____________________________________________________________________________________________


The freshwater swampy forest was the most extensive of all the vegetation types. It

consisted of two close discontinuous strata of trees about 30 – 32 m high, underneath

which was a shrubby layer of thickets, about 18 m high, and then an herbaceous layer

dominated by Vossia lucanusianus and Cyclosorus striatus. Several plant species

including trees, shrubs, ferns, grasses and sedges constitute this type of vegetation.

The moist lowland forest (rain forest) had a three-storey stratified structure of closed

stands characterised by high species diversity. The first canopy consisted of plants

about 40m high, the next about 30 m high and the third of shorter trees and shrubs

forming an impenetrable thicket. Underneath was an herbaceous layer at the fringe of

the forest. The forest was usually flooded and had a large variety of lianas, epiphytes

and ferns. The plants in the rainforest consisted of economic, medicinal and food crops.

They included Cedar Mahogany (Entandrophragma utile), abura (Mitragyna ciliata, M.

stipulosa), kolanut (Cola gigantea, C. millenii), African Tragacanth (Sterculia sp), iron

wood (Lophira alata), Obeche (Triplochiton scleroxylon), Antiaris africana, oil palm

(Elaeis guineensis), raffia palm(Raphia hookeri), stool wood (Alstonia boonei), bush

mango (Irvingia smithii), and mansonia (Mansonia altissima).

The forest/farmland/fallow mosaic was dominated by Elaeis guineensis. It was a

freshwater swamp forest with a few scattered trees such as silk-cotton tree (Ceiba

pentandra). Adjoining area consisted of farmlands and fallow grounds. The crops grown

on the farms included banana and plantain (Musa spp), cassava (Manihot esculenta),

yams (Dioscorea spp), mango (Mangifera indica) and sugar cane (Saccharum

officinarum). Also common were cardboard (Pycnanthus angolensis), gmelina (Gmelina

arborea), christmas bush (Alchornea cordifolia) and Bush cane (Costus lucanusianus).

On the fallows were weeds such as goat weed (Ageratum conyzoides), touch me not

(Mimosa pudica), Grass (Vossia cuspidate), haemorrhage tree (Aspilia africana), siam

weed (C. odorata) and pink tassle flower (Emilia praetemissa). Aquatic macrophytes

included water hyacinth (E. crassipes), water spinach (Ipomoea aquatica) and bizzy lizzy

(Cyperus articulatus).

Secondary forest/forest regrowth mosaic was a semi-natural vegetation in which the

result of man’s activities in the past had changed the structured natural vegetation to

become a dense, non-storeyed regrowth forest of trees and shrubs. Its plant species


____________________________________________________________________________________________


included cabbage tree (Anthocleista vogelii), umbrella tree (Musanga cecropioides),

Chrysobalanus orbicularis, E. guineensis, L. alata, A.cordifolia, M.ciliata, Aspilia africana

and Dissotis rotundifolia.

Land Use/Cover

In OML 22, secondary forest constituted about 53% of the land cover while primary

forest accounted for 17%. Farmlands, fallows, sparse vegetation and water constituted

the balance. Subsistence agriculture was carried out on the farmlands and the crops

included plantain, banana, maize, coconut, yams, cocoyam, sugarcane, groundnut,

sweet potato, cassava, okra, pepper and leafy vegetables.

The water bodies served as source of drinking water, and supported such activities as

fishing, transportation, waste disposal including sewage and religious purposes.

The ecologically sensitive areas were the flooded freshwater swamp forests. They

served as spawning and nursery grounds for shell-and finfishes. The swamp forest was

rich in biodiversity (wide variety of economic, medicinal and food plants and animal life).

Wildlife

A wide variety of wildlife (fauna) flourished in the project area. It consisted of vertebrates

that included amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. Their populations have become

depleted by human exploitation and human-induced habitat alterations to the extent that

some species such as civet cat (Viverra civetta) and grey parrot (Psittacus erithacus)

had become rare and leopard (Panthera pardus) threatened or endangered.

Invertebrates including a wide variety of insects and molluscs were also observed in the

area.

Geology and Hydrogeology

Geologically, the 3D seismic survey area is located within the Niger-Delta basin which

consists of alluvial deposits of late Pleistocene and Holocene age. The topsoils

consisted of sandy clay while lower depths consisted of coarse sand and fine sand that

are well sorted. The aquifers are confined by about 10m and poorly sorted sand with low

conductivity indicating that the aquifers are relatively protected. The inhabitants


____________________________________________________________________________________________


extracted water for drinking and domestic use from these aquifers, which are liable to

pollution from infiltrating pollutants.

However, the relatively low permeability of the sandy clay separating the topsoil from the

aquifer would reduce the rate of vertical infiltration of pollutants from the soil surface.

The direction of flow of groundwater was south eastwards. The established direction of

flow would be useful in determining the path of flow of contaminants.

Soils

The soils of the project area can be broadly classified as rainforest soils, which occurred

in the southeastern part. The rainforest soils constituted over 90% of the soils and

belonged to the following Orders: Inceptisol, Entisol, Oxisol and Alfisol. The soils were

loamy sand in the topsoil and sandy clay loam at mid-depth and bottom soil horizons.

The soils had a high organic carbon content and fertility status and therefore supported

the luxuriant vegetation observed.

The soils were predominantly acidic with pH ranging from 5.2 – 6.4. The ranges of

concentrations (mg/kg) of nutrients at all soil depths, in both rainy and dry seasons were

phosphorus, 0.21 – 6.92; nitrate-nitrogen, 0.01 – 1.96; and sulphate, 0.20 – 10.91. The

concentrations of basic cations (sodium, calcium, magnesium, potassium) were high and

could support crop production. The heavy metals (iron, lead, copper, chromium,

manganese, zinc and cadmium) occurred in low concentrations and the values were

within the range reported for similar ecosystems in the Niger Delta.

The soils contained at all depths, high densities of heterotrophic bacterial and fungal

loads and low levels of oil degrading microbial species. The high heterotrophic bacterial

and fungal densities indicated that the soil contained concentrations of nutrients enough

to support their growth. The mean percentage hydrocarbon decomposing bacterial and

fungal loads were low, indicating an environment not grossly contaminated with

hydrocarbons.

Aquatic Environment

There are two major river systems, namely, Orashi River and Sombreiro River. There

were other numerous water bodies such as small rivers, lakes, ponds, streams, inter-


____________________________________________________________________________________________


twinning creeks and all season burrow pits. Sand winning activities occurred at several

points on the major rivers.

The surface water temperature ranged from 25.0 – 31.6oC; pH from 5.2 – 7.6; DO from

2.1 – 6.3 mg/l; BOD5 from 0.5 – 1.8 mg/l; COD from 8.8 – 19.5 mg/l; TSS from 1.0 – 3.8

mg/l; TDS from 12.4 – 780.3 mg/l; turbidity 4.8 – 29.8 NTU; conductivity from 12.4 –

794.5 µScm-1, chloride from 11.8 – 780.3 mg/l; NH4 – N from 0.1 – 0.85 mg/l; NO2 – N

from 0.001 – 0.018 mg/l; NO3 – N from 0.3 – 0.83 mg/l; PO4 – P from 0.004 – 0.42mg/l;

and oil and grease from 1.0 – 3.91 mg/l.

The concentrations of heavy metals (vanadium, nickel, chromium, lead, zinc,

manganese, copper, iron, cadmium) were generally low in the rainy and dry season in

the project area except for zinc, manganese and iron whose levels exceeded FMENV

limits. The rather high concentrations of these metals could be associated with levels of

industrial activities in the area.

The surface waters contained a high load of heterotrophic bacteria and coliforms

including Escherichia coli. The presence of E. coli indicated that the waters were

contaminated with faecal matter and therefore did not meet FMENV standards for

potable water. The waters also contained high loads of fungi, indicating that the waters

contained enough biodegradable organic matter to support microbial growth.

The mean pH of groundwater in rainy and dry seasons ranged from 6.1- 6.3, indicating

that the water was slightly acidic and did not fall within the FMENV allowable limits of 7.0

– 8.5 for drinking water. Other physico-chemical parameters (chloride, turbidity, oil and

grease and sulphate) however met FMENV allowable limits for drinking water. The

concentrations of heavy metals were generally low and within the FMENV limits except

for iron, which exceeded the limit. The groundwater would therefore require appropriate

treatment to make it suitable for human consumption. Total heterotrophic bacterial load

was low and coliforms especially E. coli were not detected.

Sediment

The physico-chemical parameters of the sediment showed that among the alkaline earth

metals, sodium had the highest concentration followed by potassium, while the


____________________________________________________________________________________________


concentrations of magnesium and calcium were comparable. The sediment was acidic

with pH ranging 5.4 – 6.4, the oil and grease concentrations ranged from 0.6 – 2.7 mg/l,

while NO3 – N ranged from 0.02 – 0.13 mg/l.

Heavy metals such as chromium, nickel, vanadium, cadmium and mercury were not

detected in the sediment samples. The concentrations of iron ranged from 0.1 – 0.15

mg/kg, lead from <0.001 – 0.04, zinc from 0.9 – 1.8 mg/kg, copper from <0.001 – 0.10

and manganese from 0.02 – 0.20 mg/kg.

In the project area, total heterotrophic bacterial count ranged from 1.24 – 3.02 x 108

cfu/g. The fungal densities were equally high. The levels increased significantly (p<0.05)

in the dry season probably as a result of sedimentation. The percentages of hydrocarbon

utilising bacteria and fungi were however low in the sediments during the two seasons.

Benthic macrofauna

The benthos of the water bodies consisted of detritus mixed with varying proportions of

fine sand, coarse sand and occasionally gravel. The benthic macrofauna found in the

sediments were palaeomonids, nymphs of Ephemeroptera, Trichoptera and Odonata;

larvae of Chironomidae and Chaoboridae; oligochaetes and periwinkles. The

macrofauna densities were higher in the dry season than in the rainy season.

Phytoplankton and zooplankton

The phytoplankton comprised species of blue green algae, desmids, green algae and

diatoms. The species composition was high but density was low due probably to the

flowing nature of the rivers. The phytoplankton species composition was similar in both

rainy and dry seasons, but the densities were higher in the dry season than in the rainy

season.

The zooplankton comprised species of Protozoa, Nematoda, Coelenterata, Rotifera,

Cladocera, Ostracoda, Copepoda and Harpacticoidea. Larval stages of Crustacea,

Insecta, Gastropoda and Pisces were also observed. The zooplankton population was

dominated by rotifers, followed by larval forms. Zooplankton species was similar in the

two seasons but densities were higher during the rainy season. The presence of larval


____________________________________________________________________________________________


stages of Crustacea, Insecta and Pisces showed that the environment supported the

reproduction of different taxonomic groups of animals.

Fishing and fish species

Fishing activities were observed in virtually all water bodies. Canoes (dug-out or

planked) were the sole fishing craft and vary considerably in size from two to seven

metres over-all-length. The fish gears include traps, long lines, cast nets, set gill nets,

beach seine and lift nets. Special filtering devices were installed across the width of

small rivers during the rainy seasons to exploit all sizes and types of fish. Exploitation of

shellfish (Macrobrachium vollenhovenii and M. macrobrachion) was by use of basket

traps operated mainly by women. In the swamps, basket traps were the main fishing

gear. The fish species belonged to 28 fish families and 58 species. The fish species in

the OML 22 & 28 project area were quite similar. However, gobies (Gobius occidentalis),

threadfin (Polydactylus quadrifilis), ten pounder (Elops lacerta), mullets (Liza falcipinnis,

Liza hoefleri), croackers (Pseudotolithus elongates, Pseudotolithus epipercus), red

snapper (Lutjanus goreensis) and black snapper (Lutjanus eutactus) present in catch

from around the Sombreiro River. The fishery was dominated by the characids and the

catfishes (mochokids, clariids and bagrids) dominated for the greater part of rainy

season and early part of the dry season. During the dry season, bagrids and cichlids

were caught in large numbers.

Social -Environment

Communities and Constituencies

The project area extends across 90 communities in Rivers and Bayelsa states. They fall

within 5 local government areas (LGAs), two in Bayelsa State (Yenagoa, Ogbia LGAs)

and three in Rivers State( Ahoada East , Ahoada West abs Abua Odua)

Population

Most of the communities in the study area are small rural settlements of less than 5000

people. Less than a quarter of the communities have more than 5,000 people, while

none of the communities has up to 15,000 people.


____________________________________________________________________________________________


Age Sex Distribution

There is a slight dominance of females over males in the project area. The mean age

was estimated at 20.6 years, while the median age was 18 years. The population

pyramid has a broad base, which implies a preponderant younger population.

Marital Status

The majority of the household heads were married. Polygamy was also common.

Household Size

The average number of persons per household is 6.

Education status

Seven percent of the total sampled respondents had no formal education. Almost half

(47%) had secondary education, 26% had primary education and about 20% had tertiary

education. Primary and secondary schools are generally available. Availability of schools

is not so much the problem as the inadequacies in the infrastructure, facilities and

equipment. Currently there are two tertiary institutions in the study area

Occupation

Farming and fishing are the major occupations practiced. Most of the traditional

occupations are carried out at subsistence levels. Cassava is the most popular crop

cultivated in the communities. Local implements such as machetes and hoes are used

for farming.

Fishing is carried out in the Orashi and Sombreiro rivers and the adjoining creeks as well

as in the fresh water swamps. Aquaculture is also common in the project area. In

addition, the communities commonly rear livestock.

Income

Poverty is evident from the earnings of the people, which range from N41,000.00 to

N50,000.00 per annum with an average of N5,000.00 per month. In addition, the

unemployment rate was found to be high.


____________________________________________________________________________________________


Housing

Eighty six percent of the community members live in their own houses, while 13.4% live

in rented accommodation. Most of the houses are built with blocks with either zinc or

asbestos roofing. However, there are several communities where the majority of the

houses are made of mud, bamboo and thatched roofs.

Availability of Electricity

Three-quarters of households (73.1%) have no access to electricity.

Sources of cooking fuel

Up to two-thirds of households (66.6%) were reported to use firewood as cooking fuel in

the area, while 32.8% use kerosene while none used domestic gas.

Roads and Transportation

The project area is traversed by several roads, amongst which is the Port Harcourt -

Patani -Warri highway. Public buses, cars and motorcycles are the major means of

transportation in the project area. Motorcycles and bicycles are the most common

means of transportation in the project area, while a small percentage own cars. Canoes

(with or without outboard engines) are owned and used in communities fringing the

major rivers and creeks.

Ethnic groups in Project Area

The main languages spoken in the project area are Ijaw, Ogbia, Epie-Attisa, Ekpeye,

Igbo and Pidgin English. There are 5 major ethnic groups, which are Ekpeye, Epie,

Ogbia, Engenni, Abua and Gbaran

Historical background

The origins of the Ekpeye’s, Engennis’s and Epie’s can be traced back to the ancient

Benin Empire, while the Abua’s migrated from the Congo Basin in the 12th century while

the Ogbia’s from Nembe.


____________________________________________________________________________________________


Community power structure and governance

The power structure of each community has the paramount ruler at the apex of

traditional authority. The council of chiefs, Elders, CDC, Youths leaders, Women

leaders, Age grades and Church leaders assist in decision-making and governance.

Religion and Belief System

Christianity is the major religion in the project area. Traditional religion also exists, which

accounts for the existence of several sacred forests, water etc. in the communities.

Conflict

Conflict is common within communities, between communities and between

communities and oil companies in the study area. Conflict resolution strategies are

through dialogue in special meetings summoned by the elders-in-council, council of

chiefs, religious leaders, juju priests, youth council and women groups.

Health Environment

Disease Pattern

Disease prevalence of the areas was predominantly communicable diseases. Malaria is

the most common and severe of diseases found among the children and pregnant

women. Other disease conditions were diarrhea, acute respiratory infections, worm

infestations, measles, typhoid fever, and chicken pox. The adult population suffered also

from hypertension, heart diseases, arthritis, typhoid fever and injuries from various

causes.

HIV/AIDS however, is assuming an increasingly important position in the hierarchy of

disease prevalence in the Niger Delta region, with prevalence of 7% and 4.4% recorded

in Rivers and Bayelsa States respectively.

Health Services Provision and Utilization

Although a good number of health facilities were available, they were inadequate in

number and were essentially weak in service provision because they lacked basic drugs,

equipment and manpower.


____________________________________________________________________________________________


Immunization Coverage

Immunization coverage of children (0-59) months within the communities was 23.8%.

The figure is far below the national target of 85% for all antigens set by the National

Programme on Immunization (NPI), but comparable to the national record of 21.4%.

Nutritional Assessment of children under five years of age

The nutritional status of children (0-59) months showed that between 18.8% and 35.4%

of children, fell below the –2SD cut-off mark, representing the degree of wasting and

interpreted as acute malnutrition/under nutrition. Similarly, between 24.4% and 25.8% of

the children showed evidence of stunting indicated by short height-for-age. These

figures were worse than the national average of 16% for wasting, but better than the

34% for stunting.

Lifestyles/ Sexual Risk Behaviour

Sexual risk behaviours such as multiple sexual partnerships, casual and unprotected

sexual relationships as well as the use of illicit drugs and alcohol were identified as

prevalent in the communities. Alcohol consumption in the area ranged between 43% and

49%. About 10.1% of population smoked cigarettes and 17.7% snuffed ground tobacco

respectively.

Environmental Health Conditions

Water Supply

Water supply was found to be inadequate in the communities with less than 10% having

access to potable water supply.

Waste Generation and Disposal Methods

Domestic wastes were disposed of indiscriminately in and around the communities in

bushes, water bodies: rivers streams and creeks. Human sewage disposal was mostly

by pit latrines and in the open, in nearby the bushes or directly into the water bodies for

most communities living along watercourses.


____________________________________________________________________________________________


Housing Conditions

The number of rooms per house ranged between 4 and 12. Room occupancy (Crowding

Index) showed an average of 3-7 persons per room. Sixty six percent (66.6%) of homes

utilized firewood for domestic cooking, as against (32.6%) that utilized kerosene. Smoke

from firewood if not properly channeled outside the home represents a potential source

for provoking acute respiratory tract diseases, especially among children and the elderly

with depressed immune responses.

Air Quality Assessment

The Peak Flow Rate among the sampled adults showed that, there might be residents

with compromised lung functions in the communities. The causes however, might only

be speculated until more specialized analytical studies were conducted. They could also

be due to the prevalent respiratory tract infections, provoked by smoke from firewood for

cooking or fish smoking or from other causes.

Predicted Impacts

Environmental impacts were assessed by means of an environmental, social and health

(ESH) tool which considered impacts arising from interactions between the various

project activities and the sensitivities (components of the environment) and also those

from interactions among the sensitivities. The activities involved in the various phases

(mobilisation of contractor to site, land clearing, surveying, drilling of shot holes,

detonation of explosives, recording of seismic signals) of the project development were

shown to have impacts on the environment. Beneficial and adverse impacts were

identified, described and rated.

Construction Phase

The potential impacts from the various activities of the construction phase are as follows:

Landtake

Land acquisition could result in reduction of access to natural environment and its

resources, and put pressure on available water, food and other consumables. These

could lead to third party agitation in an area already experiencing social tension.

Supplies of construction equipment, materials, food, water and other consumables could

result in temporary (short term) pressure on available water, food, existing roads and


____________________________________________________________________________________________


waterways but could provide widespread opportunities for contracting and employment.

The emission of noxious substances that could occur from vehicles used in supplies

might cause local air quality impairment.

Site preparation

Clearing of vegetation during site survey, site clearing, site excavation and detonation of

explosives could result in the destruction of indigenous plant communities along the line

cutting route. This could lead to death and permanent loss of some economic, medicinal

and food crops, and potential emergence of species alien to the environment.

Clearing of vegetation could cause loss of habitat for wildlife, provide increased access

for hunting and logging, increased erosion of the cleared area, and might expose field

workers/community members to attacks by poisonous snakes, bees, spiders/other

wildlife, and contact with poisonous plants.

Noise and vibrations power generating plants could frighten wildlife and scare them

away. Alteration in the photo-periodism of plants could lead to poor harvest. These

activities could lead to third party agitation. Recruitment of labour force for site clearing

could provide opportunities for employment.

Seismic survey Activities

Activities such as line cutting, surveying, drilling of shot holes, detonation of explosives

etc could expose the soil to erosion causing impairment of surface and ground water

quality, increase in surface water turbidity, disturbance of aquatic life. Noise and

vibrations from generators could be a source of nuisance. The net effect of these

impacts is reduction in availability of household water, which could elicit third party

agitation. The activities have the positive effect of providing opportunities for

contracting and employment.

The impacts from construction activities include increased pressure on existing

infrastructure, and diffusion of culture and traditions, which might result from increase in

population, cost of living and inflation. These impacts have negative, local and short-

term effects, which are reversible. Some positive impacts of these activities are increase


____________________________________________________________________________________________


in employment/contracting opportunities, and shift from traditional occupations to

financially more rewarding employment.

Other negative impacts that could arise are increased social vices, road and water traffic

accidents, which could lead to third party agitation with consequences on corporate

reputation.

Waste generations - emissions, effluents, and solids

Emissions from generators and heavy traffic have the potential for causing impairment of

air quality. This could lead to increased morbidity from respiratory tract diseases and

consequent pressure on health infrastructure. Emissions might also decrease the quality

of the habitat and biodiversity.

Effluents and solid wastes could contaminate surface and ground water, decrease

available household water and cause impairment of health of aquatic life. Consumption

of contaminated water and aquatic food could cause illness, third party agitation, and

pressure on health facilities. The management of these wastes could, however, provide

opportunity for employment and contracting.

Decommissioning of Structures

The decommissioning of contractors camps and other structures that are no longer

needed could lead to third party agitation resulting from labour and human rights issues,

related to loss of employment. Increase pressure on healthcare facilities could result

from deterioration of air quality, accidents and injuries. The recruitment of labour force

for the activity could, however, provide opportunities for employment and contracting

thus providing increased income.

Labour Requirement

The recruitment of the labour force for land clearing, surveying, and drilling of shot holes

could provide increased employment, services and income generation opportunities.

The increased population from the influx of workers and camp followers could put

pressure on existing social, healthcare and educational infrastructure and lead to

increase in social vices. This could lead to community agitation.


____________________________________________________________________________________________


Waste Generation (emissions, effluents and solids).

Emissions from operational activities could impair air quality which might result in

increased morbidity from respiratory tract diseases. Disposal of untreated effluents on

land and into water could cause impairment of the recipient environments and the health

of terrestrial and aquatic life. This could adversely affect the traditional occupations of

fishing and farming thereby reducing income from them, which could arouse third party

agitation. The management of solid wastes could provide opportunities for employment

and contracting resulting in increased income. Improper management could result in

contamination of surface and ground water, impairment of health of aquatic and

terrestrial life, increased level of disease vectors and increase in morbidity rate thereby

putting pressure on exiting healthcare facilities.

Incidents

Incidents such as accidents, emissions (vehicular), spills/ explosions (from storage

tanks), and electrocution which could occur during different phases of the project could

lead to loss of assets and property, increased morbidity and mortality rates, pressure on

existing healthcare and emergency facilities, third party agitation and adverse effect on

corporate image.

Decommissioning Phase

Consultations

Decommissioning activities could lead to disengagement of staff, labour issues and third

party agitation. Consultations with governments, communities, regulators and other

stakeholders would, however, improve corporate image through promotion of third party

participation.

Dismantling of Structures /Wastes Generated

Dismantling activities could generate noise, vibrations, dust, and emissions which might

result in increased level of nuisance, accidents, injuries and pressure on healthcare

facilities. This could result in third party agitation. Improper disposal of generated wastes

could contaminate surface and ground water, soil and vegetation, resulting in impairment

of health. The packaging, removal and disposal of dismantled equipment and materials

could provide opportunities for employment and contracting.


____________________________________________________________________________________________


Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures were provided for those impacts rated as moderate or major, while

the identified negligible/minor impacts would be addressed by existing standard

practices in SPDC. The measures proffered were to reduce the severity of identified

negative impacts and enhance the beneficial effects.

Reduction of access to natural environment and its resources shall be minimised by

provision of alternative access routes and limitation of land take to the barest minimum

required. Third party agitation that could arise from land take shall be reduced by the

identification of relevant stakeholders/legacy issues through regular consultations.

Where necessary, adequate and prompt compensation shall be made as guided by the

Project Advisory Committee (PAC) on land acquisition process.

The area to be cleared shall be limited to the barest minimum required for the project

and by restricting clearing to the one metre width for the survey route. These shall

reduce the destruction/modification of vegetation during land clearing and surveying.

Protection and management plans shall be developed for forests to prevent illegal

logging and hunting especially in reserved forests. Sensitive areas such as forest

reserves, sacred forests/grounds, historical sites, burial grounds etc., shall be avoided.

The sudden increase in population that could occur during the different phases of the

seismic survey might lead to increase in cost of living, pressure on existing

infrastructure, and encourage indulgence in social vices.

Awareness campaign shall be undertaken to enlighten the field workers on the

implications of drug and alcohol abuse, unprotected sex, prostitution and the need to

sustain cultural value of the host communities. The SPDC alcohol and drug policies shall

be enforced to encourage healthy lifestyle.

The nuisance from noise, emissions and vibrations from generators and heavy trucks

used in different areas of the project shall be reduced by use of standard equipment,

provision of acoustic mufflers and fume catalysers, where necessary.


____________________________________________________________________________________________


An integrated waste management plan involving reduction, reuse, recycle, treatment and

composting as appropriate shall be carried out in line with FMENV, DPR and SPDC

Waste Management Guidelines.

The mitigation of the impacts of incidents that could occur during site clearing, surveying

and detonation of explosives such as loss of assets and property, increased morbidity

and mortality rate, etc shall include adequate compensation to affected parties and

provision of adequate emergency response system in line with SPDC Emergency

Response and Contingency Plan.

Environmental Management Plan

An environmental management plan has been designed for the proposed project to

assess the effectiveness of the mitigation measures in controlling identified

moderate/major impacts. The plan shall provide for compliance monitoring of the various

environmental components.

Consultations

Stakeholder consultation was a major part of this EIA and an integral part of the project.

The identified stakeholders were government (Federal, State and local), regulators

(FMENV, DPR, State Ministries of Environment and Natural Resources), communities,

CBOs, NGOs, Government agencies, Media, consultants etc. Consultations involved

permitting, groundtruthing, open fora etc.

Conclusion

The environmental impact assessment has shown that the OML 22 & 28 3D seismic

survey Project could be executed and operated with minimal negative impact on the

surrounding environment by implementing recommended mitigative measures,

environmental management plan and other provisions of this EIA. The economic gains

to the communities, Local Government Areas, States and the Federal government from

the project outweigh the adverse impacts. The approval of this EIA report for the

execution of the OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey is hereby recommended.

Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic Survey ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

CHAPTERS AND TITLES i

LIST OF TABLES vii

LIST OF FIGURES ix

LIST OF PLATES AND BOXES xi

GLOSSORY OF TERMS, ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS xi

LISTS OF APPENDIX xvi

EIA REPORT PREPARERS xvii

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT xviii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1 of 19

CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background 1 of 13

1.2 Project Location 2 of 13

1.3 Objectives of the EIA 4 of 13

1.4 Scope of the EIA 4 of 13

1.5 Administrative and Legal Framework 5 of 13

1.5.1 Applicable Regulations 6 of 13

1.5.2 Federal Legislation 6 of 13

1.5.3 State Legislations 9 of 13

1.5.4 International Agreements and Conventions 11 of 13

1.5.5 SPDC Policies and Guidelines 12 of 13

1.6 Terms of Reference 12 of 13

1.7. EIA Scope 12 of 13

1.8 Structure of the Report 13 of 13


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents ii

CHAPTER TWO: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Introduction 1 of 27

2.1 Project justification 1 of 27

2.2 Project sustainability 1 of 27

2. 3 Project Alternatives 2 of 27

2.4 Project Location 5 of 27

2.5 Project Description 7 of 27

2.5.1 Scouting Exercise 8 of 27

2.5.2 Permitting – License to Operate (LTO) 8 of 27

2.5.3 Mobilization of Contractor to Site 12 of 27

2.5.4 Land Clearing - For Campsites, Fuel Dumps/Generator House,

Vehicle Parking Lots and Explosives Magazine Sites 12 of 27

2.5.5 Surveying 14 of 27

2.5.6 Drilling of shot holes 16 of 27

2.5.7 Recording 20 of 27

2.6 Project Schedule 26 of 27

2.7 Road Repairs and Community Assisted Projects (CAPS) 26 of 27

2.8 Damages Assessment and Compensation 26 of 27

2.6 Environmental Restoration 27 of 27

CHAPTER THREE: DECRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Acquisition of baseline data 1 of 118

3.2 The biophysical environment 1 of 118

3.3 Climatic conditions 2 of 118

3.3.1 Rainfall 2 of 118

3.3.2 Relative humidity (RH) 3 of 118

3.3.3 Wind 3 of 118

3.3.4 Temperature 3 of 118

3.4 Air quality 4 of 118

3.5 Noise level 4 of 118

3.6 Vegetation 6 of 118

3.6.1 Freshwater swamp forest 6 of 118


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents iii

3.6.2 Farmlands 12 of 118

3.6.3. Fallow 13 of 118

3.6.4 Aquatic macrophytes 13 of 118

3.6.5 Crop pathology 13 of 118

3.6.6 Insect pests of crops 14 of 118

3.6.7 Heavy metal concentrations in plants 14 of 118

3.6.8 Land use 15 of 118

3.6.9 Farmlands and fallow lands 15 of 118

3.6.10 Land cover for the project area 11 of 118

3.6.11 Water bodies 18 of 118

3.6.12 Built up areas 18 of 118

3.6.13 Industrial land use 19 of 118

3.6.14 Ecologically sensitive areas 19 of 118

3.7 Wildlife 19 of 118

3.8 Geology/Hydrogeology/Geotechnics 23 of 118

3.8.1 Aquifers 25 of 118

3.8.2 Water Levels 26 of 118

3.8.3 Groundwater Flow Direction 27 of 118

3.8.4 Physicochemical characteristics of borehole water samples 27 of 118

3.8.5 Concentrations of heavy metals in groundwater samples 28 of 118

3.9: Soil Studies 32 of 118

3.9.1 General Description 32 of 118

3.9.2: Rain Forest Soils 32 of 118

3.9.3 Soil Texture 34 of 118

3.9.4 Soil chemistry 35 of 118

3.9.4.1 Soil pH 35 of 118

3.9.4.2 Organic carbon, nitrate-nitrogen and available phosphorus 35 of 118

3.9.4.3 Oil and grease 36 of 118

3.9.5 Exchangeable Cations (Alkaline earth metals) 38 of 118

3.9.6 Heavy metals 40 of 118

3.9.7: Soil Colour 42 of 118

3.9.8: Soil Physical Properties 44 of 118

3.9.9: Bulk density 44 of 118

3.9.10: Porosity 45 of 118

3.9.11: Available Water Holding Capacity (AWHC) 46 of 118

3.9.12: Effective Soil depth 46 of 118

3.9.13: Relationship between soil types and vegetation 47 of 118


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents iv

3.9.14: Soil Microbiology 48 of 118

3.9.14.1: Bacterial and fungal counts 48 of 118

3.10: Aquatic studies 50 of 118

3.10.1: Physico-chemistry of surface and bottom water samples 50 of 118

3.10.2: Heavy metal of surface and bottom water samples 52 of 118

3. 10.3: Aquatic Microbiology 54 of 118

3.10.4 Groundwater quality 56 of 118

3.10.5 Heavy metals of groundwater 56 of 118

3.10.6: Groundwater microbiology 57 of 118

3.11: Sediment 58 of 118

3.11.1 Physico-chemistry 58 of 118

3.11.2: Heavy metals 59 of 118

3.11.3 Sediment Microbiology 61 of 118

3.12 Benthic Macrofauna 61 of 118

3.13 Hydrobiology and Fisheries 64 of 118

3.13.1 Distribution and abundance of phytoplankton 64 of 118

3.13.2 Distribution and abundance of zooplankton 66 of 118

3.13.3 Fisheries 68 of 118

3.14 Socio-Economics 73 of 118

3.14.1 Communities and Constituencies 73 of 118

3.14.2 Population Estimate and Demographics 74 of 118

3.14.3 The Economic Environment 82 of 118

3.14.4 The Social Environment 86 of 118

3.14.5 Cultural Characteristics 89 of 118

3.14.5.5 Conflict 96 of 118

3.15. Health study 97 of 118

3.15.1 Environmental health survey 97 of 118

3.15.2 Baseline Health Status Indicators 98 of 118

3.15.3 Health Care Service Indicators 103 of 118 3.15.4 Health Knowledge, Attitude & Practices 108 of 118

3.15.5 Sexual Risk Behaviours 109 of 118

3.15.5.1 Life style/habits 110 of 118

3.15.6 Environmental Health Conditions 111 of 118

3.15.7 Perceived health hazards from oil and gas activities 117 of 118

3.15.7 Health determinants 117 of 118


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents v

CHAPTER FOUR: CONSULTATION


4.2 Concerns and Issues Raised 2 of 3

4.3 Requests by communities 2 of 3

CHAPTER FIVE: ASSOCIATED AND POTENTIAL IMPACTS


5.2 Impact Prediction Methodology 1 of 45

5.3 Rating of Impacts 1 of 45

5.4 Impact Identification 8 of 45

5.4.1 Project Activities and Sensitivities Interaction Matrix 10 of 45

5.4.2 Summary of Environmental Impacts 10 of 45

5.5 List of Identified Impacts 31 of 45

5.6 Description of Impacts 33 of 45

5.7.1 Pre-Construction Phase 33 of 45

5.7.2 Construction Phase 37 of 45

5.7.3 Operations Phase 40 of 45

5.7.4 Decommissioning Phase 45 of 45

CHAPTER SIX: MITIGATION MEASURES


6.1 Permitting 1 of 14

6.1.1 Temporary Land-Take for Base Camp 2 of 14

6.1.2 Recruitment of workers 2 of 14

6.2 Mobilization to site 3 of 14

6.2.1 Site Preparation/clearing for base camp 4 of 14

6.6 Construction of base camp 5 of 14

6.6.1 Labour requirement/recruitment of workforce for Construction 6 of 14

6.6.2 Waste generation- Construction: 7 of 14

6.7 Accommodation of workers 8 of 14

6.8 Transportation of equipment and personnel 9 of 14

6.9 Survey line cutting 10 of 14

6.10 Drilling of shot holes, Shooting and Recording 11 of 14

6.11 Repairs and maintenance 13 of 14

6.12 Provision of water 13 of 14

6.13 Decommissioning 14 of 14


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents vi

CHAPTER SEVEN: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


7.2 Environmental Monitoring 1 of 26

7.3 Hazards And Effects Management Process (HEMP) 2 of 26

7.4 Safety and Hazard Identification 4 of 26

CHAPTER EIGHT : CONCLUSION

8.1 Conclusion 1 of 1

BIBILOGRAPHY 1 of 8


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents vii

LIST OF TABLES

Table 2.1: Showing the coordinates (Easting and Northing) of the

planned 3D seismic data acquisition in OML 22 - 28. 4 of 27

Table 2.2 Communities to be traversed by the survey in Rivers State.

Table 2.3: Communities to be traversed by the survey in Bayelsa State. 9 of 27

Table 3.1: Ambient air quality parameters of OML 22 – 28 4 of 118

Table 3.2: Noise levels from different sources at 22 -28 3D seismic 5 of 118

survey route

Table 3.3: Ambient air quality of the project area 5 of 118

Table 3.4: Plant species composition in the freshwater swamp 7 of 118

Table 3.5: Population densities of key economic plant species

of freshwater swamp forest 12 of 118

Table 3.6: Plant species composition and frequency of occurrence

in the bush fallow. 13 of 118

Table 3.7: Concentrations of heavy metals in tissues of plant species. 14 of 118

Table 3.8: Land cover statistics of the project area 16 of 118

Table 3.9: The terrestrial macro invertebrate fauna of the project area 19 of 118

Table 3.10: Some of the terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the project area. 21 of 118

Table 3.11: Sieve Properties of borehole core samples 24 of 118

Table 3.12: Parameters of Boreholes Drilled in the Study Area 26 of 118

Table 3.13: Hydraulic Conductivity Values of Borehole Materials 26 of 118

Table 3.14: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Borehole Water Samples 29 of 118

Table 3.15a: Heavy Metal Content of Borehole Water Samples 29 of 118

Table 3.15b: Summary of textural analysis of soils from the project area 34 of 118

Table 3.16: Summary of the nutrient status of soils from the project area 36 of 118

Table 3.17: Summary of alkaline earth metals of soils from the project area 40 of 118

Table 3.18: Heavy metals of soils from OML 22-28 3D seismic survey area 41 of 118

Table 3.19: Munsell Soil Colour Notations of Soils of OML 22 – 28 43 of 118

Table 3.20: Physical properties of soils of OML 22 – 28 3D seismic survey 44 of 118

Table 3.21: Summary of microbiological characteristics of soil samples 49 of 118

Table 3.22: Summary of physico-chemical parameters of water samples from

OML 22 & 28 Seismic Area. 51 of 118

Table 3.23 : Concentrations of heavy metals in the surface and bottom


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents viii

water samples 53 of 118

Table 3.24: Summary of microbiological characteristics of surface and

bottom water samples 55 of 118

Table 3.25: Physico-chemical parameters of borehole water from the project area 56 of 118

Table 3.26: Total heterotrophic bacterial, fungal and coliform counts, and

total percentage hydrocarbon utilizing bacteria and fungi of water

samples from boreholes 57 of 118

Table 3.27: Sediment physico-chemistry in OML 22 – 28 seismic survey area 59 of 118

Table 3.28: Heavy metal content of sediment samples from OML 22 -28

seismic survey area 60 of 118

Table 3.29: Summary of microbiological properties of sediment samples

from the project area 61 of 118

Table 3.30: Benthos and benthic macrofauna (no/m2) of OML 22 – 28 62 of 118

Table 3.31: The species composition, distribution and abundance

of phytoplankton in OML 22- 28 seismic survey area 63 of 118

Table 3.32: The species composition, distribution and abundance

of zooplankton 67 of 118

Table 3.33: Fish fauna and fisheries in waters within the project area 70 of 118

Table 3.34: Distribution of Communities in LGAs in the Project Area 74 of 118

Table 3.35: Population of some of the communities in Project Area 75 of 118

Table 3.36 Percentage Distribution of household membership according to

age composition 76 of 118

Table 3.37: Marital Status in Project Area 77 of 118

Table 3.38 Literacy level and educational attainment 79 of 118

Table 3.39: Household members currently in school and present grade 81 of 118

Table 3.40a: Selected Education Statistics (2002) 81 of 118 Table 3.40b: Selected Education Statistics (2000) 82 of 118

Table 3.41a: Economic environment (Occupational status) 83 of 118

Table 3.41b Economic environment (Income level) 85 of 118

Table 3.42a: Social Environment (Quality of Housing) 87 of 118

Table 3.43 Ethnic groups and their different communities in the Project Area 91 of 118

Table 3.44 Roles and Responsibilities of Traditional Authorities 96 of 118

Table 3.45: Some Deities, Sacred places and Festivals in study area 97 of 118

Table 3.46a: The distribution of health problems in Project area (OML 28 area) 101 of 118


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents ix

Table 3.46b: The distribution of health problems in Project area (OML 22 area) 102 of 118

Table 3.46c The distribution of health problems in Project area (LGAs) 103 of 118

Table 3.47: Nutritional status of under five 110 of 118

Table 3.49 :Indicators for safe water and sanitation 111 of 118

Table 5.1: Likelihood of occurrence 3 of 45

Table 5.2a: Potential Consequences Classification Matrix 4 of 45

Table 5.2b: Potential Consequence 4 of 45

Table 5.3: Impact significance with associated impact rating 7 of 45

Table 5.4: Project Activities and Environmental Sensitivities Interaction

Matrix 11 of 45

Table 5.5a: Associated and Potential Impacts: Pre-construction Phase 12 of 45

Table 5.5: Associated and Potential Impacts: Construction Phase 20 of 45

Table 5.5c: Associated and Potential Impacts: Operations Phase

(Survey Activities) 27 of 45

Table 5.5: Associated and Potential Impacts: Decommissioning Phase 39 of 45

Table7a: Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan:

Pre-mobilization Phase 5 of 26

Table7b: Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan:

Mobilization Phase 6 of 26

Table 7c: Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan:

Operations Phase (Survey Activities) 19 of 26

Table 7d: Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan:

Decommissioning Phase 26 of 26

LIST OF FIGURES

Fig. 1.1: Map of Rivers and Bayelsa State Showing the Proposed Project

Location 3 of 13

Fig 1.2a: Map of the proposed project location – OML 22 3 of 13

Fig 1.2b: Map of the proposed project location – OML 28 4 of 13

Fig. 2.1: Schematic diagram of 2D Seismic Technique 3 of 27

Fig. 2.2: Schematic diagram of 3D Seismic Technique 4 of 27 Fig. 2.3: Map of Rivers and Bayelsa State showing the proposed

Project Location 6 of 27 Fig. 2.4a: Map of the proposed project location – Etelebou (OML 28) 6 of 27


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents x

Fig.2.4b: Map of the proposed project location – Rumuekpe (OML 22) 7 of 27 Fig. 2.5 Diagrammatic pattern of holes and single deep holes 20 of 27 Fig. 2.6: Project Schedule 26 of 27 Fig 3.1: Monthly rainfall pattern in the project area 2 of 118

Fig. 3.2: Relative Humidity (%) for the project area 3 of 118

Fig 3.3: Changes in hourly temperatures at Ahoada 4 of 118

Fig.3.4: Landcover features (percentage) in project area and environs 15 of 118

Fig 3.5: Land cover features of OML 22 & 28 project area 17 of 118

Fig 3.6: Proportions of different land cover types in the project area 18 of 118

Fig. 3.7: Stratigraphic/lithologic logs of Boreholes Drilled in Kolo

Creek area 30 of 118

Fig. 3.8: Lithologic logs of boreholes along the route from Kolo Creek

to Rumuekpe 31 of 118

Fig. 3.10: Population Pyramid of Study Area. 76 of 118

Fig. 3.11: Marital Status in Project Area. Source 78 of 118

Fig. 3.12: Household size in Study Area, states and Nigeria. 78 of 118

Fig. 3.13: Educational Attainment 79 of 118

Fig. 3.14: Quality of Housing Materials in Project Area 87 of 118

Fig. 3.15: Pattern of Electricity supply in the study area 88 of 118

Fig. 3.16: Traditional Hierarchy of Governance in the Project 93 of 118

Fig. 3.17: Immunization status of children under five years in OML 28

Communities 105 of 118

Fig. 3.18: Immunization status of children under five years in OML 22

Communities 106 of 118 Fig. 3.19: Perception of Sexual Risk Behaviour (Casual sex) to HIV

Transmission 110 of 118

Fig. 3.20: Alcohol intake, tobacco use and cigarette smoking among

15 years and above 111 of 118

Fig. 3.21: Peak flow rate by age among adult population in OML

28 communities. 116 of 118

Fig. 3.22: Peak flow rate by age among adult population in OML 22


Fig. 3.24a: Administrative map of OML 22 – 28 3D Seismic Survey

showing sampling stations for the biophysical baseline data gathering 118 of 118

Fig. 3.24b: Composite map of OML 22 – 28 3D Seismic Survey SIA/HIA


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents xi


Fig. 5.1: Impact Assessment Matrix 8 of 45

Fig.7.1: Hazard and Effect Management Process 3 of 26

LIST OF PLATES OF BOXES Plate 2.1: Examples of improvised jetties for the purpose of workmen boat

embarkation and disembarkation for water born operations 13 of 27

Plate 2.2 a & b: Picture showing two men thumping shallow pattern holes 17 of 27

Plate 2.3: A typical flushing method 19 of 27

Plate 2.4: A typical Geophone used for detecting signals on land 21 of 27

Plate 2.5: A field Digitisation Unit 21 of 27

Plate 2.6: Hydrophone 22 of 27

Plate 2.7: Picture showing a recording truck 25 of 27

Plate 2.8: Picture showing a recording instrument 25 of 27

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

°C - Degree Celsius

µg - Microgramme

°k - Degree Kelvin

µm - Micrometer

% - Percentage

A.I - Abundance Index

AAS - Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer

AGG - Associated Gas Gathering

AIDS - Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome

ALARP - As Low as Reasonably Possible

APHA - American Public Health Association

ARP - Asset Reference Plan

Bara - Bar atmosphere

Barg - Bar gauge

BCG - Bacillus of Calmette and Guerin

BCOT - Bonny Crude Oil Terminal

BH - Borehole

BOD5 - Five-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand

BOPD - Barrels Of Oil Per Day

BYSMENV - Bayelsa State Ministry of Environment


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents xii

Ca - Calcium

CAO - Computer Assisted Operations

CAP - Caption

CAPEX - Capital Expenditure

CAPs - Community assisted projects CASHES - Community Affairs, Safety, Health, Environment and Security

CBO - Community-Based Organisations

CDC - Community Development Committee

CDP - Community Development Project

Cfu - Colony forming units

Cfu/g - Colony forming units/gramme

Cfu/ml - Colony forming units/milliliter

Cl- - Chloride ion

CLO - Community Liaison Officer

cm - Centimeter

CO - Carbon monoxide (Carbon II Oxide)

Co - Cobalt

CO2 - Carbon Dioxide (Carbon IV Oxide)

COD - Chemical Oxygen Demand

CPF - Central Processing Facility

Cr - Chromium

D - Dry Season

dB(A) - Decibel

DEP - Design and Engineering Practice

DO - Dissolved Oxygen

DPR - Department of Petroleum Resources

DS - Dissolved solids

E - East

E& P - Exploration and Production

EA - Exchangeable Acidity

EER - Environmental Evaluation Report

EGASPIN - Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum

EGGS - Eastern Gas Gathering System

EIA - Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP - Environmental Management Plan

EMS - Environmental Management System

EP - Extraction Procedure

EPA - Environmental Protection Agency

EPI - Expanded Programme on Immunisation

EPIC - Engineering Procurement, Installation & Commission

ESD - Emergency Shut Down

ESP - Emergency Shut-Down Procedure


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents xiii

F&G - Fire and Gas

FDP - Field Development Plan

Fe - Iron

FEPA - Federal Environmental Protection Agency

FGD - Focus Group Discussion

FLB - Field Logistics Base

Fts - Feet subsurface

FTU - Floating Storage Unit

g - Gramme

GBA - Gbaran

GOR - Gas Oil Ratio

GPS - Global Positioning System

Hr - Hour

H2S - Hydrogen Sulphide

H - Hydrogen

ha - Hectare

HAZID - Hazard identification

HAZOP - Hazard and Operability Studies

HC - Hydrocarbon

HEMP - Hazard and effect management process

HET/B - Heterotrophic bacteria

HIV - Human Immunodeficiency Virus

HP - High Pressure

HRA - Health Risk Assessment

HSE - Health, Safety and Environment

HSE-ENV - Environmental Assessment, SPDC

HSES MS - Health, Safety, Environment and Security Management System

HSES - Health, Safety, Environment and Security

HSM - Hazards and Sensitivities Matrix

HYD/B - Hydrocarbon degrading bacteria

Industry in Nigeria

IOGP - Integrated Oil and Gas Development Project

ISO - International Organization for Standards

IVMS - In Vehicle Monitoring System

K - Potassium

Kg - Kilogram

Km2 - Square Kilometre

L - Litre

LGAs - Local Government Areas

LLWS - Lowest low water spring tide

LNG - Liquefied Natural Gas

LP - Low Pressure


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents xiv

LTO - License to operate LVL - Low velocity layer LVL - Low velocity level

Meq - Milli-equivalent

Mg - Magnesium

mg - Milligramme

mg/kg - Milligramme per kilogramme

mg/l - Milligramme per litre

ml - Millilitre

mm - Milimetre

MMscf/d - Million Standard Cubic Feet Per Day

Mn - Manganese

MOU - Memorandum of Understanding

MPN - Most Probable Number

MSD - Musculo-Skeletal Disorder

N - North

N/D - Not Detected

NA - Not applicable

Na - Sodium

NAG - Non Associated Gas

NAPIMS - National Petroleum Investment Management Services

NE - North East

NEGAS - National Environmental Guidelines and Standards

NEPA - National Electric Power Authority

NGC - Nigerian Gas Company

NGLs - Natural Gas Liquids

NGO - Non-Governmental Organisation

Ni - Nickel

NLNG - Nigerian Liquefied Natural Gas

N-NH4 - Ammonium Nitrogen

N-NO2 - Nitrite Nitrogen

N-NO3 - Nitrate Nitrogen

NNPC - Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation

NOx - Nitrogen Oxides

NPC - National Population Commission

NTU - Nephelometric Turbidity Unit

NW - North West

OEL - Occupational Exposure Limit

OGGS - Offshore Gas Gathering System

OH - Occupational Health

OML - Oil Mining Lease

OMPADEC - Oil Mineral Producing Areas Development Commission

OPEC - Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents xv

PA - Public Affairs

PAC - Project advisory committee. PAGX - Public and Government Affairs

Pb - Lead

PCBs - Poly Chlorinated Biphenyls

PFR - Peak Flow Rate

PFS - Process Flow Scheme

pH - Hydrogen ion concentration

PIA - Post impact assessment. PPE - Personal Protective Equipment

ppm - Parts per million

PR - Public Relation

psi - Pounds per square inch

PTW - Permit to Work

QA - Quality Assurance

QM - Quality Management

R - Correlation Coefficient

ROW - Right of Way

RPE - Respiratory Protection Equipment

RPI - Research Planning Institute

RSEPA - Rivers State Environmental Protection Agency (now Rivers State Ministry of

Environment

S - South

SAFOB - Safety & Operationability Study

SBM - Single Buoy Mooring

SE - South East

SHOC - Safe Handling of Chemicals

SIA - Social Impact Assessment

SIEP - Shell International Exploration and Production B.V.

SIPM - Shell International Petroleum Maatschappij, B.V;

SLB - Seabed Logging. SNEPCO - Shell Nigeria Exploration & Production company. SO2 - Sulphur dioxide

SO42-

- Sulphate ion

SOx - Oxides of Sulphur

Sp - Species (Sing.)

SPDC - Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited

SPM - Suspended particulate matter

Spp - Species (Pl.)

SS - Suspended solids

STDs - Sexually Transmitted Diseases

STIs - Sexually Transmitted Infections


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents xvi

SW - South West

SWL - Static water level

THC - Total hydrocarbon

TOR - Terms of Reference

TSS - Total Suspended Solids

TT - Tetanus toxoid

TTSGM - Geomatics Department of SPDC

TVP - True Vapour Level

UNEP - United Nations Environment Programme

UNICEF - United Nations Childrens’ Fund

USDA - United States Department of Agriculture

USEPA - United States Environmental Protection Agency

V - Vanadium

VES - Vertical Electrical Sounding

Vi - Initial Velocity

VOC - Volatile Organic Compounds

W - West

WDG - Waste Disposal Guidelines

WHO - World Health Organisation

YR - Year

Zn - Zinc

LISTS OF APPENDICES Appendix 1: SPDC Waste Management System Manual Appendix 2: Report of FMENV Site Visit to the OML 22 – OML 28 3D Seismic Survey

Prospect Areas

Appendix 3: Minutes of Stakeholder Engagement Sessions Appendix 4: Some Photo clips of the Stakeholder Engagement sessions Appendix 5: Attendance List of Stakeholders Engagement Sessions Appendix 6: UGNL/IDSL JV- 171 (Contractor) Community Affairs Stakeholders

Meeting Progress Sheet for the prospect Area Appendix 7: Magazine Licence Renewal Endorsement by the Ministry of Solid

Minerals Development Appendix 8: FMENV ToR /EIA Notification of the proposed Rumuekpe (OML 22)

and Etelebou (OML 28) 3D Seismic Survey Project


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents xvii

EIA REPORT PREPARERS

This report was prepared in-house by the following representatives:

SPDC PROJECT EIA TEAM

Mrs. Oby Moore - Team Leader, Integrated ESHIA Team

Mr. Stanley Echebima - Head, Seismic Acquisition

Mr. Isah Suleiman - Operations Geophysicist Acquisition

Mr. Godwin Okeke - Subsurface Development Principal HSE

Adviser

Mr. Richard Michael - Environmental Inspector

CONSULTANTS

Professor F.O. Fagade - Biophysical Consultant, Dept of Zoology,

University of Ibadan

Mr. S. Ojo - Social Consultant, 30 Sobande Street,

Akoka, Lagos.

Dr. Charles Tobin-West - Health Consultant, University of Port

Harcourt.


______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents xviii

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC) wishes to acknowledge the

opportunity granted by the Government of the Federal Republic of Nigeria through the Ministries to

conduct this EIA for the Rumuekpe (OML 22) and Etelebou (OML 28) 3D Seismic Survey, in

recognition of the National Regulatory Requirements and Standards, the Shell Group and

International Specifications.

We appreciate the cordial working relationships we have with FMENV, DPR, Rivers and Bayelsa

States Ministries of Environment, Local Government Authorities, Community Chiefs, Elders and

Youths of host Communities.

The efforts of the project team in putting this EIA together are also greatly commended.

Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic Survey ____________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One 1 of 13

CHAPTER ONE

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background

The Shell Petroleum Development Company of Nigeria Limited (SPDC), in its

capacity as the technical operator of the NNPC/TotalFinaElf/NAOC Joint Venture

and on behalf of its partners plans to carry out an onshore 3D seismic survey in

Rumuekpe/Etelebou (OML 22 & 28) area of the Niger Delta.

The seismic survey is one of the first activities carried out in oil prospecting,

exploration and exploitation through activities such as land clearing, drilling of shot

holes, damages assessment and compensation, environmental restoration and

permitting to locate viable hydrocarbon reservoirs in the sub-surface. The survey is

expected to cover about 498.1 square kilometres, spanning 90 communities. The

survey activities are expected to be completed within 10 months. It shall involve

employing a workforce of 1,500 and building of camp sites to accommodate

workers.

This environmental impact assessment (EIA) covers the biophysical, social and

health components of the environment in the project area.

This EIA was conducted using existing information previously generated from

different studies within the project area. Some of these projects within OML22 and

28, which had been previously approved are:

• Environmental Impact Assessment of the Gbaran/Ubie Integrated Oil and

Gas Project (IOGP), (FMENV/CONF/EIA/123.423/Vol. 11/290 of 9/6/2005

• Environmental Impact Assessment of the Kolo Creek/Rumuekpe Trunk-line

Replacement (FMENV/CONF/EIA/123. 190/Vol. 1/1/164 of 3/5/2005) and

• Environmental Impact Assessment of the Etelebou Field Development Plan

(FMENV/CONF/EIA/123.110/Vol.1/172 of 11/12/2003);

Additional information was sourced from the following sources:

• Environmental Impact Assessment of the Rumuekpe-4 Cuttings Re-

injection, December 2002.


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One 2 of 13

• Nigeria Demographic and Health Survey (NDHS) ORC Macro, USAID,

NPC, 2004

• Impact Assessment Study, Rumuekpe – Bomu, April 1993

• Local Government Yearbook, 1998 Edition.

• National Extract of Statistics, 2000 Edition.

• National Population Commission, Final Results, Rivers State,1991

• General Household Survey Report, Rivers State, 1994

• TNP Trans-Niger Pipeline Replacement Project, 2004 and

• Environmental Baseline Report (Wet Season) for the Ubie Node IOGP EIA,

December 2004

The existing data were confirmed through site visits and community engagements.

1.2 Project Location

The Rumuekpe (OML 22) and Etelebou (OML 28) 3D seismic data acquisition

would cover some parts of Rivers State (Ahoada-West, Ahoada-East and

Obua/Odual Local Government Areas) and Bayelsa State (Ogbia and Yenagoa

Local Government Areas).

The survey area covers 90 communities/fishing camps/settlements. These are

listed in Chapter 2 (Tables 2.2 and 2.3).

The total land area of the seismic survey is about 498.1sq.km


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One 3 of 13

Legend

LGAs

Project Area

TAG

BAYELSA

RIVERS

Fig 1.2a: Map of the proposed project location – OML 22

Fig. 1.1: Map of Rivers and Bayelsa State Showing the Proposed Project Location


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One

4 of 13

Fig 1.2b: Map of the proposed project location – OML 28

1.3 Objectives of the EIA

The objectives of the EIA are to:

• Establish the existing baseline ecological and socio-economic conditions of the

area.

• Identify, evaluate and predict the environmental impacts of the project on the

affected area.

• Develop control strategies with a view to mitigating /ameliorating significant

impacts.

• Identify any environmental issues and concerns, which may, in the future affect the

development.

• Provide bases for support and control documentation and consultation with

regulators, interest groups and the public at large.

1.4 Scope of the EIA

The scope of the EIA includes:

• Review of relevant literature;


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One

5 of 13

• Updating existing baseline information (biophysical, social and health);

• Prediction and evaluation of potential impacts;

• Recommendation of appropriate mitigation measures;

• Preparation of an environmental management plan;

• Stakeholder engagement (sensitization of the communities, involvement of

regulators i.e FMENV, RSMENV, BSMENV and DPR);

• Report preparation and Document production.

1.5.1 Applicable Regulations

A list of Nigerian Environmental Legislations relevant to this project is outlined below:

• The National Policy on the Environment (1999)

• Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Act 86 of 1992

• Explosives Act of 1964

• Explosives Regulations of 1967

• Survey Co-ordinator Act of 1990

• Mineral Oils Ordinance of 31 December 1914

• Minerals Oils (safety) Regulations of 1 June 1958

• Minerals Oils (safety) Regulations of 11 April 1963

• Land use Act No 6 of 29 March 1978

• Harmful Wastes (Special Criminal Provisions etc) Act No 42 of 25 November

1988

• Federal Environmental Protection Agency Act No 58 of 30 December 1988

• National Environmental Protection (Effluent Limitation) Regulations of 15

August 1991

• National Environmental Protection (Pollution Abatement in Industries and

Facilities Producing Waste) Regulations of 15 August 1991

• National Environmental Protection (Management of Solid Hazardous Waste)

Regulations of 15 August 1991

• National Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Guidelines of

1991

• Federal Environmental Protection Agency (Amendment) Act No 59 of 2 August

1992

• FEPA Procedural and Sectoral Guidelines for Oil and Gas Industries of 1995

Some of the relevant regulations applicable to this EIA are reviewed below.


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One

6 of 13

1.5.2 Federal Legislation

1.5.2.1 The Federal Ministry of Environment (FMENV)

All affairs relating to environment of Nigeria are under the jurisdiction of the Federal

Ministry of Environment (FMENV). The ministry was created in 1999, by the democratic

government that came into power on 29th May 1999. Hitherto, matters of environmental

protection and conservation were the responsibilities of the Federal Environmental

Protection Agency (FEPA). FMENV therefore took over the role of FEPA.

Amongst the roles of FMENV is the enforcement of the EIA Act No. 86 of 1992, which also

gives specific powers to FMENV (then FEPA) to facilitate the environmental assessment of

projects that require EIAs. Consequently, the then FEPA had set out EIA guidelines for the

Oil and Gas industries in Nigeria. The EIA process follows the requirements outlined in the

EIA Sectoral Guidelines for “Infrastructures” and “Oil and Gas Industry Projects” (FEPA,

1995).

The FEPA Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in Nigeria (Part

II) contains the guidelines for the management of solid and hazardous waste and provides

interim permissible limits as protective measures against indiscriminate discharge of

particulate matter and untreated industrial effluents into lakes, rivers, estuaries, lagoons

and coastal waters.

Chapter one of the guideline is a description of the characteristics and criteria of various

types of dangerous wastes and the toxicity limits for various waste types. Chapter two

sets out the requirement for any person responsible for a spill or discharge into the

environment except when such release is otherwise permitted under the provision of

“FEPA”.

Also provided in the FEPA Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control

in Nigeria (Part I, Chapter four) are the noise exposure limits for Nigeria and the elements

of the regulations. These elements embody noise standards (including acoustic

guarantees), guidelines for the control of neighbourhood noises (especially with respect to

construction sites; market and meeting places) and permissible noise levels in noise-prone

industries and construction sites.

The National Environmental Protection (Effluent Limitation Regulations (S.I.8, 1991); and

Pollution Abatement in Industries and Facilities Generating Wastes (S.I.9 1991) requires


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One

7 of 13

the installation of anti-pollution equipment for the detoxification of effluent and chemical

discharges emanating from the industry, and stipulates the level to which effluents shall be

treated. Also contained in the document is the restriction on the release of toxic

substances, the requirements for a pollution-monitoring unit and on-site pollution control or

assigning the responsibility for pollution control to a person or corporate body accredited

by the Agency. Regulations for unusual or accidental discharges, list of chemicals,

contingency and emergency plans, generator’s liability, permissible limits of discharge into

public drains, solid wastes to be disposed of in environmentally safe manner, release of

gaseous matters, workers safety and penalties are also contained in this document.

1.5.2.2 The Department of Petroleum Resources

The Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR) is an arm of the Nigerian Ministry of

Petroleum Resources charged with the specific responsibilities of regulating activities in

the Oil and Gas industry to ensure strict compliance with relevant regulations such as the

Petroleum (Drilling and Production-Amendment) Regulations 1988, and the

“Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria” (EGASPIN

Revised Edition 2002).

The DPR performs its regulatory functions under the mandate of the Petroleum Minister as

provided for in the provisions of the Petroleum Act 1969, which empowers the Minister to

make regulations for all petroleum operations including environmental matters. Under the

Petroleum (Drilling and Production-Amendment) Regulations 1988, DPR is responsible for

monitoring compliance with the Minister’s regulations and approved control methods and

practices. These requirements are detailed in DPR’s “Environmental Guidelines and

Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria” (EGASPIN Revised Edition 2002). The

guidelines also provide for the establishment of an E & P sector-specific environment

permitting system covering solid waste disposal, liquid effluent discharge and atmospheric

emissions.

• Petroleum Act 1969

Section 9-(1) (b) (iii) of the Petroleum Act 1969 (Decree 51) states that the Minister of

Petroleum Resources may make regulations on "the prevention of pollution of land, water

courses and the atmosphere".


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One

8 of 13

• Criminal Code

Section 247 of the Nigerian Criminal Code makes it an offence, punishable with up to 6

months imprisonment for "Any person who: a) violates the atmosphere in any place, so as

to make it noxious to the health of persons in general dwelling, or conducting business in

the neighbourhood, or passing along a public way or; b) does any act which is, and which

he knows or has reason to believe to be, likely to spread the infection of any disease

dangerous to life, whether human or animal."

• National Inland Waterways Authority

Established by the National Inland Waterways Authority Act No. 13 of 1977, it is the

function of the Authority to

• grant permit and licenses for sand dredging, pipeline construction, dredging of slots

and crossing of waterways, and;

• subject to the provisions of the Environmental Impact Assessment Act No. 86 of

1992, carry out environmental impact assessment of navigation and other dredging

activities within the inland water and its right-of-ways.

• The Act stipulates penalties for violation of any of the provisions of the Act.

Contained in Part VI of the Act are offences and penalties. It states that subject to the

provisions of the Lands Act, 1993 and the Nigerian port Act 1993, any person who willfully

or negligently and without the consent of the Authority obstructs the waterways with rafts,

nets, logs, cask of oil, dredgers, barges, pipelines, pylons, or bridges shall be liable upon

conviction to a fine.

• Forestry Law CAP 51, 1994

The Forestry Act 1958 which was amended as the Forestry Law CAP 51, (1994) of Bendel

State (Edo and Delta States) prohibits any act that may lead to the destruction of or cause

injury to any forest produce, forest growth or forestry property in Nigeria. The law

prescribes the administrative framework for the management, utilization and protection of

forestry resources in Nigeria, which is applicable to the mangrove, and other forests of the

Niger Delta.

• Land Use Act 1978

The Land-use Act of 1978 states that "...it is also in the public interest that the rights of all

Nigerians to use and enjoy land in Nigeria and the natural fruits thereof in sufficient quality

to enable them to provide for the sustenance of themselves and their families should be


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One

9 of 13

assured, protected and preserved". This implies that acts which could result in the

pollution of the land, air and waters of Nigeria negates this decree, and are therefore,

unacceptable.

• Abandonment Guideline

In the case of the abandonment of facilities, the applicable guidelines shall be as stipulated

by FMENV for oil and gas/infrastructural facilities and the DPR`s EGASPIN of 2002.

1.5.3 State Legislations

1.5.3.1 Rivers State Ministry of Environment

Since the inauguration of the present democratic administration, Rivers State Government

had established a full-fledged Ministry of Environment headed by a commissioner. The

ministry was created from the Rivers State Environmental Protection Agency (RSEPA).

RSEPA was empowered by the decree setting up FEPA (Decree 58 of 1988, as amended

by Decree 59 of 1992), which encourages State governments to set up their own

Environmental Protection Agencies. Consequently, the then Rivers State Environmental

Protection Agency (RSEPA) was charged with the protection of the environment of Rivers

State, and operated with Edict No. 2 of 1994.

In 2002, RSMENR published the Interim Guidelines and Standards on Environmental

Pollution Control and Management in Rivers State. The guidelines seek to:

� Regulate the generation, handling, storage, disposal and management of all wastes of

whatever origin in Rivers State

� Regulate physical development in compliance with the principle of sustainable

development

� Enhance and where possible, restore the quality of the environment and,

� Protect the biodiversity of the flora and fauna of Rivers State.

1.5.3.2 Bayelsa State Environment Edict of 1999 (Bayelsa State Environment and

Development Planning Edict of 1999)

The Bayelsa State Environment Edict of 1999 charges the Authority with the responsibility

for the protection and development of the environment and biodiversity conservation and

sustainable development of the State’s natural resources. The Authority shall also work

with project developers who are required to conduct EIA for their new projects.


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One

10 of 13

Part VII of the edict is on offences and penalties and states in section 33 that “No person

shall discharge any form of oil, grease or spent oil produced in the course of any

manufacturing operation or business into any public drain watercourse, stream, canal,

pond highway or other land

1.5.4 International Agreements and Conventions

Nigeria is signatory to several international agreements affecting the environment as

follows:

The Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer, 1985; the Montreal

Protocol on Substances that deplete the Ozone Layer, 1987; and the London

amendment, 1994).

The objectives of these conventions are to protect human health and the environment

against adverse effects likely to result from human activities which modify or are likely to

modify the ozone layer and to adopt agreed measures; to control human activities found to

have adverse effects on the ozone layer (Bergensen and Parmann, 1994 as cited by

Environment and Resource Technology Ltd., 1995).

1.5.4.1 The Convention on the Migratory species of Wild Animals (The Bonn

Convention), 1979.

The Bonn Convention’s area of focus is the conservation and management of migratory

species (including waterfowl and other wetland species) and promotion of measures for

their conservation, including habitat conservation. Conservation of these habitats is one of

the principal actions taken for endangered species or groups of species, which are subject

of Agreements under the Bonn Convention. This was adopted in 1979.

1.5.4.2 The Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)

The objectives of this Convention, which was opened for signature at the 1992 Rio Earth

Summit, are the conservation of biological diversity, the sustainable use of its components

and the fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic

resources. This includes by appropriate access to genetic resources, appropriate transfer

of relevant technologies, taking into account all rights over those resources and to

technologies, and appropriate funding.


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One

11 of 13

1.5.4.3 Convention Concerning the Protection of World Culture and Natural Heritage

(World Heritage Convention) 1972

This Convention sets aside areas of cultural and natural heritage, the latter defined as

areas with outstanding universal value from the aesthetic, scientific and conservation

points of view.

1.5.4.4 Basel Convention on the Control of Trans-boundary Movements of

Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal (1987)

The Basel Convention addresses the worldwide concern over the risks posed by the

generation and disposal of hazardous and other wastes. This Convention defines the

wastes to be regulated and controls the Trans-boundary movement of hazardous wastes

and other wastes to protect human health and the environment against their adverse

effects. At present, there are no approved disposal sites for hazardous wastes in Nigeria.

1.5.5 SPDC Policies and Guidelines

SPDC has as components of its HSE-MS, policies and commitments that guide its

operations. These policies and commitments are of international standard and conform to

the Shell Group policies worldwide.

Some of the relevant policies and guidelines that would be followed while executing the

proposed project are presented as follows:

• Community Affairs, Safety, Health, Environment and Security

• Sustainable Community Development

• Waste Management

• Hydrocarbon spills contingency (prevention and timely response),

• Environmental Management,

• Environmental Impact Assessment,

• Land Acquisition and Compensation

• Abandonment

• Rehabilitation and Restoration of Polluted Sites

Elements of these policies and operational philosophies have taken into consideration

relevant Nigerian regulations, international laws, guidelines, conventions and treaties.


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One

12 of 13

SPDC shall in the course of executing this proposed project ensure that all relevant

standards and conditions are complied with, and where double standards exist, SPDC

would as much as possible comply with the more stringent one.

1.5 Terms of Reference

The Terms of Reference (TOR) for this EIA are based on standard EIA requirements and

stakeholder engagement (community representatives, FMENV, RSMENV, BSMENV and

DPR.).

The EIA will establish the environmental issues associated with the proposed seismic

survey, predict their impacts and magnitudes; suggest and evaluate project alternatives

with regard to cost effectiveness and environmental friendliness. In addition, it will

recommend mitigation measures and put in place an Environmental Management Plan.

1.7.1 EIA Scope

The summary of the scope of the EIA as contained in the TOR is as follows;

• Baseline Data Collection, including literature review, site visits and key

informant interviews to confirm and update information on socio-economics and

health status.

• Assessment and Prediction of Potential Impacts.

• Proposal of Appropriate Mitigation Measures.

• Environmental Management Plan.

The detailed scope of the baseline data is as follows:

Biophysical

• Climate and meteorology

• Air quality and noise

• Vegetation

• Land use/cover

• Wildlife

• Geology and hydrogeology

• Soil/sediment quality

• Aquatic studies

• Groundwater quality

• Hydrobiology and fisheries


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter One

13 of 13

Social

• Demography

• Social conditions of communities

• Socio-economic condition of the communities

• Socio-political structure/organisation, political/dispute resolution institutions and

mechanisms

• Archaeological and historical data

• Social structure/trends and social groups

• Social facilities

• Social needs of the communities and

• Community perceptions/view/opinions/benefits of the projects

Health

• Socio-economics/vital health statistics

• Individual/family/community health determinants

• Health outcomes

• Environmental health determinants

• Institutional health determinants

• Knowledge, attitudes and practices

1.8 Structure of the Report

This EIA report is divided into eight chapters as follows:

Chapter 1 presents the legal and administrative framework,

Chapter 2 discusses the project objectives and design considerations,

Chapter 3 describes the existing environment,

Chapter 4 highlights the predicted impacts of proposed project,

Chapter 5 is on the Mitigation of Impacts,

Chapter 6 provides the Environmental Management Plan,

Chapter 7 Consultation

Chapter 8 Conclusion and recommendations.

Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic Survey

____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 1 of 27

CHAPTER TWO

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Introduction

Seismic data acquisition survey is one of the first activities in oil prospecting, exploration and

exploitation. It is essentially carried out to locate viable hydrocarbon reservoirs in the sub-

surface, develop new fields and meet the Joint venture (SPDC, AGIP, ELF, NNPC)

commitments.

A typical seismic data acquisition project lasts for a relatively short period of time and does not

usually involve the establishment, or use of long-term facilities and structures. The survey

activities are expected to commence in Q4 2005 while actual data recording is planned to

commence in Q1 2006. With an average seismic data recording production of 50km2 / month,

the survey activities would last for 10 months.

The total land area of the survey is about 498 km2. The estimated workforce is 1,500.

2.1 Project justification

The 3D seismic data over OML 28 would include the eastern extension of the Etelebou field

which is due to be appraised in 2008/9. The western portion of OML 22 includes the Enwhe

fields. Enwhe West is partially covered by 3D seismic data and total expected of non-

associated gas recovery for the accumulation is estimated at some 500 Bcf. In the absence of

3D seismic data, it is not possible to make an adequate assessment of the reserves for the

Enwhe fields. The development of the Etelebou gas cap (some 600 Bcf) is planned to precede

the oil development (Gbaran Ubie Phase 1). Enwhe and Rumuekpe fields are being

considered for the 2010-2012 Gbaran Phase 2 appraisals and the Gbaran Phase 3

development. The absence of 3D seismic data prevents an adequate assessment of the area.

Therefore early 3D seismic data is required to adequately study the gas potential.

2.2 Project sustainability

Economic

Crude oil generates approx 80% of Nigeria Gross Domestic Product (GDP). Etelebou, Enwhe

and Rumuekpe fields that are within the coverage area of the current 3 D seismic survey

evacuates approximately 102,000 bpd. In order to increase the production level, further

exploration is desirable to confirm the availability of oil and non- associated gas. Hence, the

desirability for the 3D seismic survey .


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 2 of 27

Technical

As Exploration and Production operators with over 30 years experience in the Niger Delta,

SPDC has the proven ability to conduct the 3D seismic survey. Strict adherence to

internationally and nationally acceptable standards, innovative technologies that are

economically viable and environmentally friendly shall be utilized in the execution of the

proposed project.

Environmental

Seismic survey techniques vary according to the environment and are guided by FMENV,

DPR, SPDC and other international standards. In this regard, the best environmentally

acceptable techniques / methods would be employed to ensure minimum negative impacts on

the environment. The incorporation of findings and recommendations of this EIA at the various

stages of the project activity, and adherence to the EMP would ensure environmental

sustainability.

2. 3 Project Alternatives

Do Nothing Option

This requires abandonment of the proposed seismic data acquisition campaign in Rumuekpe

(OML 22 ) and Etelebou (OML 28).

Without the seismic data acquisition, Etelebou field cannot be properly appraised in the

planned 2008/2009 appraisal and profitably harnessed. Similarly, without seismic data in

Enweh field, it will be impossible to make an adequate assessment of the abundant reserves

in this field.

Adopting a no-project scenario where the Seismic Survey is not conducted will result in:

• Decline in hydrocarbon reserve

• Loss of revenue to the Federal Government and company from inability to probe the

reserves and produce

Based on all these reasons, a no-project option is Not Recommended and was rejected.

Seismic Technique Options

The seismic techniques considered for the proposed project include the 2D and 3D

techniques while the acoustic energy sources considered are vibroseis and explosives. The

considerations were based mainly on Health, Safety and Environment requirements as well as

economic and technical feasibilities.


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 3 of 27

2D Seismic Technique

In the 2D seismic technique, data is collected along a linear array of receivers as shown in

Figure 2.1. This line is then shot by moving the shot point and the array forward in synchrony

as the data is recorded until the entire line is completed. The resultant subsurface image is

only two dimensional (x,z). This technique will impact less on the environment in terms of line

cutting, but it does not give the true shape of the subsurface structures. Therefore, it was not

chosen.


While 2D surveys can be used for reconnaissance and to resolve simple structures at depth,

complicated structures causing out-of-plane reflections (sideswipe) can only be imaged

properly using 3D reflection techniques in which a 3D volume (x,y,z) of crust is sampled and

monitored using a planar, rather than a linear array of shots and receivers. In practice, this is

accomplished by laying out thousands of geophones along parallel lines of receiver groups

and then shooting into the entire array (receivers) from each shot point along a series of

orthogonal shot lines as in Figure 2.2. Although complicated by the fact that a typical 3D

survey contains orders of magnitude more data to process, the actual processing steps are

fairly similar to those for 2D surveys. The end result, however, is a data cube that can be

sliced to produce synthetic 2D profiles in any arbitrary direction through the data, horizontal

slices at arbitrary depths (time slices), horizon slices showing reflectivity variations in map

plan for picked marker horizons, and 3D tomographic images that can be viewed from any

perspective.

Figure 2.1: Schematic diagram of 2D Seismic Technique


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 4 of 27

The schematic diagram of the 3D seismic technique is presented in Figure 2.2.

Based on the overwhelming advantages of 3D over 2D seismic data, the 3D seismic

technique has been adopted for this campaign.

3D Seismic Geometry

The brickwall and cross spread geometry options of 3D seismic geometry were considered

and the latter was the preferred option because it has less impact on the environment and its

technical superiority.

In addition to technical justification for a wide geometry, this geometry is chosen because. As

the name suggests, source and receiver line spacing are orthogonal and widely spaced when

compared to the brick geometry.

Energy Source Options

The sources of energy considered for the project are: airgun, watergun, vibrators and

explosives sources. Among these sources of energy, explosives were preferred because of its

technical efficiency and environmental appropriateness. Specifically: Airgun/waterguns as

energy sources are effective only in large water bodies, which are not found within the project

area. Therefore, these options were rejected.

• Use of vibrators requires mounting on a buggy or truck. This limits its use in the Niger

delta due to access constraints. Therefore, this option was rejected.

• The advantage of explosives is that it has the full range of frequency content and can

easily be taken into the seismic line. Therefore, extra access need not be created when

using explosives. In addition, the risk of contamination of ground water by the chemical

components of the explosives is minimized through complete combustion.



____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 5 of 27


The Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) 3D seismic data acquisition (Fig 2.1) would

cover some parts of Rivers State (Ahoada-West, Ahoada-East and Abua/Odual Local

Government Areas) and Bayelsa State (Ogbia and Yenagoa Local Government Areas).

The proposed outline co-ordinates are shown on the Table 2.1.

Table 2.1: Coordinates (Easting and Northing) of the planned 3D seismic data

acquisition in Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28).

OML 22 (RUMUEKPE) OML 28 (ETELEBOU) Easting (m) Northing (m) Easting (m) Northing (m)

1 455710.920 115600.878 436117.800 118187.100

2 464878.327 115583.317 441239.860 118187.100

3 464878.327 107967.594 441141.28 101687.100

4 469003.511 107967.594 436117.800 101687.100

5 468986.760 105000.000 436117.800 118187.100

6 470940.000 105000.000

7 470940.000 94171.000

8 462083.000 94171.000

9 462060.497 96695.298

10 454406.707 96702.668

11 454406.707 102943.331

12 455685.079 102964.678

13 455710.920 115600.878


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 6 of 27

Fig. 2.3: Map of Rivers and Bayelsa State showing the proposed Project Location

Legend

LGAs

Project Area

TAG

BAYELSA

RIVERS

Fig 2.4a: Map of the proposed project location – Etelebou (OML 28)


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 7 of 27

Fig 2.4b: Map of the proposed project location – Rumuekpe (OML 22)

2.5 Project Description

United Geophysical Nigeria Limited (UGNL) and Integrated Data Services Limited (IDSL) Joint

Venture also called JV 171 have been contracted by SPDC to carry out the 3D seismic data

acquisition over Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) IDSL is a sister company of

Nigerian National Petroleum Company (NNPC).

Company Site Representatives and SPDC staff would closely supervise the 3D seismic data

acquisition activities.

The Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) seismic survey shall include the following

activities:

• Scouting exercise

• Permitting – License To Operate (LTO)

• Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

• Mobilization of contractor to site

• Land clearing for campsites, fuel dumps and explosives magazine sites

• Surveying - line cutting for receiver/shot positions

• Drilling of shot holes

• Recording – Laying of geophones/hydrophones & detonation of explosives

• Road repairs and Community Assisted Projects (CAPs)

• Damages assessment and compensation


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 8 of 27

• Environnemental restoration

• Post Impact Assessment (PIA)

2.5.1 Scouting Exercise

JV 171 (United Geophysical Nigeria Limited [UGNL] and Integrated Data Services [IDSL]

operating in a joint venture partnership) has carried out a general scouting exercise of the

area with the main objectives of identifying the communities within the project area; roads and

rivers/creeks that would be used for the movement of personnel/equipment as well as material

supply, communication equipments, and health facilities. It has also established/chosen

suitable site for camps (with due regards to the expected production rate), and the best

access to the different types of obstructions that may affect subsurface coverage in the course

of the survey.

2.5.2 Permitting – License to Operate (LTO)

The host communities would be informed on seismic operations during permitting and other

subsequent fora (people’s parliament, Project Advisory Committee meeting, etc). Their

consent would be obtained during permitting so as to operate in their area.

This is the process of obtaining permission from the community/individuals as the case may

be and relevant government bodies to enable uninhibited access to living premises and

farmlands in the course of seismic operations.

JV 171 community affairs staff would engage communities, individuals, relevant government

bodies and other stakeholders at an agreed date to explain the processes involved in seismic

operations and possible associated hazards. After the meeting, a permit form that would serve

as agreement would be presented for signatures so as to ensure that peace and harmony

prevail during and after the seismic operations.

Project Advisory Committee (PAC) that comprises government representatives, community

leaders/elders, youths and women representatives shall be set up prior to commencement of

the seismic operations. The PAC’s duty is to manage issues that may arise with the

communities or relevant government bodies in the areas of operation, coordinate Community

Assisted Projects (CAP) and employment issues.

Open Fora in form of community engagements shall be periodically held with the PAC

membership participation during the course of the seismic survey operation. During such

meetings, issues such as JV company’s policy vis-à-vis community’s interest as it relates to


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 9 of 27

the seismic activities in the area and demands shall be discussed. Community Elders, Chiefs,

Youths, Women leaders and NGOs would be invited to attend such fora.

Employment opportunities shall be extended to the communities by JV 171 with due regards

to the contract and bearing in mind 60% community employment ratio prescribed by the

Federal Government of Nigerian. PAC members (with the permanent members in attendance)

would share this employment quota amongst the various communities within the prospect

area and thereafter communicate the information to the communities. The communities would

carry out internal selection and present their employment quota list to JV 171 for employment.

JV 171`s Community Affairs Department would interview the selected people. Successful

candidates would be medically certified fit, swim tested, given safety induction and technical

training, issued with personal protective equipments (PPE) before they commence work.

The lists of communities so far identified that would be impacted by OML 22 & 28 3D seismic

data acquisition are shown on the Tables 2.2 and 2.3

Table 2.2 Communities to be traversed in OML 22

S/N Community Clan LGA State

1 Okogbe Igbuduya Ahoada-West Rivers

2 Obholobholo Igbuduya Ahoada-West Rivers

3 Ula-Okobo I Igbuduya Ahoada-West Rivers

4 Obodhi Igbuduya Ahoada-West Rivers

5 Uyakama Igbuduya Ahoada-West Rivers

6 Ogbede Igbuduya Ahoada-West Rivers

7 Odhigwe Igbuduya Ahoada-West Rivers

8 Ula-Okobo Ii Igbuduya Ahoada-West Rivers

9 Oshika Igbuduya Ahoada West Rivers

10 Ozochi Igbuduya Ahoada West Rivers

11 Kala-Ogbogolo Engeni Ahoada West Rivers

12 Opu-Ogbogolo Engeni Ahoada West Rivers

13 Egboama Engeni Ahoda West Rivers

14 Ihuama Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

15 Ochigba Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

16 Ula-Ikata Upata Ahoada-East Rivers


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 10 of 27

Table 2.2 Communities to be traversed in OML 22 Continues


17 Ihuike Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

18 Ula-Upata Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

19 Ihubuluko Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

20 Edeoha Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

21 Ikata Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

22 Idu-Oke Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

23 Ihuaba Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

24 Udebu Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

25 Okoma 1 Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

26 Okoma 11 Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

27 Obumeze Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

28 Okporowo Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

29 Odiabidi Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

30 Okpoguohodu Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

31 Ogbele Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

32 Ihuowo Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

33 Oshiugboko Upata Ahoada-East Rivers

34 Egbeleke Ehuda Clan (1) Ahoada-East Rivers

35 Aminigboko Emughani Abua Odua Rivers

36 Arukwo Emughani Abua Odua Rivers

37 Owerewere Emughani Abua Odua Rivers

38 Obaranyi Emughani Abua Odua Rivers

39 Emesu Emughani Abua Odua Rivers

40 Okoboh Emughani Abua Odua Rivers

41 Emabu Emughani Abua Odua Rivers

42 Egunughan Emughani Abua Odua Rivers

43 Omalem Ogbo-Abua Abua Odua Rivers

44 Oghora Ogbo-Abua Abua Odua Rivers

45 Otari Ogbo-Abua Abua Odua Rivers

46 Ogbema Ogbo-Abua Abua Odua Rivers

47 Emilaghan Ogbo-Abua Abua Odua Rivers

48 Okana Ogbo-Abua Abua Odua Rivers

49 Odaga Ogbo-Abua Abua Odua Rivers

50 Omelema Ogbo-Abua Abua Odua Rivers

51 Omakwa Ogbo-Abua Abua Odua Rivers

52 Omaraka Ogbo-Abua Abua Odua Rivers

Table 2.3: Communities to be traversed in OML 28


1 Amerikpoko

2 Obedium Ogbia Ogbia Bayelsa

3 Uruama Engene Awelga Rivers

4 Otuasega Ogbia Ogbia Bayelsa


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 2.3: Communities to be traversed in OML 28 Continues


5 Ibelebiri Ogbia Ogbia Bayelsa

6 Otuegwe Ogbia Ogbia Bayelsa

7 Okarki Engene Awelga Rivers

8 Okparaki Engene Awelga Rivers

9 Odau Odua Abua/Odual Rivers

10 Kunusha Engene Awelga Rivers

11 Opolo Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

12 Okutukutu Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

13 Edegwe Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

14 Edepie Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

15 Aguduma Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

16 Akenfa Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

17 Nyengwe Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

18 Igbogene Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

19 Ishayi Engene Awelga Rivers

20 Mbiama Engene Awelga Rivers

19 Akenpai Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

20 Akiobgobgolo Engene Awelga Rivers

21 Ogbede Igbuduya Awelga Rivers

22 Igovia Engene Awelga Rivers

23 Odieke Igbuduya Awelga Rivers

24 Odiopiti Igbuduya Awelga Rivers

25 Ukpetede Igbuduya Awelga Rivers

26 Odiolugboji Igbuduya Awelga Rivers

27 Odigbor Igbuduya Awelga Rivers

28 Agboh Engene Awelga Rivers

29 Oruama

30 One Man Country Engene Awelga Rivers

31 Aghia Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

32 Nedugo Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

33 Emezi 1 Igbuduya Awelga Rivers

34 Emezi 2 Igbuduya Awelga Rivers

35 Zarama

36 Ogboloma Epie Yenagoa Bayelsa

37 Ikodi Engene Awelga Rivers

If a community previously unidentified is encountered during the execution phase of seismic

operations, normal process of verification with the relevant Government authorities shall be

carried out and the community list updated.


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.5.3 Mobilization of Contractor to Site

The contractor shall mobilize all necessary personnel, materials and equipment to site after

permitting the camp sites and jetties. Where SPDC sites shall be used, permission shall be

obtained in addition to obtaining formal SPDC’s work order.

Prior to mobilization, SPDC shall carry out pre-mobilization inspection of all items and

personnel to be mobilized to site. All equipment and personnel that would be mobilized to site

shall be certified fit for purpose and approved by SPDC before deployment to site. About 1500

personnel shall be used for the siesmic operation, with 60% of the workforce coming from the

communities.

2.5.4 Land Clearing - For Campsites, Fuel Dumps/Generator House, Vehicle Parking

Lots and Explosives Magazine Sites

This process involves manual clearing for camp sites (including vehicle parking lots), fuel

dumps, generator house, recording truck positions and explosives magazine site.

The crew would use portacabins as office and residential accommodation. This would largely

minimize fresh cuttings.

Although, activities in the camp site require running of generator sets as source of power, the

noise level from the power-generating sets shall be routinely checked to ensure that it does

not exceed 85dB(A) around the generator sets by lagging the place and providing earmuffs for

staff who shall maintain the equipment.

Previously occupied sites would be used wherever possible to minimize impact on the

environment.

Maintenance of vehicles, generator sets and line equipment would be done within the base

camp.

The proposed camp site locations are:

• Omerelu base camp

• Oyakama Satellite camp and Explosives magazine site

• Temporary landing base at Obaranyi.

The pictures below show typical improvised jetties for the purpose of workmen boat

embarkation and disembarkation.


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Plate 2.1: Examples of improvised jetties for the purpose of workmen boat

embarkation and disembarkation for water borne activities


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.5.5 Surveying (GPS, Equipment Calibration, Control, Receiver/Source Lines

Cutting and Topographic Map Generation)

The main tasks during survey exercise include correct positioning of shot points and receiver

stations for use either by the Drilling or Recording sections. This would be done by the

conventional survey methods. Cutting activities for the control, receiver and source lines shall

be done manually with a machete.

In open areas and farmlands where there is clear line of sight between the instrument man

and the man with the pole for measurements, no cutting shall be done.

The planned distances to be cut in linear kilometers are:

OML 22 Control lines 20kms Receiver lines 873.90kms Source lines 687.87kms


In order to minimize damage to the environment, satellite imagery maps of the area shall be

used during the survey planning. Trees with girth more than 15cm shall not be cut except

where they pose threats to lives and equipment. The crew’s Party Chief and Company Site

Representative or Operations Geophysicist shall give approval before the cutting of any tree

above approved girth. Overhanging branches may be cut where necessary to enable workers

move safely along the receiver and source lines.

These seismic lines cut would create avenue for movement of men and equipment throughout

the prospect. The line cleaners shall be supervised to ensure that the lines are not cleared to

ground level. By adopting this procedure, vegetation is expected to regenerate within a short

period of time.

Efforts (awareness campaigns, appropriate warning signs etc) shall be made to discourage

communities from converting such traverses into access routes. All forms of survey cutting in

farms shall be minimized and buntings shall be used to indicate the line (traverse) direction

and to prevent seismic workers from wandering across farms.

Areas of interest (sacred areas, forest reserves, burial grounds, shrines etc) shall be identified

and avoided.


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.5.5.1 Global Positioning System (GPS)

The Global Positioning System (GPS) is a satellite-based positioning system operated by the

USA Department of Defence (DOD). This system provides all-weather, worldwide, 24-hours

positioning and time information. The satellite’s broadcast signals can be tracked by receivers

for positioning and navigation purposes. GPS points are required to control the entire survey

network to ensure homogeneity and accuracy of the traverses. Carefully spaced out GPS

stations shall be chosen to ensure easy access and freedom from other elevated obstructions

such as huts, houses, trees and areas devoid of electro-magnetic interferences. Twenty (20)

new GPS control positions with one witness each shall be used and monuments emplaced at

desired positions.

2.5.5.2 Control Lines

Control lines would be cut to link up the established GPS positions. The control lines would be

designed to either coincide with receiver or source lines. These control lines would equally be

used as receiver and source lines to minimize cutting.

2.5.5.3. Receiver Lines

Receiver lines would be positioned using Leica TC1100/1001/1103 Total Station survey

instruments. Receiver lines would be spaced 400m apart over the surface area from a

minimum of two control points or from existing control lines.

Receiver lines contain geophone and hydrophone stations. Receiver stations would be

positioned using Total Station survey instruments. The same equipment in tracking mode will

be used for hydrophone stations in Orashi and Sombreiro Rivers as well as their major

tributaries. The maximum river width in the area is about 150 m.

Receiver station positions along receiver lines would be spaced at an interval of 50m. The

orientation of the receiver lines would be 900 North/South.

OML 22 is expected to have 42 receiver lines with total distance of about 874km, while OML

28 would have 22 receiver lines with total distance of about 505km.

2.5.5.4 Source Lines

Source lines would be established in the same manner as the receiver lines using the same

survey instruments. The source lines orientation would be 900 East/West. This means that the

source lines would be established at positions perpendicular to the receiver lines.


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


The source lines would be spaced at 600m intervals while the shot positions (shot points)

would be spaced at 50m intervals.

Shot points would be acquired using dynamite sources. There would be no air gun usage in

this operation. Shot points that fall within water bodies shall be moved to land location and

explosives (dynamite and caps) used as the energy source.

2.5.5.5 Topographic Map Generation

Topographic maps are post-plot topographical maps, showing details of natural and man-

made features existing along the lines within the prospect area. In addition, the map shows

the final actual position and type of stations and shot points used in the seismic acquisition

operations.

On daily basis, each survey crew would submit complete and accurate line trace/omission and

hazard report. The report would clearly indicate pipeline, oil/water well, village/settlement,

house, river, sacred/forbidden bush, line bridges, etc actual position and distance to the

seismic lines. The line trace record is for information on receiver lines, while omission record

is information for source lines. Hazards information can be on either line trace or omission

reports. The information supplied would be used to produce a topographic map at the end of

the seismic campaign.

2.5.6 Drilling of Shot Holes

Shot points (shot positions) shall be spaced at 50m intervals on the source lines. The drilling

activity involved clearing of shot points in some cases to a radius of about 1m.

Three shot holes drilling techniques would be used. On dry land terrain, thumping with steel

casing and Hand augering would be carried out while in flooded areas and edges of rivers,

flushing technique using drilling engine would be carried out.

2.5.6.1 Thumping Technique

Thumping technique is utilized in dry land area. The thumping activity entails manually

thumping a 4.5m steel casing into the ground. The steel casing is manually lifted and

hammered into the ground onto the point where the hole is to be made. After each hammering

of the steel casing, earth cutting is squeezed into the bore of the casing. The casing is then

rotated so that more earth material will be cut by the improvised cutting end of the casing that

act as a bit. The casing is then pulled out and a wooden hammer is used to hit the base of the

casing so that the earth material is loosened and removed from the bore. This process is

repeated until the required depth of 4m is achieved.


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.5.6.2 Hand augering Technique

Hand augering technique is utilized in dry land area. Hand augering utilizes the principle of

bolt and nut fittings as well as the rotary drilling principle. The hand auger is a simple tool. The

tool is made up of steel rod with a spiraling groove like blade of about 1m at the base. At the

upper part of the tool is a clamp, which is used in screwing the auger into the ground. The

cuttings from the earth are squeezed into the groove. The auger is pulled out from time to time

to remove the earth cuttings. This process is repeated until the required depth of 4m is

achieved.

Five single pattern holes centered on the shot point pegs would be thumped / augered to 4m

depths on dry terrain using steel casing or hand augers.

Cuttings from the thumped / augered holes would be used to back-fill and properly tamped the

loaded holes before detonation.

Plate 2.2a: Thumping shallow pattern holes.

Plate 2.2a: Thumping shallow pattern holes


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Plate 2.2b: Thumping shallow pattern holes (Removing debris).

2.5.6.3 Flushing Technique

Flushing technique utilizes the rotary drilling principle. The equipments used in this technique

are, water pump, drill casings, swivel heads, clamps and hoses. The casing is fixed with a

clamp at a reasonable height where it is possible for the drillers (two turners) to hold the clamp

firmly, press the casing vertically down and at the same time turning it in the same direction.

The casing is connected to the swivel head while the swivel head is linked to the water pump

via a hose. Another hose link the water pump to the sucking mud pit. Two pits shall be made,

sucking pit (0.7m*0.7m) and cutting collector pit (0.5m*0.5m). E-Z mud will be mixed with

water in the sucking pit thus becoming mud (mud water).

The pump will suck mud water from the sucking pit and pump it to swivel head from where it

will enter the casing. The mud water being under pressure from the pump, it will burrow into

the earth it comes in contact with it.

The positioning of the casing ensure that, the mud jet is directly at the point where the hole

cutting is required to be made while the turning of the clamp by the drillers impact the effect of

the rotary table in rotary drilling technique.

The earth materials that is cut by the mud jet will be flushed out by the incoming mud through

the annular space between the casing and the shot hole bore. This flushed materials mixed

with the mud will flow to the cutting collecting pit. The cuttings will naturally be separated from

the mud by gravity and the clean mud will flow back into the mud sucking pit. The cycle is

repeated until the required depth is achieved.


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Water would be taken from nearby creeks and other water bodies around the area of

operation for flushing.

Five single pattern holes centered on the shot points would be flushed to 6m depths using this

technique. Where necessary at the edge of Orashi River, 40m single deep holes would be

flushed.

Plate 2.3: A typical flushing method

Uphole logging positions would be located and acquired at 4km x 4km grid over the prospect

areas. Uphole points would be flushed to 60m depths.

Each uphole would be lined with plastic casings. A harness of 12 hydrophones would be

lowered into the cased hole. The spacing of the hydrophones on the harness would be at

sampling interval of 1m, 3m, 5m, then at 5m from 5 to 30m, and 10m thereafter up to the 60m

depth. A shot hole of 2m depth away from the uphole survey hole would be thumped for

energy source. A maximum of 200 g explosives would be used as the source and properly

tamped. Plastic will be recovered from the holes after logging.

In situations where upholes cannot be carried out due to lack of water, Low Velocity Layer

(LVL) data acquisition would be carried out using the same charge size and depth of source

hole. Geophones would be spaced on the ground.

The only significant difference between 6m, 40m and 60m holes flushing is the use of drilling

mud in the deeper holes (40 and 60m) for holes stability. E-Z mud is the hole stabilizer that


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


would be used. It would be mixed in the mud-pit which serves as a mixing tank. Diagrammatic

features of holes and single deep holes is shown in Fig 2.2.

The mud pits would be properly back-filled and covered after flushing the holes, logging and

loading as the case may be.

Human presence, noise and vibration from the pumping machine during drilling, flushing and

detonation of explosive activities scare away animals within the vicinity. At the end of the

activities, the animals would carry on with their normal life.

Fig 2.5: Diagrammatic pattern of holes and single deep holes

2.5.7 Recording (Laying of Geophones, Hydrophones, Shooting Distances, Detonation of Explosives and Recording)

This involves laying of geophones and hydrophones on the receiver stations and detonating

explosives on the perpendicular source lines to generate minor energy, which are reflected

and recorded on magnetic tapes via the recording instrument. The recording instrument that

would be used is Sercel 408XL installed inside a recording truck. Please see 2.6.6.7.3 (Sercel

408XL Recording System).

50m

10m 10m 10m 10m

1m

1m

Source Line

Source Peg

Drilled Hole

PATTERN

Source Line 1m

1m

Source Peg

Drilled Hole 50m

SINGLE DEEP HOLES


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


The active recording spread would consist of 6 receiver lines. Each receiver line would have

200 channels and 96 shots per salvo. Nominal fold to be acquired with this geometry is 48

fold.

2.6.6.4 Geophones (Land Detectors)

Geophones are used on land to detect signals. They consist of a sensor element with coil

resistance and a damping resistor sealed in a marsh case. They would be laid along the

already cut and established receiver lines.

Two strings of geophones per receiver station would be laid in a linear array centered on the

surveyed peg and connected in parallel to the Field Digitization Unit (FDU).

Plate 2.4: A typical Geophone used for detecting signals on land

Plate 2.5: A Field Digitisation Unit


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.6.6.5 Hydrophones (Marine Detectors)

Hydrophones would be used as marine detectors. They shall be deployed as single

hydrophone units on river crossings, minor creeks and ponds of water. A single hydrophone

unit would be placed at each peg position. In deepwater the hydrophones would be weighted

with chain links to avoid drifting.

Plate 2.6: Hydrophone 2.6.6.6 Shooting Distances

As a minimum, experimented safe shooting distances based on Environmental Guidelines and

Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria (EGASPIN) / Department of Petroleum

Resources (DPR) shall be maintained to avoid any damage to structures (Section 57 of

Survey Act of 1964 stipulates 100 yards as minimum shooting distance permitted). Surveyors,

drillers and shooters shall be supervised to ensure compliance with minimum distances.

Flagmen would be used to keep off trespassers from straying to the shot sites and control

traffic on the highways and roads. The DPR and Shell recommended shooting distance are

shown in Table 2.4 and 2.5

Provision 57 of the explosives act of 1964 and the explosives regulations 1967 stipulates that: (i) “ No blasting operations shall be carried on in surface or opencast works within one hundred

yards of any place to which the public have access except with the permission in writing of an inspector and subject to any special conditions he may consider necessary to impose having regard to the public safety”.

(ii) “Whilst blasting operations are in progress in surface in surface or opencast works all due

precautions shall be taken by means of red flags, watchmen and otherwise, to ensure that no person is allowed to approach within dangerous range of the blasting operations”.

Table 2.4, showed the accepted industry minimum shootingdistances as defined in

Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria (EGASPIN)

which is published by Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR).


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 2.4: DPR and Shell group minimum shooting distances

Objects to be

protected

Up to 1kg

Detonation (m)

1 to 3kg

Detonation (m) 3 to 6kg Detonation (m)

Pipes of any type 30 60 120

Pumping station

with pipes of any

type 40 60 120

Water wells of any

type 100 200 Vimax = 12mm/sec

Dyke Structures 50 100 = 25mm/sec

Table 2.5 shows the contractual minimum shooting distances that would be observed in

course of the seismic campaign.

Table 2.5: SPDC Nigeria minimum shooting distances

Objects to be protected

Minimum

distances (m)

Pattern, 5x0.4kg and Deep holes

2kg

Tarmac roads 25 Pattern and Deep holes

Overhead cables 50 Pattern and Deep holes

Houses 100 Pattern

Houses 150 Deep holes

Pumping station 100 Pattern and Deep holes

Objects to be protected

Minimum

distances (m)

Pattern, 5x0.4kg and Deep holes

2kg

Dyke structures 100 Pattern and Deep holes

Pipelines 100 Pattern and Deep holes

Water/oil wells 200 Pattern and Deep holes

2.6.6.7 Explosives and Detonation of Explosives

2.6.6.7.1 Explosives

Standard explosives for seismic data acquisition shall be used. All shot holes shall be properly

tamped to the surface after loading. In flooded terrain, charges shall be anchored in shot holes.

Only seismic caps shall be utilized (Seismic Electric Detonators). Caps shall be water tight,

radio proof, and have shunted lead wires. Cap bursting time shall not exceed one-fourth of the

recording sampling interval, and to assure this is possible the cap specifications shall conform

to the Blaster type, output energy, and signal.


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


The seismic crew on-site storage facility shall be licensed (crew based). Specially modified

vehicles (four wheel drive) and certified personnel shall be used to transport explosives from

the suppliers to the seismic crew storage facility.

2.6.6.7.2 Detonation of Explosives

Each shooting crew shall be deployed with a decoder radio shot firing system.

Dynamite (0.4kg) would be loaded into each of the 5 shot holes (total 2kg), that were thumped

(except LVL holes) or flushed while 2kg would be loaded into all single deep holes except

Uphole points.

Shot hole firing would be executed by MACHA® shooting system (MACHA is the product

name of Macha International Incorporation, a company based in Houston, Texas, USA). This

will be carried out remotely from the recording instrument via radio link. The acquisition

system initiates the shooting cycle by signaling the encoder radio shot firing unit (on the

recording platform) to transmit the shot release code to the shooters decoder unit in the field.

The decoder and the encoder synchronize once both sides are on arm and the same privacy.

After a programmed delay, the encoder issues a time-break pulse, to the acquisition system,

which starts recording. At the same time the decoder unit issues a firing pulse to the blaster,

which detonates the dynamite and sends Confirmatory Time Break (CTB) signal to the

acquisition system.

Bad shots are shots that are fired but could not be recorded by the recording instrument in the

recording truck due to break in transmission (line breaks) along the recording cables on the

receiver lines, such shot hole positions shall be moved about a meter, re-drilled and re-taken.

Theoretical planned shot point positions that can not be taken either due to obstruction

(buildings, pipelines, etc) or creeks/rivers shall be moved in multiples of 50m, 100m, 150m,

etc until a safe shooting location is achieved.

Proper tamping technique shall be employed to avoid blowouts. Contractual penalties for shot

blowouts shall be used to ensure that proper tamping is enforced. In case of any blow out

(pumping out of loosely tamped soil), deployed environmental crews shall ensure that the shot

hole area is restored, cap wires etc removed and taken to the base camp for re-cycling.

Blow outs and misfires if any shall be documented and reported to DPR and NAPIMS.


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.6.6.7.3 Sercel 408XL Recording System

The Sercel 408XL recording system shall be used to record the generated seismic signals.

Plate 2.7: Picture showing a recording truck

Plate 2.8 Picture showing a recording instrument


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.6 Project Schedule

The project is expected to start in January 2006 and end in October 2006. The programme

schedule is as follow:

Fig. 2.6 Project Schedule

2.7 Road Repairs and Community Assisted Projects (CAPS)

The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey will be planned to minimise impact on existing track and

farm roads within the communities. During the course of the operation, any track or farm road

that is destroyed by the movement of operational heavy-duty trucks shall be repaired.

Community assisted projects shall be identified and agreed on through participatory rural

appraisal. Project Advisory Committee shall facilitate the implementation process for the

projects.

2.8 Damage Assessment and Compensation

Vegetation and any other asset inevitably damaged during the course of survey line cutting,

drilling and recording operations, shall be assessed and compensation paid using OPTS

industry recommended rate.

J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D

EIA

Permitting/Formation of PAC

Mobilization/Base camp construction

GPS observation/monumentation

Srvey/line cutting

Drilling of shot holes

Recording activities

Damages Assessment/Compensation

Abandonment/Restoration

2005 2006


____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.9 Environmental Restoration

At the end of seismic activities, all used sites shall be restored to their pre-occupied state. A

site restoration certificate would be issued by SPDC to the contractor upon satisfactory

restoration of the environment. Federal Ministry of Environment shall be notified so that site

restoration can be verified.

Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic Survey __________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 1 of 29

CHAPTER TWO

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Introduction

Seismic data acquisition survey is one of the first activities in oil prospecting, exploration

and exploitation. It is essentially carried out to locate viable hydrocarbon reservoirs in the

sub-surface, develop new fields and meet the Joint venture (SPDC, AGIP, ELF, NNPC)

commitments.

A typical seismic data acquisition project lasts for a relatively short period of time and does

not usually involve the establishment, or use of long-term facilities and structures. The

survey activities are expected to commence in Q4 2005 while actual data recording is

planned to commence in Q1 2006. With an average seismic data recording production of

50km2 / month, the survey activities would last for 10 months.

The total land area of the survey is about 498 km2. The estimated workforce is 1,500.

2.1 Project justification

The 3D seismic data over OML 28 would include the eastern extension of the Etelebou

field which is due to be appraised in 2008/9. The western portion of OML 22 includes the

Enwhe fields. Enwhe West is partially covered by 3D seismic data and total expected of

non-associated gas recovery for the accumulation is estimated at some 500 Bcf. In the

absence of 3D seismic data, it is not possible to make an adequate assessment of the

reserves for the Enwhe fields. The development of the Etelebou gas cap (some 600 Bcf) is

planned to precede the oil development (Gbaran Ubie Phase 1). Enwhe and Rumuekpe

fields are being considered for the 2010-2012 Gbaran Phase 2 appraisals and the Gbaran

Phase 3 development. The absence of 3D seismic data prevents an adequate assessment

of the area. Therefore early 3D seismic data is required to adequately study the gas

potential.

2.2 Project sustainability

Economic

Crude oil generates approx 80% of Nigeria Gross Domestic Product (GDP). Etelebou,

Enwhe and Rumuekpe fields that are within the coverage area of the current 3 D seismic

survey evacuates approximately 102,000 bpd. In order to increase the production level,

further exploration is desirable to confirm the availability of oil and non- associated gas.

Hence, the desirability for the 3D seismic survey .


_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 2 of 29

Technical

As Exploration and Production operators with over 30 years experience in the Niger Delta,

SPDC has the proven ability to conduct the 3D seismic survey. Strict adherence to

internationally and nationally acceptable standards, innovative technologies that are

economically viable and environmentally friendly shall be utilized in the execution of the

proposed project.

Environmental

Seismic survey techniques vary according to the environment and are guided by FMENV,

DPR, SPDC and other international standards. In this regard, the best environmentally

acceptable techniques / methods would be employed to ensure minimum negative impacts

on the environment. The incorporation of findings and recommendations of this EIA at the

various stages of the project activity, and adherence to the EMP would ensure

environmental sustainability.

2. 3 Project Alternatives

Do Nothing Option

This requires abandonment of the proposed seismic data acquisition campaign in

Rumuekpe (OML 22 ) and Etelebou (OML 28).

Without the seismic data acquisition, Etelebou field cannot be properly appraised in the

planned 2008/2009 appraisal and profitably harnessed. Similarly, without seismic data in

Enweh field, it will be impossible to make an adequate assessment of the abundant

reserves in this field.

Adopting a no-project scenario where the Seismic Survey is not conducted will result in:

• Decline in hydrocarbon reserve

• Loss of revenue to the Federal Government and company from inability to probe

the reserves and produce

Based on all these reasons, a no-project option is Not Recommended and was rejected.

Seismic Technique Options

The seismic techniques considered for the proposed project include the 2D and 3D

techniques while the acoustic energy sources considered are vibroseis and explosives.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 3 of 29

The considerations were based mainly on Health, Safety and Environment requirements

as well as economic and technical feasibilities.


In the 2D seismic technique, data is collected along a linear array of receivers as shown in

Figure 2.1. This line is then shot by moving the shot point and the array forward in

synchrony as the data is recorded until the entire line is completed. The resultant

subsurface image is only two dimensional (x,z). This technique will impact less on the

environment in terms of line cutting, but it does not give the true shape of the subsurface

structures. Therefore, it was not chosen.


While 2D surveys can be used for reconnaissance and to resolve simple structures at

depth, complicated structures causing out-of-plane reflections (sideswipe) can only be

imaged properly using 3D reflection techniques in which a 3D volume (x,y,z) of crust is

sampled and monitored using a planar, rather than a linear array of shots and receivers. In

practice, this is accomplished by laying out thousands of geophones along parallel lines of

receiver groups and then shooting into the entire array (receivers) from each shot point

along a series of orthogonal shot lines as in Figure 2.2. Although complicated by the fact

that a typical 3D survey contains orders of magnitude more data to process, the actual

processing steps are fairly similar to those for 2D surveys. The end result, however, is a

data cube that can be sliced to produce synthetic 2D profiles in any arbitrary direction

through the data, horizontal slices at arbitrary depths (time slices), horizon slices showing



_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 4 of 29

reflectivity variations in map plan for picked marker horizons, and 3D tomographic images

that can be viewed from any perspective.

The schematic diagram of the 3D seismic technique is presented in Figure 2.2.

Based on the overwhelming advantages of 3D over 2D seismic data, the 3D seismic

technique has been adopted for this campaign.

3D Seismic Geometry

The brickwall and cross spread geometry options of 3D seismic geometry were considered

and the latter was the preferred option because it has less impact on the environment and

its technical superiority.

In addition to technical justification for a wide geometry, this geometry is chosen because.

As the name suggests, source and receiver line spacing are orthogonal and widely spaced

when compared to the brick geometry.

Energy Source Options

The sources of energy considered for the project are: airgun, watergun, vibrators and

explosives sources. Among these sources of energy, explosives were preferred because

of its technical efficiency and environmental appropriateness. Specifically:

Airgun/waterguns as energy sources are effective only in large water bodies, which are not

found within the project area. Therefore, these options were rejected.

• Use of vibrators requires mounting on a buggy or truck. This limits its use in the Niger

delta due to access constraints. Therefore, this option was rejected.

• The advantage of explosives is that it has the full range of frequency content and can

easily be taken into the seismic line. Therefore, extra access need not be created



_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 5 of 29

when using explosives. In addition, the risk of contamination of ground water by the

chemical components of the explosives is minimized through complete combustion.


The Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) 3D seismic data acquisition (Fig 2.1)

would cover some parts of Rivers State (Ahoada-West, Ahoada-East and Abua/Odual

Local Government Areas) and Bayelsa State (Ogbia and Yenagoa Local Government

Areas).

The proposed outline co-ordinates are shown on the Table 2.1.

Table 2.1: Coordinates (Easting and Northing) of the planned 3D seismic data

acquisition in Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28).

OML 22 (RUMUEKPE) OML 28 (ETELEBOU) Easting (m) Northing (m) Easting (m) Northing (m)

1 455710.920 115600.878 436117.800 118187.100

2 464878.327 115583.317 441239.860 118187.100

3 464878.327 107967.594 441141.28 101687.100

4 469003.511 107967.594 436117.800 101687.100

5 468986.760 105000.000 436117.800 118187.100

6 470940.000 105000.000

7 470940.000 94171.000

8 462083.000 94171.000

9 462060.497 96695.298

10 454406.707 96702.668

11 454406.707 102943.331

12 455685.079 102964.678

13 455710.920 115600.878


_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 6 of 29

Fig. 2.3: Map of Rivers and Bayelsa State showing the proposed Project Location

Legend

LGAs

Project Area

TAG

BAYELSA

RIVERS

Fig 2.4a: Map of the proposed project location – Etelebou (OML 28)


_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 7 of 29

Fig 2.4b: Map of the proposed project location – Rumuekpe (OML 22)

2.5 Project Description

United Geophysical Nigeria Limited (UGNL) and Integrated Data Services Limited (IDSL)

Joint Venture also called JV 171 have been contracted by SPDC to carry out the 3D

seismic data acquisition over Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) IDSL is a sister

company of Nigerian National Petroleum Company (NNPC).

Company Site Representatives and SPDC staff would closely supervise the 3D seismic

data acquisition activities.

The Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) seismic survey shall include the following

activities:

• Scouting exercise

• Permitting – License To Operate (LTO)

• Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

• Mobilization of contractor to site

• Land clearing for campsites, fuel dumps and explosives magazine sites

• Surveying - line cutting for receiver/shot positions

• Drilling of shot holes

• Recording – Laying of geophones/hydrophones & detonation of explosives


_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 8 of 29

• Road repairs and Community Assisted Projects (CAPs)

• Damages assessment and compensation

• Environnemental restoration

• Post Impact Assessment (PIA)

2.5.1 Scouting Exercise

JV 171 (United Geophysical Nigeria Limited [UGNL] and Integrated Data Services [IDSL]

operating in a joint venture partnership) has carried out a general scouting exercise of the

area with the main objectives of identifying the communities within the project area; roads

and rivers/creeks that would be used for the movement of personnel/equipment as well as

material supply, communication equipments, and health facilities. It has also

established/chosen suitable site for camps (with due regards to the expected production

rate), and the best access to the different types of obstructions that may affect subsurface

coverage in the course of the survey.

2.5.2 Permitting – License to Operate (LTO)

The host communities would be informed on seismic operations during permitting and

other subsequent fora (people’s parliament, Project Advisory Committee meeting, etc).

Their consent would be obtained during permitting so as to operate in their area.

This is the process of obtaining permission from the community/individuals as the case

may be and relevant government bodies to enable uninhibited access to living premises

and farmlands in the course of seismic operations.

JV 171 community affairs staff would engage communities, individuals, relevant

government bodies and other stakeholders at an agreed date to explain the processes

involved in seismic operations and possible associated hazards. After the meeting, a

permit form that would serve as agreement would be presented for signatures so as to

ensure that peace and harmony prevail during and after the seismic operations.

Project Advisory Committee (PAC) that comprises government representatives,

community leaders/elders, youths and women representatives shall be set up prior to

commencement of the seismic operations. The PAC’s duty is to manage issues that may

arise with the communities or relevant government bodies in the areas of operation,

coordinate Community Assisted Projects (CAP) and employment issues.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Two 9 of 29

Open Fora in form of community engagements shall be periodically held with the PAC

membership participation during the course of the seismic survey operation. During such

meetings, issues such as JV company’s policy vis-à-vis community’s interest as it relates

to the seismic activities in the area and demands shall be discussed. Community Elders,

Chiefs, Youths, Women leaders and NGOs would be invited to attend such fora.

Employment opportunities shall be extended to the communities by JV 171 with due

regards to the contract and bearing in mind 60% community employment ratio prescribed

by the Federal Government of Nigerian. PAC members (with the permanent members in

attendance) would share this employment quota amongst the various communities within

the prospect area and thereafter communicate the information to the communities. The

communities would carry out internal selection and present their employment quota list to

JV 171 for employment. JV 171`s Community Affairs Department would interview the

selected people. Successful candidates would be medically certified fit, swim tested, given

safety induction and technical training, issued with personal protective equipments (PPE)

before they commence work.

The lists of communities so far identified that would be impacted by OML 22 & 28 3D

seismic data acquisition are shown on the Tables 2.2 and 2.3

Table 2.2 Communities to be traversed in OML 22

S/N COMMUNITY CLAN LGA STATE

1 OKOGBE IGBUDUYA AHOADA-WEST RIVERS

2 OBHOLOBHOLO IGBUDUYA AHOADA-WEST RIVERS

3 ULA-OKOBO I IGBUDUYA AHOADA-WEST RIVERS

4 OBODHI IGBUDUYA AHOADA-WEST RIVERS

5 UYAKAMA IGBUDUYA AHOADA-WEST RIVERS

6 OGBEDE IGBUDUYA AHOADA-WEST RIVERS

7 ODHIGWE IGBUDUYA AHOADA-WEST RIVERS

8 ULA-OKOBO II IGBUDUYA AHOADA-WEST RIVERS

9 OSHIKA IGBUDUYA AHODA WEST RIVERS

10 OZOCHI IGBUDUYA AHODA WEST RIVERS

11 KALA-OGBOGOLO

ENGENI AHODA WEST RIVERS

12 OPU-OGBOGOLO ENGENI AHODA WEST RIVERS

13 EGBOAMA ENGENI AHODA WEST RIVERS

14 IHUAMA UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

15 OCHIGBA UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

16 ULA-IKATA UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS


_____________________________________________________________________________________________



17 IHUIKE UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

18 ULA-UPATA UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

19 IHUBULUKO UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

20 EDEOHA UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

21 IKATA UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

22 IDU-OKE UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

23 IHUABA UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

24 UDEBU UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

25 OKOMA 1 UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

26 OKOMA 11 UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

27 OBUMEZE UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

28 OKPOROWO UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

29 ODIABIDI UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

30 OKPOGUOHODU UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

31 OGBELE UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

32 IHUOWO UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

33 OSHIUGBOKO UPATA AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

34 EGBELEKE EHUDA CLAN (1)

AHOADA-EAST RIVERS

35 AMINIGBOKO EMUGHANI ABUA ODUA RIVERS

36 ARUKWO EMUGHANI ABUA ODUA RIVERS

37 OWEREWERE EMUGHANI ABUA ODUA RIVERS

38 OBARANYI EMUGHANI ABUA ODUA RIVERS

39 EMESU EMUGHANI ABUA ODUA RIVERS

40 OKOBOH EMUGHANI ABUA ODUA RIVERS

41 EMABU EMUGHANI ABUA ODUA RIVERS

42 EGUNUGHAN EMUGHANI ABUA ODUA RIVERS

43 OMALEM OGBO-ABUA ABUA ODUA RIVERS

44 OGHORA OGBO-ABUA ABUA ODUA RIVERS

45 OTARI OGBO-ABUA ABUA ODUA RIVERS

46 OGBEMA OGBO-ABUA ABUA ODUA RIVERS

47 EMILAGHAN OGBO-ABUA ABUA ODUA RIVERS

48 OKANA OGBO-ABUA ABUA ODUA RIVERS

49 ODAGA OGBO-ABUA ABUA ODUA RIVERS

50 OMELEMA OGBO-ABUA ABUA ODUA RIVERS

51 OMAKWA OGBO-ABUA ABUA ODUA RIVERS

52 OMARAKA OGBO-ABUA ABUA ODUA RIVERS

Table 2.3: Communities to be traversed in OML 28


1 AMERIKPOKO

2 OBEDIUM OGBIA OGBIA BAYELSA

3 URUAMA ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS

4 OTUASEGA OGBIA OGBIA BAYELSA


_____________________________________________________________________________________________



5 IBELEBIRI OGBIA OGBIA BAYELSA

6 OTUEGWE OGBIA OGBIA BAYELSA

7 OKARKI ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS

8 OKPARAKI ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS

9 ODAU ODUA ABUA/ODUAL RIVERS

10 KUNUSHA ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS

11 OPOLO EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

12 OKUTUKUTU EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

13 EDEGWE EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

14 EDEPIE EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

15 AGUDUMA EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

16 AKENFA EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

17 NYENGWE EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

18 IGBOGENE EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

19 ISHAYI ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS

20 MBIAMA ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS

19 AKENPAI EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

20 AKIOBGOBGOLO ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS

21 OGBEDE IGBUDUYA AWELGA RIVERS

22 IGOVIA ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS

23 ODIEKE IGBUDUYA AWELGA RIVERS

24 ODIOPITI IGBUDUYA AWELGA RIVERS

25 UKPETEDE IGBUDUYA AWELGA RIVERS

26 ODIOLUGBOJI IGBUDUYA AWELGA RIVERS

27 ODIGBOR IGBUDUYA AWELGA RIVERS

28 AGBOH ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS

29 ORUAMA

30 ONE MAN COUNTRY

ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS

31 AGHIA EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

32 NEDUGO EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

33 EMEZI 1 IGBUDUYA AWELGA RIVERS

34 EMEZI 2 IGBUDUYA AWELGA RIVERS

35 ZARAMA

36 OGBOLOMA EPIE YENAGOA BAYELSA

37 IKODI ENGENE AWELGA RIVERS


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


If a community previously unidentified is encountered during the execution phase of

seismic operations, normal process of verification with the relevant Government authorities

shall be carried out and the community list updated.

2.5.3 Mobilization of Contractor to Site

The contractor shall mobilize all necessary personnel, materials and equipment to site

after permitting the camp sites and jetties. Where SPDC sites shall be used, permission

shall be obtained in addition to obtaining formal SPDC’s work order.

Prior to mobilization, SPDC shall carry out pre-mobilization inspection of all items and

personnel to be mobilized to site. All equipment and personnel that would be mobilized to

site shall be certified fit for purpose and approved by SPDC before deployment to site.

About 1500 personnel shall be used for the siesmic operation, with 60% of the workforce

coming from the communities.

2.5.4 Land Clearing - For Campsites, Fuel Dumps/Generator House, Vehicle

Parking Lots and Explosives Magazine Sites

This process involves manual clearing for camp sites (including vehicle parking lots), fuel

dumps, generator house, recording truck positions and explosives magazine site.

The crew would use portacabins as office and residential accommodation. This would

largely minimize fresh cuttings.

Although, activities in the camp site require running of generator sets as source of power,

the noise level from the power-generating sets shall be routinely checked to ensure that it

does not exceed 85dB(A) around the generator sets by lagging the place and providing

earmuffs for staff who shall maintain the equipment.

Previously occupied sites would be used wherever possible to minimize impact on the

environment.

Maintenance of vehicles, generator sets and line equipment would be done within the

base camp.

The proposed camp site locations are:

• Omerelu base camp

• Oyakama Satellite camp and Explosives magazine site


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


• Temporary landing base at Obaranyi.

The pictures below show typical improvised jetties for the purpose of workmen boat

embarkation and disembarkation.

Plate 2.1: Examples of improvised jetties for the purpose of workmen boat

embarkation and disembarkation for water borne activities


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.5.5 Surveying (GPS, Equipment Calibration, Control, Receiver/Source Lines

Cutting and Topographic Map Generation)

The main tasks during survey exercise include correct positioning of shot points and

receiver stations for use either by the Drilling or Recording sections. This would be done

by the conventional survey methods. Cutting activities for the control, receiver and source

lines shall be done manually with a machete.

In open areas and farmlands where there is clear line of sight between the instrument man

and the man with the pole for measurements, no cutting shall be done.

The planned distances to be cut in linear kilometers are:



In order to minimize damage to the environment, satellite imagery maps of the area shall

be used during the survey planning. Trees with girth more than 15cm shall not be cut

except where they pose threats to lives and equipment. The crew’s Party Chief and

Company Site Representative or Operations Geophysicist shall give approval before the

cutting of any tree above approved girth. Overhanging branches may be cut where

necessary to enable workers move safely along the receiver and source lines.

These seismic lines cut would create avenue for movement of men and equipment

throughout the prospect. The line cleaners shall be supervised to ensure that the lines are

not cleared to ground level. By adopting this procedure, vegetation is expected to

regenerate within a short period of time.

Efforts (awareness campaigns, appropriate warning signs etc) shall be made to

discourage communities from converting such traverses into access routes. All forms of

survey cutting in farms shall be minimized and buntings shall be used to indicate the line

(traverse) direction and to prevent seismic workers from wandering across farms.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Areas of interest (sacred areas, forest reserves, burial grounds, shrines etc) shall be

identified and avoided.

2.5.5.1 Global Positioning System (GPS)

The Global Positioning System (GPS) is a satellite-based positioning system operated by

the USA Department of Defence (DOD). This system provides all-weather, worldwide, 24-

hours positioning and time information. The satellite’s broadcast signals can be tracked by

receivers for positioning and navigation purposes. GPS points are required to control the

entire survey network to ensure homogeneity and accuracy of the traverses. Carefully

spaced out GPS stations shall be chosen to ensure easy access and freedom from other

elevated obstructions such as huts, houses, trees and areas devoid of electro-magnetic

interferences. Twenty (20) new GPS control positions with one witness each shall be used

and monuments emplaced at desired positions.

2.5.5.2 Control Lines

Control lines would be cut to link up the established GPS positions. The control lines

would be designed to either coincide with receiver or source lines. These control lines

would equally be used as receiver and source lines to minimize cutting.

2.5.5.3. Receiver Lines

Receiver lines would be positioned using Leica TC1100/1001/1103 Total Station survey

instruments. Receiver lines would be spaced 400m apart over the surface area from a

minimum of two control points or from existing control lines.

Receiver lines contain geophone and hydrophone stations. Receiver stations would be

positioned using Total Station survey instruments. The same equipment in tracking mode

will be used for hydrophone stations in Orashi and Sombreiro Rivers as well as their major

tributaries. The maximum river width in the area is about 150 m.

Receiver station positions along receiver lines would be spaced at an interval of 50m. The

orientation of the receiver lines would be 900 North/South.

OML 22 is expected to have 42 receiver lines with total distance of about 874km, while

OML 28 would have 22 receiver lines with total distance of about 505km.

2.5.5.4 Source Lines

Source lines would be established in the same manner as the receiver lines using the

same survey instruments. The source lines orientation would be 900 East/West. This


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


means that the source lines would be established at positions perpendicular to the

receiver lines.

The source lines would be spaced at 600m intervals while the shot positions (shot points)

would be spaced at 50m intervals.

Shot points would be acquired using dynamite sources. There would be no air gun usage

in this operation. Shot points that fall within water bodies shall be moved to land location

and explosives (dynamite and caps) used as the energy source.

2.5.5.5 Topographic Map Generation

Topographic maps are post-plot topographical maps, showing details of natural and man-

made features existing along the lines within the prospect area. In addition, the map

shows the final actual position and type of stations and shot points used in the seismic

acquisition operations.

On daily basis, each survey crew would submit complete and accurate line trace/omission

and hazard report. The report would clearly indicate pipeline, oil/water well,

village/settlement, house, river, sacred/forbidden bush, line bridges, etc actual position

and distance to the seismic lines. The line trace record is for information on receiver lines,

while omission record is information for source lines. Hazards information can be on either

line trace or omission reports. The information supplied would be used to produce a

topographic map at the end of the seismic campaign.

2.5.6 Drilling of Shot Points

Shot points (shot positions) shall be spaced at 50m intervals on the source lines. The

drilling activity involved clearing of shot points in some cases to a radius of about 1m.

Three shot holes drilling techniques would be used. On dry land terrain, thumping with

steel casing and Hand augering would be carried out while in flooded areas and edges of

rivers, flushing technique using drilling engine would be carried out.

2.5.6.1 Thumping Technique

Thumping technique is utilized in dry land area. The thumping activity entails manually

thumping a 4.5m steel casing into the ground. The steel casing is manually lifted and

hammered into the ground onto the point where the hole is to be made. After each


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


hammering of the steel casing, earth cutting is squeezed into the bore of the casing. The

casing is then rotated so that more earth material will be cut by the improvised cutting end

of the casing that act as a bit. The casing is then pulled out and a wooden hammer is used

to hit the base of the casing so that the earth material is loosened and removed from the

bore. This process is repeated until the required depth of 4m is achieved.

2.5.6.2 Hand augering Technique

Hand augering technique is utilized in dry land area. Hand augering utilizes the principle of

bolt and nut fittings as well as the rotary drilling principle. The hand auger is a simple tool.

The tool is made up of steel rod with a spiraling groove like blade of about 1m at the base.

At the upper part of the tool is a clamp, which is used in screwing the auger into the

ground. The cuttings from the earth are squeezed into the groove. The auger is pulled out

from time to time to remove the earth cuttings. This process is repeated until the required

depth of 4m is achieved.

Five single pattern holes centered on the shot point pegs would be thumped / augered to

4m depths on dry terrain using steel casing or hand augers.

Cuttings from the thumped / augered holes would be used to back-fill and properly tamped

the loaded holes before detonation.

Plate 2.2a: Thumping shallow pattern holes.

Plate 2.2a: Thumping shallow pattern holes


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Plate 2.2b: Thumping shallow pattern holes (Removing debris).

2.5.6.3 Flushing Technique

Flushing technique utilizes the rotary drilling principle. The equipments used in this

technique are, water pump, drill casings, swivel heads, clamps and hoses. The casing is

fixed with a clamp at a reasonable height where it is possible for the drillers (two turners)

to hold the clamp firmly, press the casing vertically down and at the same time turning it in

the same direction. The casing is connected to the swivel head while the swivel head is

linked to the water pump via a hose. Another hose link the water pump to the sucking mud

pit. Two pits shall be made, sucking pit (0.7m*0.7m) and cutting collector pit (0.5m*0.5m).

E-Z mud will be mixed with water in the sucking pit thus becoming mud (mud water).

The pump will suck mud water from the sucking pit and pump it to swivel head from where

it will enter the casing. The mud water being under pressure from the pump, it will burrow

into the earth it comes in contact with it.

The positioning of the casing ensure that, the mud jet is directly at the point where the hole

cutting is required to be made while the turning of the clamp by the drillers impact the

effect of the rotary table in rotary drilling technique.

The earth materials that is cut by the mud jet will be flushed out by the incoming mud

through the annular space between the casing and the shot hole bore. This flushed


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


materials mixed with the mud will flow to the cutting collecting pit. The cuttings will

naturally be separated from the mud by gravity and the clean mud will flow back into the

mud sucking pit. The cycle is repeated until the required depth is achieved.

Water would be taken from nearby creeks and other water bodies around the area of

operation for flushing.

Five single pattern holes centered on the shot points would be flushed to 6m depths using

this technique. Where necessary at the edge of Orashi River, 40m single deep holes

would be flushed.

Plate 2.3: A typical flushing method

Uphole logging positions would be located and acquired at 4km x 4km grid over the

prospect areas. Uphole points would be flushed to 60m depths.

Each uphole would be lined with plastic casings. A harness of 12 hydrophones would be

lowered into the cased hole. The spacing of the hydrophones on the harness would be at

sampling interval of 1m, 3m, 5m, then at 5m from 5 to 30m, and 10m thereafter up to the

60m depth. A shot hole of 2m depth away from the uphole survey hole would be thumped

for energy source. A maximum of 200 g explosives would be used as the source and

properly tamped. Plastic will be recovered from the holes after logging.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


In situations where upholes cannot be carried out due to lack of water, Low Velocity Layer

(LVL) data acquisition would be carried out using the same charge size and depth of

source hole. Geophones would be spaced on the ground.

The only significant difference between 6m, 40m and 60m holes flushing is the use of

drilling mud in the deeper holes (40 and 60m) for holes stability. E-Z mud is the hole

stabilizer that would be used. It would be mixed in the mud-pit which serves as a mixing

tank. Diagrammatic features of holes and single deep holes is shown in Fig 2.2.

The mud pits would be properly back-filled and covered after flushing the holes, logging

and loading as the case may be.

Human presence, noise and vibration from the pumping machine during drilling, flushing

and detonation of explosive activities scare away animals within the vicinity. At the end of

the activities, the animals would carry on with their normal life.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Fig 2.3: Diagrammatic pattern of holes and single deep holes

2.5.7 Recording (Laying of Geophones, Hydrophones, Shooting Distances, Detonation of Explosives and Recording)

This involves laying of geophones and hydrophones on the receiver stations and

detonating explosives on the perpendicular source lines to generate minor energy, which

are reflected and recorded on magnetic tapes via the recording instrument. The recording

instrument that would be used is Sercel 408XL installed inside a recording truck. Please

see 2.6.6.7.3 (Sercel 408XL Recording System).

The active recording spread would consist of 6 receiver lines. Each receiver line would

have 200 channels and 96 shots per salvo. Nominal fold to be acquired with this geometry

is 48 fold.

50m

10m 10m 10m 10m

1m

1m

Source Line

Source Peg

Drilled Hole

PATTERN

Source Line 1m

1m

Source Peg

Drilled Hole 50m

SINGLE DEEP HOLES


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.6.6.4 Geophones (Land Detectors)

Geophones are used on land to detect signals. They consist of a sensor element with coil

resistance and a damping resistor sealed in a marsh case. They would be laid along the

already cut and established receiver lines.

Two strings of geophones per receiver station would be laid in a linear array centered on

the surveyed peg and connected in parallel to the Field Digitization Unit (FDU).

Plate 2.4: A typical Geophone used for detecting signals on land


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Plate 2.5: A Field Digitisation Unit

2.6.6.5 Hydrophones (Marine Detectors)

Hydrophones would be used as marine detectors. They shall be deployed as single

hydrophone units on river crossings, minor creeks and ponds of water. A single

hydrophone unit would be placed at each peg position. In deepwater the hydrophones

would be weighted with chain links to avoid drifting.

Plate 2.6: Hydrophone 2.6.6.6 Shooting Distances

As a minimum, experimented safe shooting distances based on Environmental Guidelines

and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria (EGASPIN) / Department of


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Petroleum Resources (DPR) shall be maintained to avoid any damage to structures

(Section 57 of Survey Act of 1964 stipulates 100 yards as minimum shooting distance

permitted). Surveyors, drillers and shooters shall be supervised to ensure compliance with

minimum distances. Flagmen would be used to keep off trespassers from straying to the

shot sites and control traffic on the highways and roads. The DPR and Shell

recommended shooting distance are shown in Table 2.4 and 2.5

Provision 57 of the explosives act of 1964 and the explosives regulations 1967 stipulates that: (i) “ No blasting operations shall be carried on in surface or opencast works within one

hundred yards of any place to which the public have access except with the permission in writing of an inspector and subject to any special conditions he may consider necessary to impose having regard to the public safety”.

(ii) “Whilst blasting operations are in progress in surface in surface or opencast works all

due precautions shall be taken by means of red flags, watchmen and otherwise, to ensure that no person is allowed to approach within dangerous range of the blasting operations”.

Table 2.4, showed the accepted industry minimum shootingdistances as defined in

Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria (EGASPIN)

which is published by Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR).

Table 2.4: DPR and Shell group minimum shooting distances

Objects to be

protected

Up to 1kg

Detonation (m)

1 to 3kg

Detonation (m)

3 to 6kg Detonation

(m)

Pipes of any

type 30 60 120

Pumping station

with pipes of

any type 40 60 120

Water wells of

any type 100 200 Vimax = 12mm/sec

Dyke Structures 50 100 = 25mm/sec

Table 2.5 shows the contractual minimum shooting distances that would be observed in

course of the seismic campaign.

Table 2.5: SPDC Nigeria minimum shooting distances

Objects to be

protected

Minimum

distances (m)

Pattern, 5x0.4kg and Deep

holes 2kg


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Tarmac roads 25 Pattern and Deep holes

Overhead cables 50 Pattern and Deep holes

Houses 100 Pattern

Houses 150 Deep holes

Pumping station 100 Pattern and Deep holes

Objects to be

protected

Minimum

distances (m)

Pattern, 5x0.4kg and Deep

holes 2kg

Dyke structures 100 Pattern and Deep holes

Pipelines 100 Pattern and Deep holes

Water/oil wells 200 Pattern and Deep holes

2.6.6.7 Explosives and Detonation of Explosives

2.6.6.7.1 Explosives

Standard explosives for seismic data acquisition shall be used. All shot holes shall be

properly tamped to the surface after loading. In flooded terrain, charges shall be anchored in

shot holes.

Only seismic caps shall be utilized (Seismic Electric Detonators). Caps shall be water

tight, radio proof, and have shunted lead wires. Cap bursting time shall not exceed one-

fourth of the recording sampling interval, and to assure this is possible the cap

specifications shall conform to the Blaster type, output energy, and signal.

The seismic crew on-site storage facility shall be licensed (crew based). Specially modified

vehicles (four wheel drive) and certified personnel shall be used to transport explosives

from the suppliers to the seismic crew storage facility.

2.6.6.7.2 Detonation of Explosives

Each shooting crew shall be deployed with a decoder radio shot firing system.

Dynamite (0.4kg) would be loaded into each of the 5 shot holes (total 2kg), that were

thumped (except LVL holes) or flushed while 2kg would be loaded into all single deep

holes except Uphole points.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


Shot hole firing would be executed by MACHA® shooting system (MACHA is the product

name of Macha International Incorporation, a company based in Houston, Texas, USA).

This will be carried out remotely from the recording instrument via radio link. The

acquisition system initiates the shooting cycle by signaling the encoder radio shot firing

unit (on the recording platform) to transmit the shot release code to the shooters decoder

unit in the field. The decoder and the encoder synchronize once both sides are on arm and

the same privacy. After a programmed delay, the encoder issues a time-break pulse, to

the acquisition system, which starts recording. At the same time the decoder unit issues a

firing pulse to the blaster, which detonates the dynamite and sends Confirmatory Time

Break (CTB) signal to the acquisition system.

Bad shots are shots that are fired but could not be recorded by the recording instrument in

the recording truck due to break in transmission (line breaks) along the recording cables

on the receiver lines, such shot hole positions shall be moved about a meter, re-drilled and

re-taken.

Theoretical planned shot point positions that can not be taken either due to obstruction

(buildings, pipelines, etc) or creeks/rivers shall be moved in multiples of 50m, 100m,

150m, etc until a safe shooting location is achieved.

Proper tamping technique shall be employed to avoid blowouts. Contractual penalties for

shot blowouts shall be used to ensure that proper tamping is enforced. In case of any blow

out (pumping out of loosely tamped soil), deployed environmental crews shall ensure that

the shot hole area is restored, cap wires etc removed and taken to the base camp for re-

cycling.

Blow outs and misfires if any shall be documented and reported to DPR and NAPIMS.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.6.6.7.3 Sercel 408XL Recording System

The Sercel 408XL recording system shall be used to record the generated seismic signals.

Plate 2.7: Picture showing a recording truck

Plate 2.8 Picture showing a recording instrument


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.6 Project Schedule

The project is expected to start in January 2006 and end October 2006. The programme

schedule is as follow:

Fig. 2.4 Project Schedule

2.7 Road Repairs and Community Assisted Projects (CAPS)

The OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey will be planned to minimise impact on existing track

and farm roads within the communities. During the course of the operation, any track or

farm road that is destroyed by the movement of operational heavy-duty trucks shall be

repaired.

Community assisted projects shall be identified and agreed on through participatory rural

appraisal. Project Advisory Committee shall facilitate the projects implementation process.

2.8 Damages Assessment and Compensation

Vegetation and any other asset inevitably damaged during the course of survey line

cutting, drilling and recording operations, shall be assessed and compensated using

OPTS industry recommended rate.

J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D

EIA

Permitting/Formation of PAC

Mobilization/Base camp construction

GPS observation/monumentation

Srvey/line cutting


Recording activities

Damages Assessment/Compensation

Abandonment/Restoration

2005 2006


_____________________________________________________________________________________________


2.9 Environmental Restoration

At the end of seismic activities, all used sites shall be restored to their pre-occupied state.

A site restoration certificate would be issued by SPDC to the contractor upon satisfactory

restoration of the environment. Federal Ministry of Environment shall be notified so that

site restoration can be verified.

Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic Survey __________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Three 1 of 118

CHAPTER THREE

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Acquisition of baseline data

The purpose of the baseline data acquisition is to establish the status of the various environmental

components before the execution of the project. In order to achieve this, the environmental

parameters were acquired from literature survey of different studies conducted within the proximity

of the OML 22 and 28 project area and field confirmation of identified gaps. The components of the

environment covered are biophysical (rainy and dry seasons), social, and health. Ground truthing

of observations in the reports were confirmed through field visits on the 9th -10th November 2005.

In addition, there was a stakeholders’ sensitisation exercise from 10th November to 12th November

2005. The broad objectives of this process included:

• Education and enlightenment of identified stakeholders (communities, Government

agencies, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), community based organisations

(CBOs) on the need for their involvement in the conduct of the seismic study and to

assist the project team in articulating the concerns of the communities as well as those

of their immediate environment;

• Building trust and confidence that would enhance the capacities of the identified

stakeholders through participation in the project and

• Forming and promoting partnership with identified stakeholders through networking,

information sharing and participation in consultation exercises.

3.2 The biophysical environment

The following components of the biophysical environment were investigated:

• Climate and meteorology

• Air quality and noise

• Vegetation

• Land use/cover

• Wildlife

• Geology and hydrogeology, including groundwater quality

• Soil/sediment quality

• Aquatic studies

• Hydrobiology and fisheries


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


3.3 Climatic conditions

The OML 22 and 28 3D seismic survey area lies within the humid tropical belt of which the Niger

Delta is a part. The climate of the area is influenced considerably by the Atlantic Ocean that is

about 45 km away.

3.3.1 Rainfall

The rain falls throughout the year (Fig. 3.1) with peaks in June and September and lower amounts

of rainfall from November to February. The mean annual rainfall is high, above 2200 mm. This

can be explained as being due to the proximity (about 45 km) of the area to the Atlantic Ocean

from which the southwest trade winds bring moisture-laden air into the surrounding areas. Two

seasons namely, wet and dry, characterize the area. The wet season spreads from April to

October while the dry season last from November to March.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

Jan. Feb. March. April. May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

Months

Rain

fall, m

m

Fig 3.1 Monthly rainfall pattern in the project area

(Source: International Institute of Tropical Agriculture, Onne/Nigerian Meteorological Agency)


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


3.3.2 Relative Humidity (RH)

The annual pattern of relative humidity correlated with that of the rainfall described above. High

values (over 95%) occurred in the area in the rainy season. In the dry season, the high daily

relative humidity values ranged from 86.5 to 92.0% and occurred between 2100 and 2400 and

later from 0100 to 0800. The daily relative humidity showed lower values of 45.5-66.0% obtained

between 1300 and 1600 (Fig 3.2).

3.3.3 Wind

Southwesterly winds were prevalent in the rainy season in the area. The predominant wind speeds

ranged from 0.3 – 3.2 m/s in Ahoada. The wind directions in the project area are Westerly (W),

South Westerly (SW), North Westerly (NW) and Southerly (S). In the dry season, the predominant

wind speeds in the project area ranged from 0.3-1.5 m/s, followed by winds with speed of 3.4-5.4

m/s. The wind directions are more of Southwesterly (SW), followed by Westerly (W) and

Northwesterly (NW) and Southeasterly (SE) directions. The implication is that atmospheric

pollutants would be dispersed in the cardinal directions. At Gbarantoru, the wind directions were

similar to that observed in Ahoada, but it had wind speed of up to 8.0 – 10.7 m/s.

3.3.4 Temperature

The hourly mean air temperatures in the area ranged from 24.5 to 29.00C in the rainy season.

Hourly temperatures above 28 °C (29 – 320C) occurred between 0900 and 1700 hours. The lower

temperatures (24.5 – 280C) were recorded between 0200 and 0500 hours. In the dry season, the

hourly high temperature values ranged from 33.0 to 34.0oC and they occurred between 1300 and

1600 hours. The lowest temperatures ranged from 25.0 to 25.5oC and occurred from 2200 to 2400

hours (Fig 3.3)

F ig. 3.2 Relative Humidity (%) for the project area

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

10001100

12001300

14001500

16001700

18001900

20002100

22002300

240001:00

02:00

03:00

04:00

05:00

06:00

07:00

08:00

09:00

T ime (h)

Relative Humidity(%)


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

Time

tem

peratu

re

Maximum Temp. Minimum Temp. Mean Temp.

Fig 3.3: Changes in hourly temperatures at Ahoada

3.4 Air quality

The concentrations of air contaminants were low except for the concentrations of suspended

particulate matter in some locations (Table 3.1)

Table 3.1: Ambient air quality parameters of OML 22 - 28

(Source: Field trip: SPDC 2002, 2003, 2004, Gbaran Ubie IOGP)

3.5 Noise level

Noise levels measured at different sources (Table 3.2) show variation from 54-87 dBA. Noise

levels measured near areas of heavy vehicular movements were generally higher than those

measured in areas of low movement of vehicles.

The background noise level in the study area measured between 0900 and 1800 ranged from 49

to 56 dB (A) except at a point in Idu-Ekpeye where a high level {100 dB (A)} was recorded at a

palm kernel deshelling (removal of shell of the nuts) plant. The levels (except at Idu-Ekpeye) were

within FMENV allowable limit of 90 dB (A) for 8 hours continuous operation.

Location Concentrations (µg/m3)

Kolo Creek 37 20.6 5.2 - 256 - 7.3 404

Otuasega 11.5 8.4 5.7 - - 0.7 350 Okporowo 12.7 28.3 4.6 - - 0.7 382 Ihuama/Rumuekpe 15.3 21.0 3.5 - 287 - 1.0 385 Yenagoa 21.9 2.3 1.6 15.0 0.1 1.0 - Yenezue-gene 1.0 1.0 0.7 0.7 6.8 0.1 1.5 -


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.2: Noise levels from different sources at OML 22 and 28 3D seismic survey route Community Source of noise Noise Level (dB(a))

Ahoada Road side 63

Vulcaniser 68

In the town 60

Outskirt of town 57

Abua Roadside 58

Market 60

Health centre 55

Centre of town 62

Hospital 54

Okada park 87

Mbiama Road side 72

Market 65

River edge 60

Yenagoa Main road 65

Jetty area 56

Water side 55

Market area 60

The background noise level in the Project area (Table 3.3) of the study area measured between

0900 and 1800 h ranged from 49 to 56 dB (A) except at Idu-Ekpeye where a high level {100dB (A)}

was recorded at a palm kernel deshelling plant. The levels (except at Idu-Ekpeye) were within

FMENV allowable limit of 90 dB (A) for 8 hours continuous operation.

Table 3.3: Ambient air quality of the project area

STATION SPM (µg/m

3)

NO2 (ug/m

3)

SO2 (ug/m

3)

H/C (ug/m

3)

H2S (ug/m

3)

CO (ug/m

3)

NH3

(ug/m3)

Noise dB (A)

R D R D R D R D R D R D R D R D

FMENV

600

75-113

260

160

11.2

90 dB(A)

Abua + 10.0

17.5

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.5 5.5 0.1 0.1 1.8 2.2 0.1 0.1 52 54

Ahoada + 10.0

18.9

0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 2.8 4.6 0.1 0.1 2.5 2.9 ND ND 51 53

Idu-Ekpeye

4.5 6.5 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1.2 1.8 ND ND 1.0 1.4 ND ND 54 *100

55

Control 10.5

15.5

0.1 0.1 ND 0.1 2.1 2.5 ND ND 1.2 2.1 ND ND 53 55

Commu. R R R R R R R R Ula Ikata 6.3 0.8 0.5 4.0 0.1 1.5 0.2 49


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.3: Ambient air quality of the project area contd STATION SPM

(ug/m3)

NO2 (ug/m

3)

SO2 (ug/m

3)

H/C (ug/m

3)

H2S (ug/m

3)

CO (ug/m

3)

NH3

(ug/m3)

Noise dB (A)

R D R D R D R D R D R D R D R D

Idu Ekpeye 5.0 0.2 0.6 2.0 0.1 1.0 0.9 56

Ukpeliede 7.5 0.3 0.6 0.9 0.1 1.0 0.1 49

Ebrass 11.2 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.1 1.0 0.1 50

Ikata 8.3 0.9 0.5 1.2 0.1 1.0 0.1 49

Oyigba 9.2 1.0 0.7 2.9 0.1 1.5 0.1 50

Edoha+ 10.6 1.1 0.8 4.9 0.1 1.0 0.1 50

Ogoda 4.7 0.7 0.5 1.0 0.1 1.0 0.1 51

Oshika 5.6 0.9 0.6 1.9 0.1 1.0 0.1 54

Odiereke 6.6 1.0 0.6 2.0 0.1 1.0 0.2 53

Elebele 5.0 1.0 0.6 3.0 0.1 1.0 0.8 54

Okutukutu 11.3 1.6 1.1 12.3 0.1 1.5 0.9 55

Otuasega+ 7.7 0.4 0.8 2.5 0.1 1.0 0.6 54

Yenagoa 21.9 2.3 1.6 15.0 0.1 2.0 1.7 56

Nedugo-Agbia

17.5 0.6 0.8 0.5 0.1 1.0 0.3 50

Okoloibiri 7.4 0.5 0.6 2.4 0.1 1.0 0.4 49

Ogboloama 5.9 0.5 0.5 1.1 0.1 1.0 0.3 50

Yenezue gene

1.0 1.0 0.7 6.8 0.1 1.5 0.7 56

Igbogene 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.8 0.1 1.0 0.4 50

Note: ND = Not detected, detection limit = 0.001; R =Rainy season, D = Dry season *Value obtained at a palm kernel deshelling plant

(Source: Field trip: SPDC 2003, 2004, Gbaran Ubie IOGP)

3.6 Vegetation

The vegetation of the study area consists of freshwater swamp forest, derived secondary forest,

fallow and farmlands.

3.6.1 Freshwater swamp forest

The freshwater swamp forest, consisting of primary, 16.02%, (1172.78 km2) and secondary

forests, 31.83%, (1133.84 km2) occupied extensive areas in the project area. It thus occupies

about 48% of the land area. This forest has high species diversity (Table 3.4i) and the component

species have multiples of functions to the people such as food, medicine and, spices.

The checklist of the species composition of the vegetation in OML 28/OML 22 is shown in Table 3.4a and 3.4b.


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.4a Species diversity of the vegetation of the OML 22 and OML 28

Species

Common name

Life form

Presence in zone Economic

Importance

OML 28

OML 22 Abelmoschus esculentum Okra H * Fo Acacia sp S * Acrostichum aureum Salt fern F * Ageratum conyzoides H * Alcornea cordifolia

Christmas bush

S *

*

M

Allanblankia floribunda T * * Alstonia boonei Stool wood

T

* * M

Amaranthus hybridus H * V Ananas comosus Pipelineapple H * Fo Andropogin gayanus G * Annona muricata Sour Spp T * Fo Anthocleista djaleonensis T * * M Anthocleista vogelii Cabbage tree T * * M Anthostema aubryanum Sapling wood T * * Antiaris africana T * * Tm Arthocarpus communis T * Fo Aspilia africana H * * Asystasia gangetica H * Avicennia africana White mangrove T * Baillonella toxisperma T * Bambusa vulgaris Bamboo T * * Baphia nitida T * * Fo Bauhinia rufescens T * Brachystegia eurycoma T * Tm Berlina grandiflora T * Bidelia ferruginea T * M Breynia nivosa S * Bridelia micrantha T * M Caesalpinia pulcherrima Pride of Barbados S * Calopogonium mucunoides Mucuna St * *

Capsicum annuum S * SP Carica papaya Pawpaw T * * Fo Casuarina equisetiifolia Whistlig Pine T * Ceiba pentandra T * * Celtis integrifolia T * * Ceratophyllum damersun A * Citrus aurantifolia Lime T * * Fo Citrus sinensis Orange T * Fo Cleistopholis patens T * * Clittoria ternantea St * *


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


` Table 3.4a Species diversity of the vegetation of the OML 22 and OML 28 contd Species

Common name

Life form


Importance Cnestis ferruginea S * M Cocos nucifera Coconut Palm T * * Fo Cola gigantea kola T * * F0 Cola lepidota T * Cola millenii Cola T * * Colocasia esculenta Cocoyam H * Fo Combretum nigricans C * Combretum paniculatum C * * Combretum platypterum C * * Commelina erecta H * Costus lucanusianus H * * Chromolaena odorata Siam weed H * Chrysolabanus orbicularis Plum of the West

Indies

S *

Crotolaria retusa H * * Cyathula prostrata H * Cyclosorus striatus F * * Cymbopogon citratus H * * M Cynodon dactylon G * * Cyperus articulatus A * * Cyperus dilatatus H * Cyperus distans H * Cyperus papyrus H * Dacryodes edulis T * * F0 Dactyloctenium aegyptium G * Dalbergia sp T * Desmodium retusa H * Dioscorea spp Yam Tw * * Fo Diospyros mespiliformis T * Tm Dissotis roundifolia Rock rose or Sheep-

eyes H * *

Drepanocarous lunatus S * Eichhornia crassipes Water hyacinth A * * Elaeis guineensis

Oil Palm T * * F0

Eleusine indica H * * Emilia praetemissa Bush buck’s ear H * Entandrophragma utile T * Tm Eriegeron floribundus T * Euphorbia gossipifolia H * Ficus exasperata T * * Ficus mucoso T * Ficus spp Fig T * Garcinia kola Bitter cola T * * Fo Gmelina arborea Gmelina T * * Gossiweilodendron T * Guarea cedrata T * Heliotropium indicum H * * Hevea brasiliensis Rubber T * R Hibiscus tiliaceus S * Hyptis suaveolens H *


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.4a Species diversity of the vegetation of the OML 22 and OML 28 contd Species

Common name

Life form


Importance Icacinia sp C * Ipomoea aquatica A * * Ipomyea involucrata Sc * Ipomoea pes-caprae A * * Irvingia gabonensis Bush mango T * * F0 Irvingia smithii T * * Ixora coccinea S * M Jatropha curcas S * Khaya grandifolio T * * Tm Khaya ivorensis T * * Tm Kyllinga nemoralis Sedge H * * Lemna paucicostata A * Lemna weltwischii T * T Lophira alata Iron wood T * * T Lovoa sp T * Margaritaria discoidea T * Mangifera indica Mango T * * Fo Manihot esculenta Cassava S * * Fo Manilkara obovata T * * Mansonia altissima Massonia T * Tm Mariscus alternifolius H * Milicia excelsa Iroko T * * Tm

Milletia thonningii T * Mimosa pigra H * * Mimosa pudica H * * Mitragyna ciliata Abura T * Tm Mitragyna inermis T * T Mitragyna stipulosa Abura Timber T * * Tm Musanga cecropioides

Umbrella tree

T *

*

M

Musa parasidiaca Plantain T * * Fo Musa sapientum Banana T * * Fo Myrianthus arboreus T * Fo Nauclea diderrichii Obeche T * * Tm

Nauclea latifolia S * M

Neptunia olearacea H * * Newbouldia laevis Akoko T * * M Nymphaea lotus Water lily A * * Ocimum grattissimum S * V Oxystigma manni T * Pandanus candlelabrum Srew pine F * Panicum maximum Elephant Grass G * * Parkia boglobosa T * Fo Pedinanthus thithymyloides H * Pennisetum polystachion G * Pentadesma butryaceae T * * Pistia stratiotes Water lettuce A * * Eichornia crassipes


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.4a Species diversity of the vegetation of the OML 22 and OML 28 contd

Species

Common name

Life form


Importance Portulaca oleracea H * Psidium guajava T * * Fo Pterygota macrocarpa T * Tm Pycnanthus angolensis T * M Raphia hookeri Raffia palm T * * F0 Rauvolfia vomitoria S * M Ricinodendron heudelotii T * * Saccharum officinarum Suger cane S * Fo Sacciolepsis sp A * Scoparia dulcis H Scripus cubensis G * Selaginella myosurus F Senna alata S * * M Sida acuta Hornbeam Leaf H * * Sida rhomboidea H * Spondias mombin T * Fo Sporobolus pyramidalis Rat’s tail grass G * * Starchytarpheta augustifolia H * Sterculia sp. T * * Symphonia globulifera T * * Synedrella nodiflora H * Talinum triangulare Water leaf H * V Tecoma stans T * M Telfairia occidentalis H * V Terminalia catappa T * Fo Terminalia superba Afara T * * Tm Tetracarpidium conophorum

T * Fo

Thalia weltwischii H * * Thespesia polpunea T * Thevetia neriifolia T * Treculia Africana T * Fo Triplochiton scleroxylon Obeche T * Tm Triumfetta rhomboidea S * Uapaca angolense T * Uapaca heudelotii T * Urena lobata S * Vernonia amygdalina Bitter leaf H * V Voacanga africana T * Vossia cuspidata A * * Xanthosoma sagittifolia cocoyam H * Fo

KEY

T = Tree, G= Grass, SP = Spice, S = shrub, C =Climber, Fo = Food (including fruits, wine etc) H = Herb, A = Aquatic macrophytes, F = Fern, Sc = Scrambler, Tm = Timber Tw = Twinner, M = Medicine, R = Rubber

(Source: Field trip: SPDC 2002, 2003, 2004, Gbaran Ubie IOGP)

The vegetation consists of economic tree species (Table 3.4) such as raffia palms (Raphia hookeri

and Raphia sp), oil palm (Elaeis guineensis), umbrella tree (Musanga cercopioides), Lophira

alata, Terminalia superba (afara), Uapaca sp, Khaya grandifolia (mahogany),Anthocleista vogelli,


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Alstonia boonei, Ficus sp, Hallea ciliata Alstonia sp and Sterculia sp. Sedges, ferns, and grasses

occurred on the mud banks of creeks and rivers.

Table 3.4b: Plant species composition in the freshwater swamp forest in OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area

S/N Scientific Name English Common Name

Frequency of Occurrence ( %)

1 Alchornea cordifolia Christmas bush 2

2 Alstonia boonei Stool wood 3

3 Anthocleista vogelli Cabbage tree 5

4 Anthostema aubryanum 4

5 Ancistrophyllum secundiflorum Rattan palm 8

6 Cercestis afselii Bind the drum 5

7 Cyrtosperma senegalense Swamp arum 11

8 Elaeis guineensis Oil palm 4

9 Ficus trichopoda Fig 2

10 Hallea ciliata Abura 9

11 Lophira alata Iron wood 3

12 Nephrolepis biserrata 4

13 Raphia hookeri Wine palm 19

14 Pentadesma butyraceae 8

15 Klainedosa gabonensis 1

16 Symphonia globulifera 2

17 Uapaca staudtii 5

18 Homanium spp. 2

19 Panadanus togoensis Screwpine 3 (Source: Field Trip 2002, 2003, 2004)

A vertical section of freshwater swamp forest shows many strata. The uppermost stratum was

dominated by the widely spaced emergent tree species such as T. superba, Piptdeniastrum

africanum, and Alstonia boonei. They had an average height of about 30m. The canopy layer

consisted of palms and many tree species such as Uapaca sp, Irvingia gabonensis, Nauclea

diderrichii and Gacinia kola. This layer had an average height of 25m. The lowest stratum

consisted of trees such as Anthocleita vogelli, Macarium dendrum and R. hookeri. Undergrowths

such as lianes, ferns and other woody climbers (Calamus decratus, Cercestis afzelii, and Culcosia

scadens) dominated the lower forest layer. There were many epiphytes within the forest. The

dominant species included Asplenium africanum and Platycerum stemaria. The average biomass

per hectare was 6500kg. The numerical densities of the main economic plant species ranged from

6 to 570 plants per hectare (Table 3.5). The economic plants were mainly timbers but also

including cash crop such as banana and plantain


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.5: Population densities of key economic plant species of freshwater swamp forest

S/No Scientific Name English common

Name

Population Density

(Plants/hectare)

1 Elaeis guineensis Oil palm 62 ± 14

2 Khaya grandifolia Mahogany 7 ± 3

3 Lophira alata Iron wood 6 ± 3

4 Calamus decratus Rattan palm 12 ± 4

5 Uapaca studtii 27 ± 9

6 Raphia spp Wine palm 34 ± 28

7 Terminalia superba Afara 14 (±5)

8 Nauclea diderrichii Opepe 17 (±2)

9 Musa sapientum/Musa

parasidiaca

Banana/Plantain 570 ± 14

10 Irvingia gabonensis Bush mango 11 ± 2

11 Piptadeniastrum africamum 18 ± 3

12 Musanga cercopioides Umbrella tree 14 ± 5

13 Alstonia sp 8 ± 3

14 Sterculia sp 6 ± 2

15 Avicennia nitida White mangrove 15 ± 4

(Source: SPDC 2002, 2003, 2004 Gbaran Ubie node IOGP EIA Report)

3.6.2 Farmlands

Extensive areas of land were cultivated as farmlands and plantations in the project area. The

farmlands were widespread through major areas of the project area. They occurred as small

cultivated plots and also as plantations and they occupied 15% of the land area. The farmers

cultivated crops such as maize (Zea mays), plantain (Musa sp), banana (Musa sp), cassava

(Manihot esculenta), cocoyam (Colocasia esculenta), water yam (Dioscorea alata), yams

(Discorea spp), sweet potatoes (Ipomea batata), coconut (Cocos nucifera), groundnut (Arachis

hypogea), okra (Hibiscus esculentum), sugarcane (Saccharum officinarum), pineapples (Ananas

comosus), pepper (Capsicum sp), and vegetables. Poorly managed farms, in addition, had a

variety of weeds including Sida acuta, Eleucine indica, Solenostemum sp and Commelina

benghalensis. The plantations contained mainly oil palm trees that had legumes as the main

weeds


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


3.6.3. Fallow

Bush fallow was often associated with sparse vegetation and bare soil in the area. Sparse

vegetation occupied 18.42% of the land area while bare soil which was ascribed to anthropogenic

influences covered 13.29%. Bush fallow within the study area was colonised by a mixture of plants

(Table 3.6). These consisted of trees such as Elaeis guineensis, Musanga cecropiodes, Trema

guineensis, Baphia nitida, Spondia mombin and weeds such as Chromoleana odorata, Synedrella

nudiflora and Aspilia africana.

Table 3.6: Plant species composition and frequency of occurrence in the bush fallow.

S/N Scientific name Common English names Frequency of occurrence (%)

1 Anthocleistia vogelii Cabbage tree 3

2 Rauvolfia vomitoria Stool wood 5

3 Baphia nitida Cam wood 15

4 Albizia zygia Albizia 9

5 Spondias Bombin Hog plum 2

6 Maesobotrya arborea 1

7 Aspilia africana Haemorrhage plant 23

8 Chromoleana odorata Siam weed 35

9 Elaeis guineensis Oil palm 5

10 Anthonotha macrophylla 14

11 Imperata cylindrical Spear grass 5

12 Bambusa vulgaris Bamboo 2

13 Pentaclethra macrophylla Oil bean tree 4

3.6.4 Aquatic macrophytes Species of aquatic macrophytes were not seen in the brackish waters of the project area. In the

freshwater areas, water hyacinth (Eichornia crassipes) and water lettuce (Pistia stratiotes) were

dominant in watercourses. In the rivers, streams and creeks studied water hyacinth, P. stratiotes,

and Ipomea aquatica occurred prominently.

3.6.5 Crop pathology

The cultivated crops in farms within the study area grew luxuriantly, especially in well-maintained

farms. There was no major outbreak of any disease. The observed diseases, which occurred at

low severity, were predominantly associated with cassava. These include mosaic, leaf blight,

anthracnose and brown leaf spots attacking all varieties of the crop in the field. The pathogens

identified in the laboratory included cassava mosaic virus, Colletotrichum gleosporoides,


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Corvularia lunata and Xanthomonas campestris. These pathogens were also observed in diseases

of okra, banana, plantain, maize and oil palm trees.

3.6.6 Insect pests of crops

Insects collected in the field were representatives of various orders and families of insects.

Species included Acrida tunnita (Acrididae), Homorocoryphus vicinus (Tettigonidae), Atelocera

spinulsoa (Pentatomidae), Lycus foliaceus (Lycidae) and Ryothemis notatus (Libellulidae). These

were either parasites or pollinators.

3.6.7 Heavy metal concentrations in plants

The concentration of heavy metals in the tissues of some plant species showes variations among

species (Table 3.5). In food crops, including M. esculenta (cassava), Zea mays (maize), Elaeis

guineensis (oil palm), the concentrations of heavy metals in the plant tissues are low and not

enough to cause phyto-toxicity or harm to consumers. There is no significant difference between

the concentrations of these metals in plants from control sites and those collected from the study

sites.

Table 3.7 Concentrations of heavy metals in tissues of plant species Plant species Heavy Metal concentration ranges (mg/Kg tissue)

V Ni Pb Cr Zn Cd Fe Mn Cu Hg

Plants from study areas

Manihot esculenta 0.06 -

0.09

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

18.2 -

24.6

<0.0

01

21.2 -

25.8

9.81 -

20.7

3.2 -

4.1

<0.0

01

Elaeis guineensis 0.17 -

0.20

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

12.9 -

15.2

<0.0

01

29.1 -

32.4

11.2–

13..9

6.9 -

8.2

<0.0

01

Zea mays 0.11 -

0.18

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

7.0 - 8.1 <0.0

01

16.3 -

17.2

19.1 -

28.2

2.6 -

3.8

<0.0

01

Plants from control areas

Manihot esculenta 0.04 -

0.07

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

19.1 -

22.6

<0.0

01

19.1 -

24.3

9.2 –

13.1

2.9 -

4.7

<0.0

01

Dioscorea rotunda 0.14 -

0.21

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

14.7 -

17.2

<0.0

01

28.6 -

30.7

10.4 –

13.1

6.2 -

8.0

<0.0

01

Zea mays 0.09 -

0.16

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

<0.0

01

6.3 - 7.4 <0.0

01

16.7 -

18.4

20.1 -

28.9

2.2 -

3.2

<0.0

01


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


3.6.8 Land use

The data obtained from the satellite imagery of the study area show that land use within the project

area consists of primary forest (16.02%), secondary forest (31.83%), farmland (15%), sparse

vegetation (18.42%), bare soil (13.29%), urban/industrial (0.42%), water (2.96%), and sand

(0.12%) (Fig. 3.4).

3.6.9 Farmlands and fallow lands

Farmlands are widely distributed in the east of the Orashi river running through the project area.

Farmlands consist of small cultivated plots. Subsistence agriculture is carried out and the crops

included plantain, banana, maize, coconut, yams, cocoyam, water yam, sugar cane, groundnut,

sweet potato, cassava, okra, pepper, and vegetables. Shifting cultivation was practiced as the

cultural land use technique of farming. A large plantation existed in the east.

Fallow lands characterised by sparse vegetation and bare soil occurred at the eastern part of the

area.

Fig.3.4: Landcover features (percentage) in project area and environs

3.6.10 Land cover for the project area

The land cover types in the project area revealed by satellite imagery (Fig. 3.5) are forest 1, forest

2, farmland, water and sparse vegetation. The figure shows that forests constitute the greater

percentage of the land cover while sparse vegetation and farmland are conspicuous. Water

covered only a very small area and include two main rivers, numerous ponds, lakes and borrow

pits. The percentage distribution of the different components of the land cover for OML 22 is

16.02%

31.83%18.42%

13.29%

15.00%

0.42%

2.96%

1.94%

0.12%

Forest I

Forest II

Mangrove

Water

Urban

Sparse Vegetation

Bare Soil

Farmland

Sand


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


shown in Table 3.8 (Fig 3.6) which shows that forest type 1 constitutes 54.03%, forest type 2 forms

16.98%, sparse vegetation 14.57%, farmland, 13.70% and water 0.72%.

Table 3.8: Land cover statistics of the project area

Land cover Area (km2) Percentage (%)

Farmland 99.114 13.70

Forest 1 122.837 16.98Forest 2 390.838 54.03

Sparse vegetation 105.402 14.57Water 5.228 0.72Total 723.419 100.00


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Fig 3.5: Land cover features of OML 22 & 28 project area


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


% Land cover for the prospect area

14%

17%

53%

15% 1%

Farmland

Forest 1

Forest 2

Sparse vegetation

Water

Fig 3.6: Proportions of different land cover types in the project area

3.6.11:Water bodies

Water occupies 2.96% (104.02 km2) of the total land cover and it occurred as meandering river

channels (which are many in the area), standing bodies of water (lakes, fish ponds, small ponds,

and burrow pits), with creeks and creeklets located in areas occupied by swamp forest vegetation.

SPDC and third party oil pipelines cross the rivers at a number of points. Thus, in the event of oil

spill through pipeline leakage along the river crossings, or chemical spill incident, the possibility

that the river network and the surrounding environment would be impacted is great. The water

bodies served as source of drinking water, and support such activities as fishing, transportation,

waste disposal including sewage, and religious purposes.

Sand occupies 0.12% (4.33 km2) of the total land cover and is associated with the river meanders

as sandbars.

3.6.12 Built up areas

Urban/industrial areas occure in regions with sparse vegetation and bare soil close to cultivated

farmlands. They consist of small to medium sized settlements east of the Orashi river and

infrastructure associated with SPDC and third party facilities such as flowstations, pipelines and

wellheads are scattered in the whole area

The settlements in the study area were classified into towns and villages. The towns in the area

included Ahoada, Abua, Mbiama, Kaima, and Rumuekpe. There are numerous villages in the

area.


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


3.6.13 Industrial land use

Land use for industrial purposes is mainly by the petroleum companies, state governments and

individuals.

3.6.14 Ecologically sensitive areas

The ecologically sensitive areas are the swamp and rain forests. The swamp forest is a productive

area. It serves as spawning and nursery grounds for shell- and fin-fishes. The flooding of the

swamp forest area during the peak of the rains provide spawning and nursery grounds for shell-

and fin-fishes. It equally serves as nesting sites for aquatic and migratory birds and other animals.

The swamp forest is rich in biodiversity (wide variety of economic plants, medicinal plants and

animal life).

3.7 Wildlife

The wildlife consists of wide varieties of invertebrates (millipedes, butterflies, spiders,

grasshoppers, crickets, praying mantis), and vertebrates (amphibians, reptiles, birds and

mammals). Many macro-invertebrates are exploited for food. These include the land snails,

termites, beetle larvae, and crickets (Table 3.9). In the forests, the honey of bees was harvested

for food and medicinal use

Table 3.9: The terrestrial macro invertebrate fauna of the project area Group and Scientific Name

Common Names

Distribution Level of Abundance

Remarks

Class Gastropoda Archachatina achatina

Snail Forest

Common

Handpicked in forest

Order Diptera Family Tabanidae Family Muscidae Musca domestica Family Culicidae Culex sp Aedes sp Anopheles

Forest and farm Common Inflict painful bite House fly

Urban areas, farm forest, swamps

Very common

Nuisance on fresh and decaying food

Mosquito Swamp, forest, Common Inflicts painful bites,

transmit diseases Mosquito Swamp, forest Common ,, Mosquito Swamp, forest,

urban centres Common

,, Family Ceratopogonidae

Forest and farm Common Bite irritates


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.9: The terrestrial macro invertebrate fauna of the project area contd

Group and Scientific Name

Common Names


Remarks

Order Coleoptera Family Carabeidae Family Curculionidae Family Scarabeidae

Beetle Forest and farm Occasional Beetle Forest and farm Occasional Dung beetle Forest, swamp,

larvae in trunks of palms

Common Larvae sold by the road side

Order Hymenoptera Family Formidae (Ants) Family Apidae Apis mellifera

Ants

Forest and farms

Common Some inflict painful bite

Bees Forest and swamp

Common

Yield honey, Inflicts painful bite

Order Orthoptera Family Tettigonidae Family Gryllotalpidae

Farm and forest Common Phytophagous Cricket

Farm Few

Burrows in soil

Family Mantidae Praying mantis

Forest, swamp and farm

Common Predatory an insects

Family Acrididae Grass hopper

Forest, farms and swamp

Very common

Phytophagous

Order Isoptera Family Termitidae

Termites Forest and

farms Common Edible

Order Lepidoptera Family Bombycidae Family Saturnidae Family Noctuidae

Butterfly Forest, farm,

swamp Common Pollinators

Moth Forest, farm, swamp

Restricted Pollinators

Moth Forest, farm and swamp

Restricted Pollinators

Order Hemiptera Family Circadidae Family Pyrrhocoridae Dysdercus sp

Circada Forest Restricted Associated with

circadian rhythm Cotton stainer

Forest and farm Restricted

Order Odonata Family Libellulidae

Dragonfly Forest, farm,

swamp Very common

Dragon flies were everywhere

Order Plecoptera Family Baetidae Baetis sp

Swamps Common Pond skater Forest and

swamp Very common


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.9: The terrestrial macro invertebrate fauna of the project area contd

Group and Scientific Name

Common Names


Remarks

OTHERS Class Arachnida Order Aranae Spider Homes, forest,

swamps, farms Spiders are very common

Order Acarina Mites Forest and farm soils

Common

Among the vertebrates, the amphibians (frogs) were the least exploited although they were used

as food occasionally. Lizards were observed in farms, villages and in the towns. Monitor lizards

were observed at the banks of rivers while crocodiles were reported as being found in the major

tributaries of Orashi and Sombreiro rivers. Mammals were the main vertebrate hunted for bush

meat. Several methods were used and these include trapping, dog hunting and shooting with

Dane gun. A list of common vertebrates of the project area is shown in Table 3.10

Table 3.10: Some of the terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the project area.

Vertebrates Common Name Conservation Status

Class Amphibia *Bufo regularis *Rana papiens Rana sp Hyla sp Xenopus

Common toad Frog Bull frog Tree frog Web-toed frog

Common Common Common Common Common

Class Reptilia

*Agama agama

*Bitis sp

*Python sebae

*Varanus sp Vipera gabonensis *Crocodylus niloticus *Scincidae

Lizard Cobra Royal python Monitor lizard Viper Crocodile Skink

Common Rare Rare Rare Rare Rare Common

Class Aves

Family Ardeidae Butorides striatus *Camerodius albus *Egretta garzetta

Green back heron Great white egret Snowy egret

Rare Common Common

Family Ciconidae *Ciconia episcopus

White necked stork

Rare


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.10: Some of the terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the project area contd. Vertebrates Common Name Conservation

Status

Family Accipitridae Gypohierax angolensis

Palm nut vulture

Common

Family Columbridae *Columba uncinta

Grey wood pigeon

Common

Treron calva Fruit pigeon Common

*Streptopelia semiterquata Red eyed dove Common

Family Psittacidae Psittacus erithacus

Grey parrot

Rare

Family Alcendinidae

*Halycyon senegalensis

Senegal kingfisher

Common

*Halycyon malimbica Blue breasted Kingfisher

Common

Family Meropidae

Merops malimbicus

Rosy bee eater

Rare

Family Bucetoridae

*Tolus fasciatus

Black and white tailed hornbill

Common

Class Mammalia Order Artiodactyla Family Hippotamidae Hexaprotodon liberiensis Hippopotamus amphibus

Pigmy hippopotamus Hippopotamus

Rare Rare

Family Tragulidae Hyemoschus aquaticus

Water chevrotain

Rare

Family Cricetidae *Cricetomys gambianus

Giant Gambian rat

Common

Family Bovidae *Cephalophus maxwelli Cephalophus migrifrons Cephalophus oglibyi Neotragus batesi Syncercus cafer Tragelaphus scriptus Tragelaphus spekei

Maxwell duicker Black fronted duicker Ogilby’s duicker Bates dwarf antelope African buffalo Bush buck Sitatunga

Common Rare Rare Rare Rare Rare Few

Order Sirenia Family Trrichechidae Trichechus senegalensis

Manatee

Rare


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.10: Some of the terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the project area continues Vertebrates Common Name Conservation

Status

Order Pholidota Family Manidae *Manis tetradctyla Manis tricuspis

Long tailed pangolin Tree pangolin

Rare Rare

Order Carnivora Family Viveriidae Genetta pardina Fenetta cristata *Viverra civetta

Large spotted genet Crested genet Civet cat

Rare Rare Rare

Family Felidae Panthera pardus

Leopard

Order Primates Family Cercopithecidae *Cercopithecus mona Cercopithecus sclateri *Cercoptithecus tantalus Cercocebus torquatus

Mona monkey Sclateri’s guenon Tantalus monkey Red capped mangabey

Common Endemic Rare Rare

Family Colobidae Colobus verus Procolobus badius

Olive colobus Red colobus

Common Common

Family Lorisidae Perodictius poto

Potto

Common

Family Pongidae Pans troglodytes

Chimpanzee

Rare

Order Rodentia Family Muridae Arvicanthis niloticus Lemniscomys striatus *Mus hausea *Rattus rattus

Nile rat Spotted grass mouse House mouse Black house rat

Common Common Common Common

Family Scinridae *Anomalurs beecrofti Funisciuris stangeri *Xerus erythropus *Funisciuris anerythrus

Beecroft’s flying squirrel Giant forest squirrel Squirrel Tree squirrel

Common Common Common Common

Family Thyronomidae Thryonomys swinderianus

Greater cane rat

Common

Family Cricetidae *Cricetomys gambianus

Giant Gambia rat Common

*Observed during the field trip (Source: Field trips 2000, 2003, 2004).

3.8 Geology/Hydrogeology/Geotechnics

The 3D seismic survey area is located within the Niger Delta. The geolog consists of alluvial

deposits of Pleistoceneage and Holocene age. The land surface in the area is characterized by


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


low-lying plains typical of the modern Niger Delta. These plains have swamps that are commonly

flooded during the peak of rainy season. The area slopes imperceptibly in the southern direction

towards the Atlantic Ocean and is drained by a network of rivers and their adjoining creeks.

The sediments obtained from the boreholes can be categorised into three (3) major groups as

follows:

• clay, woody, greyish brown

• clay, grey

• sand, grey, poorly sorted

The woody clay consistutes the topsoil and had a greyish brown colour and its clay content is

between 94 - 98%, with only about 2 - 5% sand (Table 3.11). The next layer that was the grey clay

(7 – 10m) with no woody materials and having clay contents that ranged between 87 - 97%. The

third layer (8 m and beyond) was predominantly grey sands (between 68 and 95%) that are poorly

sorted.

Table 3.11: Sieve Properties of borehole core samples in Kolo Creek-Rumuekpe Study Area

Sample depth

(m)

Mass of dry sample (g) Sieve Diameter (mm) % Sand

% Clay 2 1 0.425 0.150 0.075

BH1 0 – 0.5

58

Mass retained 0 0 0 0 2 3

97 Mass passing 58 58 58 58 56

% Passing 100 100 100 100 97

7 – 8

55.3

Mass retained 0 0 0 0 6.2 11.2

88.8 Mass passing 55.3 55.3 55.3 55.3 49.1

% Passing 100 100 100 100 88.8

8 – 10

60

Mass retained 0 5.8 31.3 45.6 47.7 79.5

20.5 Mass passing 60 54.2 22.9 14.4 12.3

% Passing 100 90 38 24 20 BH2 0 – 1

63.2

Mass retained 0 0 0 0 1.3 2

98 Mass passing 63.2 63.2 63.2 63.2 61.9

% Passing 100 100 100 100 98

9 – 10

53


95 Mass passing 53 53 53 53 50.1

% Passing 100 100 100 100 95

10 – 14

87.5

Mass retained 0.3 2.5 27.3 56.7 59.2 68

32 Mass passing 87.2 84.7 58.2 31.8 28.3

% Passing 97 96 66 36 32 BH3 0 – 1

72.3


98 Mass passing 72.3 72.3 72.3 72.3 70.8

% Passing 100 100 100 100 98


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.11: Sieve Properties of borehole core samples in Kolo Creek-Rumuekpe Study Area contd

Sample depth

(m)

Mass of dry sample (g) Sieve Diameter (mm) % Sand

% Clay 2 1 0.425 0.150 0.075

7 – 8

61


95 Mass passing 61 61 61 61 57.8

% Passing 100 100 100 100 95 10 – 11

73.3

Mass retained 1.1 3.8 30.1 60.3 62.8 86

14 Mass passing 72.2 68.4 43.2 48.3 10.5

% Passing 98 93 52 18 14 BH4 0 – 1

63.5


96 Mass passing 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5 60.7

% Passing 100 100 100 100 96

8 – 9

70


97 Mass passing 70 70 70 70 68.2

% Passing 100 100 100 100 97

11 – 12

83.5

Mass retained 2.1 6.2 31.2 28.1 2.8 84

16 Mass passing 81.4 754.2 44 15.9 13.3

% Passing 97 90 53 19 16 BH5 0 – 1

62.5


94 Mass passing 62.5 62.5 62.5 62.5 59

% Passing 100 100 100 100 94

7 – 8

70


96 Mass passing 70 70 70 70 67.5

% Passing 100 100 100 100 96

11 – 12

65.8

Mass retained 2.0 8.2 40.5 60.5 62.5 95

5 Mass passing 63.8 55.6 15.1 5.1 3.3

% Passing 97 84 23 8 5 BH6 0 – 1

63.2


95 Mass passing 63.2 63.2 63.2 63.2 60

% Passing 100 100 100 100 95

8 – 9

71.5


97 Mass passing 71.5 71.5 71.5 71.5 69.5

% Passing 100 100 100 100 97 11 – 12

78.2

Mass retained 3.1 10 30.8 20.1 1.5 84

16 Mass passing 75.1 65.1 34.8 14.2 12.7

% Passing 96 83 45 18 16

3.8.1 Aquifers

The aquifers in the area are confined by about 10 meters of clay that is atop of poorly sorted sands

whose hydraulic conductivity values from 5.5 x 10-4 cm/s in borehole 3 (Tables 3.12 and 3.13;

Figures 3.5 and 3.6) while the overlying clays have the lower hydraulic conductivity values

between 10-5 and 10-9 cm/s (Bowels, 1984). Since these materials have low hydraulic conductivity

values, wastes dumped on the surface will percolate at very slow rates, and would require a very

long time to eventually reach the aquifer. The aquifers are therefore relatively protected.


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.12 Parameters of Boreholes Drilled in the Study Area

Borehole Code

Borehole Location Depth (m)

Casing (m)

Screen (m)

Gravel Packing (m)

Grouting (m)

Elevation a.m.s.l (m)

S.W.L (m) Dry season

Water head (m)

Easting Northing

BH1 434090 98438 10 0 – 8 8 – 10 7 – 10 0 – 7 10.6 4.8 5.8

BH2 434062 95468 14 0 – 10 10 –14 9 – 14 0 – 9 9.8 4.5 5.3

BH3 431875 95312 11 0 - 10 10 - 11 9 - 11 0 - 9 9.6 4.5 5.1

BH4 439000 102500 12 0 – 9 9 – 12 8 – 12 0 – 8 11.0 4.8 6.2

BH5 454500 105000 12 0 – 8 8 – 12 8 – 12 0 – 8 11.5 4.9 6.6

BH6 469150 107500 12 0 – 8 8 - 12 8 - 12 0 - 8 13.0 5.0 7.0

Table 3.13 Hydraulic Conductivity Values of Borehole Materials in the Study Area

3.8.2 Water Levels

The water levels measured in the boreholes range from 5.1 m in borehole 3 to 7.0m in borehole 6.

It should however, be noted that the water in the boreholes only rises to these levels when drilling

or excavation reaches the sands (aquifers) which are about 10m deep. If the aquifers are not

reached, the top 10m remains dry. The stratigraphic/lithologic logs of the three boreholes are

shown in Figures 3.7 and 3.8.

Borehole Code

Depth of material (m) Type of material Hydraulic conductivity (cm/s)

BH1

0 – 0.5 Clay, woody 1 x 10

-5 – 1 x 10

-9 7 – 8 Clay

8 – 10 Sand 5.3 x 10-4

BH2

0 – 1 Clay, woody 1 x 10

-5 – 1 x 10

-9 9 – 10 Clay

10 – 14 Sand 9.0 x 10-4

BH3

0 – 1 Clay, woody 1 x 10

-5 – 1 x 10

-9 7 – 8 Clay

10 – 11 Sand 2.0 x 10-3

BH4

0 – 1 Silty sand, woody 1 x 10

-5 – 1 x 10

-9 8 – 9 Clay

11 – 12 Sand 5.3 x 10-4

BH5


-5 – 1 x 10

-9 7 – 8 Clay

11 – 12 Sand 4.0 x 10-2

BH6


-5 – 1 x 10

-9 8 – 9 Clay

11 – 12 Sand 1.2 x 10-3


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


3.8.3 Groundwater Flow Direction

Groundwater flow direction in the area was determined using the data from three boreholes (Table

3.12). From the data, groundwater flow direction in the area is from the northeast to the southwest.

This is in conformity with the regional groundwater flow direction in the Niger Delta, which is from

the northern highlands towards the coast in the south. Thus if there is any pollution of groundwater

in the area, those south of the point of pollution are most likely to be affected.

3.8.4 Physicochemical characteristics of borehole water samples

The physicochemical characteristics of the borehole water samples are given in Table 3.23 which

shows that the pH of the borehole water samples is acidic with values in the range from 4.76 -

5.37. This is quite expected as the rains wash humic acid leachates from decaying forest

vegetation into the ground water. The TSS values are also low with values ranging between 9.3

and 14.26mg/l in all boreholes. The turbidity of the borehole water samples is quite low with

ranges from 0.39 –to 1.88 NTU. This is a reflection of the low TSS in the boreholes.

The TDS values for the boreholes are low with ranges from 22.4 - 35.01mg/l. These values are

indications of the inland nature of the aquifers and their remoteness from the influence of any

saline intrusion.

The hardness of the borehole water samples is moderate. They are higher than most of the

surface water sources except for the Kolo Creeklet. Ranges from 10 to16mg/l are common. The

levels observed could be attributed to the leaching of hardness enhancing species like magnesium

and calcium, which abound in the soil systems around the study area.

The alkalinity of the samples is generally low and ranged from 15 to 21mg/l. The conductivity of

the water samples ranged from 53.6 to 69.3µS/cm.

The DO levels of the borehole water samples are moderate to support any biological oxidation of

organic matter. The values ranged from 1.5 – 2.6mg/l.

The BOD results for all the borehole water samples are less than 1.0mg/l indicating the low

organic matter content of the water.


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


The COD levels of the borehole are low with ranges within 1.5-3.5mg/l. This confirms the result

obtained for the BOD and is also indicative of the near absence of dissolved oxygen depleting

substances.

The oil and grease contents of the borehole samples are low having ranges from 0.031 to 0.09 mg/l. The THC level of the borehole water samples were low also with values in all the samples ranging between 0.03 and 0.117mg/l.

The anionic species were low in the borehole samples, with ranges around 0.18 - 0.31mg/l for

NO3, 0.02 - 0.07mg/l for PO43- and 5.0-8.2mg/l for chloride.

3.8.5 Concentrations of heavy metals in groundwater samples

The concentrations of heavy metals in groundwater samples are presented in Table 3.14. All the

heavy metals analysed (except Zn, Fe, Mn, and Cu) were below detection limits of the test

equipment. The value of these metals are low and within regulatory limits. Zn values range from

0.018 - 0.121mg/l, Fe is in the range 8.36 - 14.26mg/l, Mn ranged from 0.07 to 0.15mg/l while Cu

was in the range 0.01 to 0.05mg/l in the borehole water samples. These parameters and those of

the physico-chemical features are within the limits set by the Federal Ministry of Environment for

drinking water.

The results of the physicochemical analyses of the ground water show that it had similar

characteristics when compared with the surface water in the study area. The values obtained for

most of the parameters are within the same ranges.


_______________________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.14 Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Borehole Water Samples

Sample Code (in Mg/l)

BH1 BH2 BH3 BH4 BH5 BH6

PH 4.76 4.8 4.78 4.98 5.1 5.37 TDS 35.01 31.4 28.3 26.2 22.4 26.3 TSS 14.26 12.1 12.8 10.2 9.3 10.2 Turbidity (NTV) 1.81 1.88 1.73 0.42 0.39 0.45 Hardness 16 13 15 11 10 12 Alkality 20 17 21 18 15 18 DO 7.6 6.5 7.1 7.3 8.0 7.7 BOD <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 COD 3.5 3.0 2.8 2.9 2.6 1.5 O/G 0.089 0.068 0.073 0.031 0.063 0.042 THC 0.117 0.04 0.058 0.018 0.04 0.03

Cond (µS/cm) 67.5 63.2 69.3 58.2 53.6 58.3

NO3 0.24 0.31 0.21 0.18 0.27 0.25

PO3 0.05 0.05 0.07 0.04 0.02 0.04

Cl 0.8 8 8.2 6.0 5 6

Table 3.15 Heavy Metal Content of Borehole Water Samples Situated in the Study Area

Sample Code

Concentrations of heavy metals (mg/l) V Ni Cr Pb Zn Mn Cu Fe Cd Hg

BH1 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.121 0.145 0.051 12.55 BDL BDL BH2 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.018 0.07 0.02 9.24 BDL BDL BH3 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.103 0.11 0.01 10.28 BDL BDL BH4 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.067 0.08 0.03 10.13 BDL BDL BH5 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.082 0.15 0.02 8.36 BDL BDL BH6 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.106 0.12 0.01 8.78 BDL BDL

BDL = below detection level of 0.0001 mg/l

Final EIA Report of OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey _______________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14

Fig. 3.7: Stratigraphic/lithologic logs of

Boreholes Drilled in Kolo Creek area

Depth (m)

BH1 BH2 BH3

1

7

Topsoil, silty sand,

woody

Clay greyish

Sand, poorly

sorted, gray


____________________________________________________________________________


111 2

3 4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12 12

Fig. 3.8: Lithologic logs of boreholes along the pipeline route from Kolo Creek to Rumuekpe

Topsoil, silty

sand, woody

Sand, poorly

sorted, gray

Depth

(m)

BH4 BH5 BH6

1

7

1

2

Clay, greyish


____________________________________________________________________________


3.9: Soil Studies

3.9.1 General Description

The rain forest soils are found in all the fields of the project area

3.9.2: Rain Forest Soils

The rain forest soils belong to the Inceptisol, Entisol, Oxisol and Alfisol soil Orders of the United

States Department of Agriculture (USDA) soil classification scheme. The rainforest soils

constitute over 90% of the soils of this project area. They are mineral soils formed as a result of

the weathering of siliceous sandstone fragments over varying periods of time. The soils ranged

from the recently formed Entisols and Inceptisols, to the more mature Alfisols and Oxisols (Fig

3.9).


____________________________________________________________________________


3.9.3 Soil Texture

The soils from OML 22 and 28 seismic survey area are predominantly loamy sand at top and mid-

depth horizons and sandy clay loam at bottom soil horizons in the rainy season (Table 3.15).

Similar textural classifications of the soils were obtained in the dry season. The soils had a


____________________________________________________________________________


percentage sand content ranging from 2.02 to 85.72% with a mean of 59.26% in the topsoil, 1.00

to 70.50% at with a mean of 44.26% mid-depth and 0.61 to 70.25% with a mean of 39.7% in the

bottom soil horizons during the rainy season. The soils also have percentage clay contents

ranging from 0.04 to 24.16% with a mean of 12.48% in the topsoil, 0.06 to 66.11% with a mean of

26.16% at the mid-depth and 0.06 to 74.42% with a mean of 30.90% in bottom soil horizons in the

dry season.

There were therefore no significant textural differences between the rainy and dry seasons in the

soils of the project area at a 95% level of probability.

There are usually no significant textural changes in tropical soils on a short-term basis or in

between two seasons (Ogunkunle, 1983).

Table 3.15 Summary of textural analysis of soils from the project area

Parameters

Soil horizon

Percentage Soil classification

Range Mean SD (±±±±)

Rainy Season

Sand

Top 2.02 – 85.72 59.26 27.71 Loamy sand

Middle 1.00 – 70.50 44.26 25.59 Loamy sand

Bottom 0.61 – 70.25 39.7 27.8 Sandy clay loam

Silt

Top 0.04 – 38.32 14.93 12.07 Loamy sand



Clay

Top 0.04 – 84.16 12.48 9.90 Loamy sand



Dry Season

Sand

Top 0.92 – 90.06 66.22 31.15 Loamy sand



Silt

Top 0.03 – 15.58 7.17 5.29 Loamy sand



____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.15 Summary of textural analysis of soils from the project area contd

Parameters

Soil horizon

Percentage Soil classification

Range Mean SD (±±±±)

Dry Season


Clay

Top 0.06 – 27.75 11.37 9.21 Loamy sand



3.9.4 Soil chemistry

3.9.4.1 Soil pH

As summarised in Table 3.16, the pH of the soils of project area vary from extreme acidity (3.98)

to moderate acidity (5.60) in the topsoil horizon, with a mean pH of 4.59 during the rainy season.

The soil pH also vary from 3.92 to 5.60 in the mid-depth horizon and 3.88 to 5.50 in the bottom

soil during the rainy season, thereby showing a similar acidic trend. A similar trend was also

observed for the pH of the project area soils during the dry season. These values reflected the

acidic nature of tropical soils in the rain forests of the Niger Delta. The rainforest soils are known

to contain acidic cations that increase in concentration with an increase in precipitation and

waterlogged conditions (Ekundayo and Ghatise, 1997).

3.9.4.2 Organic carbon, nitrate-nitrogen and available phosphorus

The organic carbon content range between 1.30 and 92.40% in the topsoil horizons of the project

area in the rainy season (Table 3.16). The organic carbon content range between 0.44 and

91.46% in the mid-depth horizon, and from 0.26 to 92.08 in the bottom soil horizons of the mineral

and organic soils of the project area the rainy season. Similarly, in the dry season, the

percentage organic carbon levels ranged from 1.20 to 93.60% in the topsoil horizons; 0.36 to

93.69% in the mid-depth horizons and 0.20 to 93.78% in the bottom soil (Table 3.16).

The mean nitrate-nitrogen values are moderately high, being 1.25, 1.26, and 1.20 mg/kg soil for

the top, mid-depth and bottom soils respectively of the project area during the rainy season (Table

3.16). In the dry season, mean nitrate-nitrogen levels (0.48, 0.27 and 0.21 mg/kg soil) of the

project area soils declined significantly at 95% level of probability (Table 3.16).

SD = Standard Deviation


____________________________________________________________________________


Mean available phosphorus levels (3.90, 2.63, and 2.18 mg/kg soil) for soils of the project area in

the rainy season were not significantly different from the mean phosphorus levels (3,01, 2.18 and

1.99 mg/kg soil) obtained in the dry season (Table 3.16).

The mean nitrate-nitrogen, total organic carbon and available phosphorus contents of soils of the

project area in both the rainy and dry seasons, fell within the range of values reported for similar

ecosystems in the Niger Delta. The swamp forest ecosystem is known to contain high amounts of

organic materials mainly because of the high rate of turnover of detritus in the form of decaying

plant tissues as observed in the Histosols from this area.

3.9.4.3 Oil and grease

The low mean concentrations of oil and grease (2.68, 2.38 and 2.30 mg/kg soil) obtained in the

top, mid-depth and bottom soils from the project area during the rainy season (Table 3.16) are

significantly different from oil and grease values obtained in the dry season from the top, mid-

depth and bottom soils of the same zone (3.86, 3.55 and 3.60 mg/kg soil) (Table 3.16). The low

oil and grease concentrations from the soils are indications that the soils had not been exposed to

high levels of hydrocarbon contamination.

Table 3.16 Summary of the nutrient status of soils from the project area

Parameters Soil horizon Value of parameter

Range Mean SD (±±±±) Rainy season

PH Top 3.98 - 5.6 4.59 0.50

Middle 3.92 - 5.6 4.44 0.48

Bottom 3.88 - 5.5 4.37 0.48

Organic carbon (%) Top 1.30 - 92.40 14.94 32.66

Middle 0.44 - 91.46 14.22 32.63

Bottom 0.26 - 92.08 14.0 32.80

Available phosphorus (mg/kg)

Top 2.12 - 5.10 3.90 1.05

Middle 0.64 - 4.66 2.63 0.09

Bottom 0.92 - 4.78 2.18 0.86


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.16 Summary of the nutrient status of soils from the project area contd

Parameters Soil horizon Value of parameter Range Mean SD (±±±±)

Rainy Season

Nitrate-Nitrogen (mg/kg)

Top 1.02 - 1.78 1.25 0.24

Middle 1.02 - 1.62 1.26 0.20

Bottom 0.92 - 1.66 1.20 0.20

Sulphate (mg/kg)

Top 1.30 - 4.01 2.59 1.05

Middle 1.02 - 3.62 2.24 0.95

Bottom 0.88 - 3.66 2.14 1.00

Chloride (mg/kg)

Top 12.10 - 60.10 31.19 13.32

Middle 8.65 - 48.40 28.89 12.10

Bottom 8.10 - 41.50 26.8 11.7

Oil and grease (mg/kg)

Top 0.04 - 3.92 2.68 1.64

Middle 0.02 - 5.10 2.38 1.57

Bottom 0.02 - 5.10 2.30 1.61 Dry season

pH Top 2.86 – 4.96 3.80 0.60

Middle 2.62 – 4.70 3.70 0.66

Bottom 2.44 – 4.61 3.61 0.68

Organic carbon (%) Top 1.20 – 93.60 15.82 34.18

Middle 0.36 – 93.69 15.16 34.52

Bottom 0.20 – 93.78 14.94 34.67

Available phosphorus (mg/kg)

Top 1.05 – 5.84 3.01 1.48

Middle 0.36 – 6.80 2.18 1.91

Bottom 0.21 – 6.92 1.99 2.00

Nitrate-Nitrogen (mg/kg )

Top 0.01 – 1.06 0.48 0.47

Middle 0.01 – 1.96 0.27 0.37

Bottom 0.01 – 1.06 0.21 0.36

Sulphate (mg/kg)

Top 1.04 – 10.91 3.44 3.08

Middle 0.36 – 10.62 3.18 3.18

Bottom 0.20 – 10.44 3.12 3.33

Chloride (mg/kg)

Top 4.90 – 56.92 20.08 14.94

Middle 3.30 – 57.14 18.67 15.11

Bottom 3.26 – 56.98 17.22 16.37

Oil & grease (mg/kg)

Top 0.01 – 14.02 3.86 4.95

Middle 0.01 – 14.26 3.55 4.75

Bottom 0.01 – 14.78 3.60 4.86



____________________________________________________________________________


3.9.5 Exchangeable Cations (Alkaline earth metals)

A summary of the concentrations of exchangeable cations (alkaline earth metals) found in the soil

horizons of the project area in both the rainy and dry seasons are shown in Table 3.17.

Mean values for Na+ were 25.89, 21.48, and 21.00 meq/100g soil in the top, mid-depth and

bottom soils from the area in the rainy season (Table 3.17). The concentrations of Na+ in the top,

mid-depth and bottom soils (19.54, 20.02, and 18.14 meq/100g soil respectively) in the dry

season were not significantly different from those obtained in the rainy season (Table 3.17).

Mean values for K+ were 34.44, 26.16, and 26.1 meq/100g soil in the top, mid-depth and bottom

soil horizons of the soils from the area in the rainy season. Mean values for K+ in the dry season

in the area (29.69, 30.0, and 31.41 meq/100g soil) were not significantly different from the values

obtained in the rainy season soils (Table 3.17). There were no significant differences between the

concentrations of K+ obtained at the various soil horizons in the project area.

Mean values for Ca2+ were respectively 41.63, 31.34 and 25.6 meq/100g soil in the top, mid-depth

and bottom soil horizons of soils from the area in the rainy season. Mean values obtained in the

dry season in top, mid-depth and bottom soils (39.42, 37.81 and 33.88 meq/100g soil) were not

significantly different from mean Ca2+ levels obtained in the rainy season in the zone soils (Table

3.17).

Mean Mg2+ values were 27.78, 18.45 and 18.50 meq/100g soil in the top, mid-depth and bottom

soils respectively from the project area in the rainy season (Table 3.17). Mean Mg2+ values in the

top (27.26), mid-depth (25.15) and bottom (26.97) soil horizons from the project area in the dry

season were not significantly different from mean Mg2+ values obtained in the rainy season (Table

3.17).

In the rainy season, mean values for Exchangeable Acidity (E.A) were 23.30 in the top, 26.00 in

the mid-depth and 26.84 meq/100g in the bottom soil horizons of soils from the project area in the

rainy season. Mean E.A. values obtained in the dry season in the top, mid-depth and bottom

soils respectively are 23.30, 26.00 and 26.84 meq/100 soil and these values were not significantly

different from mean E.A. values obtained in the rainy season (Table 3.17). The mean E.A.


____________________________________________________________________________


values obtained fell within the range of values obtained for similar ecosystems in the Niger Delta.

The dominance of non-expanding kaolinitic clay mineral colloids in the soil aggregates of the

Niger Delta region of Nigeria could enhance an increase in E.A. values. The electronegatively

charged colloidal clay mineral surfaces would not retain much of their adsorbed basic cations

(Mg2+, K+, Na+, Ca2+), as a result of high seasonal rainfall, and a fluctuating water table

occasioned by tidal inundations. These leaching losses of basic cations would lead to the

dominance of acidic cations like H+ and Al3+ on both the colloidal surfaces and the soil solution

(Ekundayo and Obuekwe, 2000).

The mean Cation Exchange Capacity (C.E.C.) values were 144.68, 113.30 and 107.0 meq/100g

soil in the top, mid-depth and bottom soil horizons in the rainy season (Table 3.17). Mean

concentrations of C.E.C. in the top, mid-depth and bottom soils from the zone in the dry season

(160.93, 147.96 and 149.90 meq/100g soil) were not significantly different from mean

concentrations of C.E.C. obtained in the rainy season (Table 3.17). No significant differences

existed between the C.E.C. concentrations obtained at the various depths in soils from the project

area (Table 3.17)

Table 3.17 Summary of alkaline earth metals of soils from the project area

Parameters Soil

horizon Level, meq/100g soil Range Mean SD (±±±±)

Rainy Season

Sodium

Top 12.60 - 37.95 25.89 9.45 Middle 6.20 - 36.10 21.48 8.01

Bottom 5.84 - 33.20 21.00 8.12 Potassium

Top 3.90 - 44.35 34.44 12.13 Middle 4.10 - 40.38 26.16 10.14 Bottom 3.60 - 33.40 26.1 8.57

Calcium


Magnesium



____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.17 Summary of alkaline earth metals of soils from the project area contd

Parameters Soil horizon

Level, meq/100g soil Range Mean SD (±±±±)

Rainy Season

Exchangeable Acidity


Cation exchange capacity


Dry Season

Sodium

Top 10.12 – 34.90 19.54 7.94 Middle 8.06 – 31.26 20.02 7.80 Bottom 8.02 – 28.14 18.14 6.80

Potassium

Top 16.19 – 46.61 29.69 9.81 Middle 16.90 – 51.06 30.00 11.90

Bottom 16.14 – 54.36 31.41 13.60 Calcium

Top 14.26 – 56.22 39.42 10.06 Middle 12.20 – 62.90 37.81 16.10

Bottom 10.04 – 56.36 33.88 16.94 Magnesium


Exchangeable Acidity


Cation exchange capacity



3.9.6 Heavy metals

The concentrations of heavy metals in soils of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area are shown in

Table 3.18. The Table shows that the concentrations of heavy metals such as lead, copper,

chromium, manganese, zinc and cadmium were generally below 0.2mg/kg but the concentrations

of iron exceeded 3.5 mg/kg. The concentrations of these heavy metals fluctuated minimally

between soil depths and seasons of the year. The heavy metal concentrations of soils fell within

the range of values reported for similar ecosystems in the Niger Delta. The observed relatively

high values in the concentrations of iron at all the horizons and depths in both the rainy and dry

seasons’ soils could be as a result of the dominance of red-coated oxides of iron and aluminium in

the Oxisols of the project area.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.18 Heavy metals of soils from 22-28 3D Seismic Survey area Parameters Soil

horizon Concentrations, mg/kg

Range Mean SD (±±±±) Rainy Season

Iron

Top 0.18 – 16.66 3.56 5.36 Middle 0.20 - 17.44 4.72 6.04 Bottom 0.18 – 20.44 4.60 7.78

Lead


Copper Top 0.10 - 0.36 0.23 0.07 Middle 0.06 - 0.28 0.19 0.07 Bottom 0.04 - 0.2 0.15 0.06

Chromium


Manganese


Zinc


Cadmium


Dry Season

Iron


Lead


Copper Top 0.08 – 0.34 0.23 0.09 Middle 0.06 – 0.32 0.19 0.07 Bottom 0.06 – 0.39 0.19 0.09

Chromium



____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.18 Heavy metals of soils from 22-28 3D Seismic Survey area contd Parameters Soil

horizon Concentrations, mg/kg

Range Mean SD (±±±±) Dry Season

Manganese


Zinc


Cadmium


S.D = Standard Deviation

3.9.7: Soil Colour

The soils from the project area showed three colour variations (Tables 3.19). These are:

• Reddish brown Hues (5YR, 7.5YR, 2.5YR) of the Oxisols a, Elele Alimini, Rumuekpe;.

• Greyish brown Hues (10 YR) of the Entisols at; Ahoada; and the Inceptisol at Idu Ekpeye.

• Dark grey (10 YR) to grey (5 YR) Hues in the Histosols of Abua Central and Buguma

bridgehead.

However, the Histosols, Aquic Udipsamments (Entisols) and the Aquic Hapludept (Inceptisol) at

Idu Ekpeye showed an increasing intensity of grey colouration (10 YR and 5 YR Hues) with

increasing depth (Table 3.19). Due to consistent wet conditions of the soils from the project area

for more than nine months of the year, the soils had a high ground water table that receded in

depth in the dry season months from November to January. The high groundwater table and

moist soil conditions gave rise to reduced oxygen levels in the soils, which encouraged reduction

of iron oxides from the ferric state to the ferrous.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.19: Munsell Soil Colour Notations of Soils of 22 – 28 3D Seismic Survey

Location Horizon depth(cm)

Soil Colour

Munsell colour notation

Egbeda Oxisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 110

Reddish brown Reddish brown Reddish brown

5 YR 4/4 5 YR 4/4 5 YR 4/4

*Odau Alfisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 210

Light greyish brown Greyish brown Grey

10 YR 6/1 10 YR 3/4 5 YR 4/1

*Kala-Emeya Alfisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 165

Dark greyish brown Light Greyish brown Light Greyish brown

10 YR 3/2 10 YR 6/1 10 YR 6/1

*Opolo Entisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 80

Greyish brown Greyish brown Light brown

10 YR 4/2 10 YR 4/2 7.5 YR 5/6

*Zarama Entisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 70

Greyish brown Light greyish brown Light greyish brown

10 YR 5/2 10 YR 6/1 10 YR 6/1

Idu-Ekpeye suburb Inceptisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 110

Greyish brown Greyish brown Greyish brown

10 YR 4/2 10 YR 4/2 10 YR 4/2

Akinima Alfisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 115

Greyish brown Greyish brown Grey

10 YR ¾ 10 YR 3/4 5 YR 4/1

Idu-Ekpeye flowstation Entisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 85


10 YR 3/2 10 YR 3/2 10 YR 3/2

*Eluma/Mbiama Alfisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 160


10 YR 4/2 10 YR 4/2 10 YR 4/2

Okogbe Entisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 72

Light brown Light brown Light brown

7.5 YR 4/4 10 YR 4/4 10 YR 4/4

*Emesu Alfisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 125

Dark brown Greyish brown Grey

7.5 YR 5/8 10 YR 4/2 5 YR 4/1

*Abua central Histosol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 – 70

Dark grey Grey Grey

10 YR 3/1 5 YR 4/1 5 YR 4/1


____________________________________________________________________________


3.9.8: Soil Physical Properties

Some of the physical properties of soils of the project area are shown in Table 3.20

3.9.9: Bulk density

The soils of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area could be grouped into three categories of bulk

densities as follows:

• Soils with moderate to high bulk density, ranging from 1.21 gcm-3 to 1.46 gcm-3 in the

topsoil. The soils in this group are Entisols, Inceptisols or Oxisols.

• Soils with a moderate bulk density, ranging from 1.14 gcm-3 in the bottom soil of

Eluma/Mbiama to 1.28 gcm-3. The soils in this group are Alfisols.

• Soils with a relatively low bulk density, ranging from 0.62 gcm-3 in the mid-depth and

bottom soil horizons of Buguma bridgehead to 0.66 gcm-3 in the topsoil horizon of Abua

Central. The soils in this group are Histosols or organic soils.

Table 3.20: Physical properties of soils of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area

Location Horizon Depth (cm)

Bulk Density (gcm-3)

Porosity (%)

AWHC(%) Effective depth of soil (cm)

*Zarama Entisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 70

1.46 1.46 1.45

39.64 39.65 39.60

19.18 19.60 19.66

70

*Opolo Entisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 80

1.45 1.46 1.60

39.72 39.60 50.88

20.43 20.56 19.35

80

*Odau Alfisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 210

1.22 1.21 1.20

24.45 24.36 21.05

44.39 47.88 51.64

210

Okolobiri Inceptisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 110

1.40 1.25 1.25

47.80 40.86 40.86

21.45 22.80 22.82

110

Idu-Ekpeye Suburb Inceptisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 110

1.34 1.34 1.26

40.14 40.02 32.85

19.81 19.88 29.96

110

Akinima Alfisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 115

1.28 1.20 1.20

30.99 20.68 20.52

28.81 39.69 39.88

115


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.20: Physical properties of soils of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area contd

Location Horizon Depth (cm)

Bulk Density (gcm-3)

Porosity (%)

AWHC(%) Effective depth of soil (cm)

Idu-Ekpeye Flowstation Entisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 85

1.32 1.32 1.30

36.44 36.40 36.38

21.63 21.66 21.69

85

Eluma/Mbiama Alfisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 160

1.22 1.20 1.14

22.63 21.80 18.14

38.20 38.36 46.75

160

Okogbe Entisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 72

1.40 1.40 1.36

50.16 50.06 48.02

20.03 20.09 21.14

72

*Ahoada Entisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 95

1.24 1.25 1.24

24.69 24.78 24.80

28.63 28.97 28.99

95

*Emesu Alfisol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 125

1.27 1.26 1.19

30.90 26.30 21.44

26.10 27.30 48.64

125

*Abua Central Histosol

0 – 15 15 – 30 30 - 70

0.66 0.64 0.63

21.02 19.94 19.86

43.92 44.60 46.18

70

Key: AWHC –– Available Water Holding Capacity of Soil 3.9.10: Porosity

The soils of the project area could be grouped into the following categories of porosities:

• The moderately to highly porous Entisols, Inceptisols and Oxisols, which ranged in porosity

from 24.69% in the top soil horizon of Ahoada to 50.16% in the top soil horizon of Okogbe

• The slightly to moderately porous Alfisols which range in porosity from 18.14% in the bottom

soils of Eluma / Mbiama to 30.90% in the topsoils of Emesu.

• The slightly porous Histosols, whose porosity is 19.86% in the bottom soils of Abua Central.

The porosity of tropical soils is directly related to their percentage clay, sand and organic carbon

contents (Babalola and Lal, 1977). The Entisols, Inceptisols and Oxisols had mean percentage

sand content of 72.17%, whilst the Alfisols had mean percentage clay content of 44.65%. The

high organic carbon content (92.18 to 93.78%) of Histosols of Abua Central hindered the

permeability and penetration of water through the soil. This is due to the colloidal nature of

organic matter, which absorbs and retains moisture in its micropores just like clay colloids (Lal,


____________________________________________________________________________


1976). The highly porous soils at Ahoada and Okogbe contain many macropores, which allowed

easy passage of water and mineral salts that could be lost by leaching through the profile.

3.9.11: Available Water Holding Capacity (AWHC)

On the basis of their AWHC, the soils of the project area can be grouped into three categories:

• The low to moderate AWHC Entisols, Inceptisols and Oxisols, with values ranging

between 19.81% in the top soil of Idu-Ekpeye and 39.69% in the bottom soil of

Akinima.

• The moderate to high AWHC Alfisols, with values ranging between 28.81% in the topsoil and

39.69% in the bottom soil horizons of Akinima

• The high AWHC Histosols, with values ranging between 38.36% in the topsoil horizon of

Eluma/Mbiama and 46.75% in the bottom soil horizon.

The colloidal nature of clay and organic matter would enhance the absorption and retention of soil

moisture in the aggregates of Alfisols and Histosols (Babalola and Lal, 1977).

3.9.12: Effective Soil depth

The soils of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area can be grouped into two categories of effective

soil depths as follows:

• The shallow to moderately deep Entisols, Inceptisols and Histosols, which vary in depth from

70 cm to the ground water table at Abua Central to 110 cm to the groundwater table at Idu-

Ekpeye.

• The moderately deep Alfisols, Entisols and Oxisols, which vary in depth from 125cm at Ahoada

Central to the water table of 160cm at Eluma / Mbiama.


____________________________________________________________________________


3.9.13 Relationship between soil types and vegetation in OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey

area

The Histosols are shallow organic soils with a high water table that receded in depth in the dry

season months from November to January. The Histosols had a depth of 70cm at at Abua

Central (Table 3.20). The Histosols occurred only in soils from swamps and consist of freshly

decomposing organic plant and animal residues (Aquic Udifibrists) and fully decomposed organic

plant and animal residues (Aquic Udisaprists).

The Entisols and Inceptisols are shallow to moderately deep mineral soils and ranged in depth

from 70cm 110cm at Zarama. The Entisols and Inceptisols, which were further classified

according to the United States Department of Agriculture Soil Classification Scheme (Soil

Taxonomy of 1975) as Aquic Udipsamments and Aquic Hapludepts, are synonymous with water

loving, shallow rooted annual and biennial crops, root and stem tubers such as sugar cane

(Saccharum officinarum), cocoyam (Colocasia sp), water yam (Dioscorea alata), plantain and

banana (Musa sp) in the two zones.

The Oxisols are moderately deep, and ranged in depth from 110cm to 150cm at Elele Alimini.

Oxisols are usually rich in oxides of iron and aluminium, and have a dominant reddish hue (soil

colour) and are normally acidic in soil reaction (pH). The Oxisols are synonymous with iron oxide

and acid tolerant crops and tree species such as the native pear (Dacroydes edulis), the bush

mango or ogbono (Irvingea gabonensis), mango (Mangifera indica), pineapple orchards (Ananas

comosus), cassava (Manihot esculenta L. Crantz), fluted pumpkin or Ogu (Telefaria sp.) and the

Okra plant (Abelmoschus esculentus L. Moench).

The Alfisols range in depth from 115 cm to 160 cm at Eluma/Mbiama. Alfisols, which are

synonymous with the presence of an argillic or clay-rich mid depth and bottom soil horizons are

associated with trees and broad-leafed evergreen species such as Rhodedendron, Camellia,

flowering vines and Forsythia sp.

Alfisols were also associated with most arable crops and perennials because of their high clay

content in the sub-surface horizons, which enable most shallow, medium and deep-rooted trees

and crop species to thrive in these soils. Arable and tree crops commonly cultivated in the


____________________________________________________________________________


Alfisols are yams (Dioscorea sp.), plantains (Musa sp), cassava (Manihot esculenta L. Crantz), oil

palm (Hevea brasiliensis), mango (Mangifera indica), pawpaw (Carica papaya) and several

vegetables and species such as peppers (Capsicum annum), fluted pumpkin (Telefaria sp), okra

(Abelmoschus esculentus L. Moench) and bamboo trees.

3.9.14: Soil Microbiology

3.9.14.1: Bacterial and fungal counts

In the rainy season, the total heterotrophic bacterial counts in the topsoil in OML 22 & 28 3D

seismic survey area were from 2.4 to 3.6x106 cfu/g with the mean of 2.9x106 cfu/g. Those for mid-

depth soils ranged from 0.7 to 1.4x106 cfu/g and the mean is 1.1x106 cfu/g. Bottom soils

contained 0.1 to 0.6x106 cfu/g with a mean of 0.3x106 cfu/g. The mean percentage of hydrocarbon

degrading bacteria ranged from 0.009 to 0.025% (Table 3.21). The total heterotrophic bacterial

densities (Table 3.21) did not change significantly in the dry season.

The total fungal load (Table 3.21) for top soils ranged from 2.0 to 3.0x106 cfu/g with a mean of

2.5x106 cfu/g, mid-depth soils from 0.5 to 1.1x106 cfu/g with a mean of 0.8x106 cfu/g and bottom

soils have a range of 0.1 to 0.4x106 cfu/g with a mean of 0.2x106 cfu/g in the rainy season. The

percentage hydrocarbon utilizing fungi in the soils of the project area range from 0.008 to 0.02%.

The values obtained in dry season were lower (Table 3.21).

The high microbial densities in the soil samples indicate that the soil contains high concentration

of nutrients that supported the growth of the microbes. The mean percentage hydrocarbon

decomposing fungal load varied from 0.006 – 0.20%. Heterotrophic bacterial and fungal loads

did not increase significantly in the dry season. The low hydrocarbon utilizing microbial load

indicated an environment not grossly contaminated with hydrocarbons.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.21: Summary of microbiological characteristics of soil samples from the project area

Sample type

Para- Meters

Total heterotrophic count (cfux10

6/g)

Total fungal count (cfux10

6/g)

Hydrocarbon utilising bacteria (cfux10

2/g)

Hydrocarbon utilising fungi (cfux10

2/g)

% Hydrocarbon utilising bacteria

% Hydrocarbon utilising fungi

Rainy Season

S

Range

2.4 – 3.6 2.0 – 3.0 4.2 – 8.3 3.2 – 6.7 0.014 – 0.031 0.013 –

0.028

M 0.7 – 1.4 0.5 – 1.1 0.8 – 2.3 0.5 – 1.0 0.006 – 0.030 0.003 –

0.018

B 0.1 – 0.6 0.1 – 0.4 0.1 – 0.4 0.1 – 0.2 0.002 – 0.040 0.003 –

0.020

S

MEAN

2.9 2.5 7.1 5.0 0.025 0.020

M 1.1 0.8 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.0098

B 0.3 0.2 1.2 0.1 0.009 0.0078

S

±S.D

0.35 0.28 1.20 1.00 0.006 0.004

M 0.34 0.2 0.45 0.24 0.006 0.004

B 0.15 0.09 0.10 0.05 0.009 0.006

Dry Season

S RANGE

2.5 – 3.6 2.6 – 3.4 3.6 – 8.2 3.7 – 7.3 0.0108 – 0.0292

0.0029 – 0.0252

M 0.9 – 1.9 0.9 – 1.6 0.7 – 2.0 0.5 – 1.5 0.0037 – 0.0189

0.0006 – 0.0156

B 0.3 – 0.7 0.2 – 0.8 0.1 – 0.6 0.1 – 0.4 0.0019 – 0.0200

0.0013 – 0.0067

S MEAN

3.07 2.85 7.03 5.48 0.022 0.017

M 1.37 1.30 1.33 0.91 0.010 0.007

B 0.52 0.57 0.30 0.20 0.006 0.004

S

±S.D

0.33 0.31 1.14 1.07 0.005 0.006

M 0.27 0.23 0.44 0.30 0.004 0.004

B 0.14 0.16 0.15 0.10 0.005 0.002

S = Surface soil M = Mid-depth soil B = Bottom soil


____________________________________________________________________________


The oil degrading bacteria genera in the soils in all the fields are mainly Bacillus, Pseudomonas,

Acenetobacter, Micrococcus and Actinomyces. The hydrocarbon utilizing fungal genera in the soil

were Penicillium, Aspergillus, Fusarium and yeasts. These filamentous hydrocarbon utilising fungi

spread rapidly within the soil, exposing their large surface area to the oil, and consequently utilise

greater quantities of oil than bacteria.

3.10: Aquatic studies

There are numerous water bodies including rivers, lakes, streams, swamps and ponds of varying

sizes. There are two major river systems namely, Orashi R and Sombreiro River. There are also

all-season burrow pits. The Orashi and Sombreiro waterways serve as means of transportation

between the inhabitants of neighbouring communities. These surface waters serve as sources of

potable water, for washing, as fishing ground and as sinks for domestic wastes. Sand winning

activities occur at several points on these rivers.

3.10.1: Physico-chemistry of surface and bottom water samples

A summary of the data for the physico-chemical features of the project area (Table 3.22) in the

rainy season is as follows: The surface water temperature ranged from 25.0 – 29.2°C (mean

27.6°C). The pH was from 5.2 – 6.4 (mean 5.8); DO from 4.1 – 6.3 mg/l (mean 5.6 mg/l); BOD5

from 0.5 – 1.8 mg/l (mean 1.1 mg/l) and COD from 8.8 – 17.9 mg/l (mean 13.3 mg/l). The values

of other parameters are TSS which ranged from 1.0 – 3.8 mg/l (mean 1.84 mg/l); TDS from 23.0 –

650.3 mg/l (mean 153.2 mg/l); turbidity is from 4.8 – 29.8 NTU (mean 13.2 NTU); conductivity

from 42.2 – 1183.3 µS/cm (mean 22.1 µS/cm); chloride from 11.8 – 630.3 mg/l (mean 104.8 mg/l);

nitrite-nitrogen from 0.005 – 0.018 mg/l (mean 0.009 mg/l); nitrate-nitrogen from 0.3 – 1.1 mg/l

(mean 0.55 mg/l); ammonium-nitrogen 0.1 – 0.5 mg/l (mean 0.26 mg/l); phosphate-phosphorus

0.005 – 0.42 mg/l (mean 0.05 mg/l); and oil and grease from 1.0 – 3.9 mg/l (mean 2.25 mg/l). The

values for the bottom water samples for the different parameters are not significantly different (P <

0.05) from those of the corresponding surface water samples. In the dry season, the mean values

for temperature, pH, COD, TDS, conductivity and chloride increased while those for DO, BOD,

TSS, turbidity, and oil and grease decreased (Table 3.22).


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.22: Summary of physico-chemical parameters of water samples from Orashi and Sombreiro rivers in OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey

Parameters FMENV Limits (Highest desirable level)

Levels of parameters

Surface Bottom

Range Mean SD Range Mean SD

Rainy Season

Temp.(°C) 25.0 - 29.2 27.6 ± 1.40 25.4 – 29.4 27.7 ± 1.40

PH 7.0-8.5 5.2 - 6.4 5.8 ± 0.47 5.4 - 6.4 6.1 ± 0.49

DO (mg/l) 4.1 - 6.3 5.6 ± 0.63 4.4 - 6.6 5.8 ± 0.65

BOD5 (mg/l) 0.5 - 1.8 1.1 ± 0.38 0.5 - 1.8 1.1 ± 0.38

COD (mg/l) 8.8 - 17.9 13.3 ± 2.73 8.8 - 18.2 13.2 ± 2.79

TSS (mg/l) 1.0 - 3.8 1.84 ± 0.94 1.0 - 2.2 1.5 ± 0.41

TDS (mg/l) 23.0 - 420.3 153.2 ± 188.39 25.9 – 680.1 160.5 ± 196.52

Turbidity (NTU) 5.0 4.8 - 29.8 13.2 ± 7.09 4.9 - 29.9 13.1 ± 7.46

Conductivity.

(µS/cm)

42.2 - 683.3 221.0 ± 345.73 42.2 – 1233.5 228.7 ± 360.39

Chloride (mg/l) 200.0 11.8 - 630.3 104.8 ± 195.06 11.8 – 635.5 105.6 ± 196.58

NO2 – N (mg/l) 0.005 - 0.018 0.009 ± 0.0054 0.005 – 0.018 0.009 ± 0.0052

NO3 – N (mg/l) 0.3 - 1.1 0.55 ± 0.27 0.3 - 0.8 0.54 ± 0.23

PO4 – P (mg/l) 0.005 - 0.42 0.05 ± 0.13 0.005 – 0.42 0.05 ± 0.13

NH4 – N (mg/l) 0.1 - 0.5 0.26 ± 0.12 0.1 - 0.5 0.25 ± 0.12

Oil and grease

(mg/l)

0.01 1.0 - 3.9 2.25 ± 1.43 0.9 - 3.8 1.92 ± 1.03

Dry Season

Temp (0C) 28.7 – 31.6 30.7 1.4 29.1 – 31.8 30.9 1.3

PH 7.0-8.5 6.2 – 7.6 7.1 0.50 6.5 – 7.6 7.1 0.36

DO (mg/l) 2.1 – 4.8 3.8 0.84 2.5 – 4.9 3.8 0.78

COD (mg/l) 11.8 – 19.5 14.4 3.0 11.9 – 21.3 14.8 3.50

BOD5 (mg/l) 0.5 – 1.3 0.8 0.30 0.6 – 1.4 0.97 0.30


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.22: Summary of physico-chemical parameters of water samples from Orashi and Sombreiro rivers in OML 22 & 28 contd.

Parameters FMENV Limits (Highest desirable level)

Levels of parameters

Surface Bottom


TSS (mg/l) 1.0 – 1.7 1.35 0.33 1.0 – 1.8 1.4 0.35

TDS (mg/l) 42.0 – 460.8 166.6 147.3 43.0 – 465.3 154.1 153.1

Turbidity (NTU)

5.0 4.9 – 10.2 7.8 1.75 4.9 – 10.2 7.8 1.75

Conductivity

(µScm-1)

69.3 – 794.5 254.2 263.7 71.1 – 802.4 231.2 269.1

Chloride (mg/l)

200.0 12.4 – 780.3 125.6 288.7 12.5 – 782.2 125.9 289.3

NO2 – N (mg/l) 0.001 – 0.015 0.07 0.19 0.001 – 0.015 0.07 0.19

NO3 – N (mg/l) 0.3 – 0.83 0.51 0.21 0.3 – 0.85 0.51 0.24

NH4 – N (mg/l) 0.1 – 0.85 0.41 0.25 0.1 – 0.89 0.42 0.26

PO4 – P (mg/l) 0.004 – 0.014 0.026 0.05 0.004 – 0.015 0.026 0.05

SO42- (mg/l) 200.0 17.2 – 62.8 27.8 16.11 17.5 – 63.7 28.4 16.25

Oil & Grease (mg/l)

0.01 1.3 – 2.4 1.81 0.36 1.2 – 1.81 1.14 0.93

Source: Field data 2003 and 2004

3.10.2: Heavy metal of surface and bottom water samples

Surface and bottom water samples were analysed for heavy metals (vanadium, nickel, chromium,

lead, zinc, manganese, copper, iron, cadmium and mercury) in the rainy and dry seasons. The

concentrations obtained are generally low (Tables 3.23). The concentrations of zinc, manganese,

copper and iron exceeded FMENV limits. The rather high concentrations of these metals could

be associated with the levels of industrial activities in the project area.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.23 Concentrations of heavy metals in the surface and bottom water samples from

OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area Parameters (mg/l)

FMENV Limits (Highest desirable level)

Concentrations, mg/l

Surface Bottom


Rainy Season

Vanadium 0.01 – 0.02 0.004 ± 0.004 0.01 - 0.02 0.02 ± 0.0

Nickel 0.01 – 0.02 0.01 ± 0.0 0.01 - 0.02 0.01 ± 0.006

Chromium 0.01 – 0.1 0.04 ± 0.05 0.01 - 0.05 0.025 ± 0.017

Lead 0.01 – 0.03 0.017 ±0.008 0.03 - 0.03 0.02 ±0.006

Zinc 5.0 0.5 - 2.4 0.88 ± 0.79 0.7 - 1.7 1.02 ± 0.67

Manganese 0.05 0.1 - 0.2 0.13 ± 0.048 0.1 - 0.2 0.15 ± 0.052

Copper 0.05 0.01 – 0.18 0.67 ± 0.075 0.01 - 0.2 0.06 ± 0.064

Iron 0.1 0.05 – 0.36 0.19 ± 0.11 0.05 - 0.3 0.18 ± 0.09

Cadmium 0.01 – 0.02 0.012 ± 0.004 0.01 - 0.2 0.015 ± 0.005

Dry Season

Vanadium 0.01 – 0.02 ND ND 0.01 – 0.02 ND ND

Nickel 0.01 ND ND 0.01 ND ND

Chromium 0.01 ND ND 0.01 ND ND

Lead 0.01 – 0.02 0.015 0.005 0.01 – 0.02 0.015 0.05

Zinc 5.0 1.0 – 1.7 1.25 0.25 1.0 – 1.7 1.25 0.22

Manganese 0.05 0.1 – 1.3 0.4 0.52 0.1 – 1.3 0.5 0.56

Copper 0.05 0.01 – 0.10 0.05 0.04 0.01 – 0.10 0.06 0.04

Iron 0.1 0.1 – 0.2 0.16 0.04 0.1 – 0.2 0.18 0.08

Cadmium 0.01 – 0.02 ND –– 0.01 – 0.02 ND ––

Mercury ND ND –– ND ND ––


____________________________________________________________________________


3. 10.3: Aquatic Microbiology

A summary of the microbial load of surface and bottom water samples from the project area is

shown in Table 3.24. In the rainy season, the heterotrophic bacterial load in surface waters

ranged from 0.51 to 0.91 x 106 cfu/ml with a mean of 0.74 x 106 cfu/ml. The bottom waters

contained 7.21 to 11.40 x 106 cfu/ml with a mean of 9.11 x 106 cfu/ml. Similarly, the fungal load of

surface waters ranged from 0.12 to 0.61 x 106 cfu/ml with a mean of 0.40 x 106 cfu/ml. The

bottom water contained 4.21 to 7.21 x 106 cfu/ml with a mean of 5.6 x 106 cfu/ml. The mean

percentages of hydrocarbon utilising bacteria and fungi in surface waters of the project area were

1.29 and 1.42 respectively. The values for bottom water samples were much less than 1%. The

corresponding dry season microbial loads (Table 3.24) are significantly lower. These values are

low and are within the range for waters not grossly polluted with oil (Atlas & Bartha, 1981). The

generally low levels of occurrence of the hydrocarbon-utilising bacteria indicated low levels of

hydrocarbons or crude oil – related contaminants in the water bodies. The results obtained

(Tables 3.24) show that the bottom waters contain higher microbial load than the surface waters.

The higher microbial load in the bottom waters could be due partly to the depositional effect of

gravity on the microorganisms in the surface and within the water column, and partly as a result of

the higher concentration of nutrients and detritus in the sediment of the water bodies.

The population density of coliforms (Tables 3.24) obtained were in some instances higher than 10

organisms per 100 ml water sample and therefore exceeded the FMENV desirable limit for

potable water. Household water samples from hand dug well, streams, mono-pumps from the

area confirmed the presence of faecal coliforms. The WHO requires that drinking water should be

devoid of faecal coliform bacteria.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.24: Summary of microbiological characteristics of surface and bottom water samples from OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area

Sample type

Para- Meters

Total heterotrophic count (cfux10

6/

ml)

Total fungal count (cfux10

6/m

l)

Hydrocarbon utilising bacteria (cfux10

2/

ml)

Hydrocarbon utilising fungi (cfux10

2/ml)

% Hydrocarbon utilising bacteria


Coliforms* (MPN/100ml)

Rainy Season

S Range (cfu/ml)

0.51 - 0.91

0.12 – 0.61

0.01 – 0.23

0.01 – 0.12 0.0003 – 0.0022

0.0002 – 0.0050

3.2 – 15.3

S Mean (cfu/ml)

0.74 0.40 0.08 0.05 1.29 1.42 9.1

S S.D ± 0.12 0.13 0.07 0.04 0.00086 0.0015 4.2

B Range (cfu/ml)

7.21 – 11.40

4.21 – 7.21

0.03 – 1.19

0.04 – 0.21 0.0001 – 0.0014

0.0001 – 0.0017

5.7 – 21.7

B Mean (cfu/ml)

9.11 5.6 0.59 0.09 0.00055 0.0003 11.8

B S.D± 1.21 0.93 0.49 0.04 0.00048 0.00047 5.29

Dry Season S

Range (cfu/ml)

0.33 – 0.83

0.08 – 0.47

0.01 – 0.07

0.01 – 0.13

0.0001 – 0.0012

0.0003 – 0.0054

6 – 14

S

Mean (cfu/ml)

0.63

0.31

0.04

0.05

0.0006

0.0020

9.57

S S.D± 0.19 0.13 0.03 0.04 0.0011 0.0022 3.15

B

Range (cfu/ml)

6.72 – 12.02

3.52 – 9.41

0.09 – 2.42

0.08 – 1.02

0.0001 – 0.0030

0.0001 – 0.0013

11 – 31

B

Mean (cfu/ml)

8.96

7.07

0.74

0.29

0.0009

0.00062

19.71

B

S.D± 1.88

1.88

0.90

0.25

0.0011

0.00044

7.99

S = Surface water samples B = Bottom water samples * WHO/FMENV Most Probable Number (MPN) limit for coliforms is 10/100ml of samples. Samples containing greater numbers are not potable and such sources require chlorination.

3. 10.4 Groundwater quality

The results of the analyses of water samples from six boreholes located in the project area are

shown in (Table 3.25).


____________________________________________________________________________


The groundwater therefore met the WHO chemical quality requirements of water meant for human

consumption. It should be noted that the boreholes from which groundwater samples were

collected were located at considerable distances from septic tanks/soak away pits and

underground fuel storage tanks in order to eliminate contamination from these sources.

Table 3.25: Physico-chemical parameters of borehole water from the project area

Sa

mple

Cod

e

p

H

TD

S

(mg

/l)

TS

S

(mg

/l)

Tu

rbid

ity

(NT

V)

Hard

-n

ess

(mg

/l)

Alk

ali-

nity

(mg

/l)

DO

(mg

/l)

BO

D

(mg

/l)

CO

D

(mg

/l)

O/G

(mg

/l)

TH

C

(mg

/l)

Co

nd

.

(µS

/cm

)

NO

3-

(mg

/l)

PO

43-

(mg

/l)

Cl-

(mg

/l)

BH1 4.76

35.01

14.26

1.81 16 20 7.9 <1.0

3.5 0.089

0.117

67.5 0.24 0.05 8.0

BH2 4.8 31.4 12.1

1.88 13 17 6.5 <1.0

3.0 0.068

0.04 63.2 0.31 0.05 8

BH3 4.78

28.3 12.8

1.73 15 21 7.1 <1.0

2.8 0.073

0.058

69.3 0.21 0.07 8.2

BH4 4.98

26.2 10.2

0.42 11 18 7.3 <1.0

2.9 0.031

0.018

58.2 0.18 0.04 6.0

BH5 5.1 22.4 9.3 0.39 10 15 8.0 <1.0

2.6 0.063

0.04 53.6 0.27 0.02 5

BH6 5.37

26.3 10.2

0.45 12 18 7.7 <1.0

1.5 0.042

0.03 58.3 0.25 0.04 6

3.10.5 Heavy metals of groundwater

Nickel, vanadium, lead, cadmium and mercury were not detected. The mean concentration (mg/l)

of iron in the groundwater ranged from 8.4 – 12.6 mg/l the project area (Table 3.15). This

concentration is higher than the WHO limit and the water will require appropriate treatment to

make it suitable for human consumption. Zinc, copper and manganese were in very low

concentrations occurred at a mean concentration of 0.25 mg/l. This value is within the WHO limit

of 15 mg/l for potable water.

3.10.6: Groundwater microbiology

Bacterial load of borehole water samples from the project was very low, being less than 10 cfu/ml.

Coliforms, particularly Escherichia coli, were not detected. Fungi were not isolated. The


____________________________________________________________________________


groundwater samples from the project area therefore met FMENV desirable microbiological limits

for drinking water.

Table 3.26: Total heterotrophic bacterial, fungal and coliform counts, and total percentage hydrocarbon utilising bacteria and fungi of water samples from boreholes

BH 1 to 3 = Groundwater samples from boreholes 1 to 3 located on the outskirts of Ahoada and Gbarantoru. WHO / FMENV Most Probable Number (MPN) limit for coliforms is 10/100ml of sample. Samples

containing greater numbers are not potable and such sources require chlorination.

12Heterotrophic bacteria

13Heterotrophic fungi

14Hydrocarbon degrading bacteria

15Hydrocarbon degrading fungi

16Coliform count (MPN/100 ml)

17Total streptococcusfaecalis count (MPN/100 ml)

18Clostridium perfrin-gens count (MPN/100 ml)

19Escher-chia col count (MPN/100 ml)

Presence of faecal pollution indicator organisms (Escherichia coli and Streptococcus faecalis)

suggests recent faecal pollution while that of Clostridium perfringens indicates past faecal

pollution. Such sources of water require chlorination prior to drinking.

Northing Easting Sample type

Mean HB

12 ,

cfu/ml

HF13

, cfu/ml

HDB14

, cfu/ml

HDF15

, Cfu/ml

CC16

TS17

CF18

EC19

BH1

9

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

BH2

7

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

BH3

4

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

NIL

FMENV Limit

10

Zero

Zero

Zero


____________________________________________________________________________


3.11: Sediment 3.11.1 Physico-chemistry The mean values (meq/100g) of the alkaline earth metals (sodium, potassium, calcium and

magnesium) in the sediment of the project area are 21.9, 4.41, 2.0 and 2.15 respectively (Table

3.27). The mean concentrations (mg/kg) of chloride (4.7), nitrate-nitrogen (0.06), and ammonium-

nitrogen (0.02), in the area were low. These values indicated that the sediments were from

freshwater environments. The values of these nutrients are however adequate for the sustenance

of the biota in the sediment in the two zones.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.27: Sediment physico-chemistry in OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area

Detection limit = 0.001mg/kg

3.11.2: Heavy metals

Among the heavy metals, chromium, nickel, vanadium, cadmium and mercury were not detected.

However, the mean values (mg/kg), obtained for iron (0.16), zinc (1.2), copper (0.03), and

manganese (0.12) were within the range of values obtained for the Niger Delta area.

Parameters Sampling Stations

Idu Ekpeye

Burrow pit Ubie

Akinima Orashi R (Mbiama)

Stream Near Ahoada)

Orashi R (Eme)

Sombreiro R (Ahoada)

Sombreiro R

Mean SD

Na, meq/100g

19.3 18.6 20.5 17.2 23.1 20.8 23.2 31.9 21.9 3.5

K ,meq/100g

3.2 2.8 3.7 4.3 6.9 4.4 5.8 5.4 4.41 1.5

Ca, meq/100g

2.0 1.9 1.9 4.2 5.6 2.6 2.8 2.5 2.0 1.18

Mg, meq/100g

3.2 2.0 2.3 3.8 4.9 2.5 2.7 3.6 2.15 0.9

NO3-N µg/g 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.09 0.13 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.03

NO2-N µg/g <0.001

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0

NH4+-N µg/g <0.0

01 <0.001 0.02 0.03 0.02 <0.001 <0.001 0.04 0.02 0.00

1

PH 5.4 5.6 5.6 5.5 6.4 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.7 0.6

Oil & grease

µg/g

1.5 2.2 1.9 2.7 2.0 3.5 2.6 0.6 2.0 0.8

Chloride

µg/g

2.4 2.6 1.9 3.8 6.5 5.4 4.4 3.7 4.7 4.3


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.28: Heavy metal content of sediment samples from OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area


Heavy Metal (mg/kg)

Sampling Stations

Idu Ekpeye

Burrow pit-Ubie

Akinima

Orashi Mbiama

Stream near Ahoada

Orashi -Emezi

Sombreiro-Ahoada

Sombreiro-Buguma/ Degema Rd

Mean SD

Iron 0.1 0.15 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.07 0.04 0.16 0.10

Lead 0.02 0.02 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.04 <0.001 0.02 0.01 0.014

Zinc 1.1 1.0 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.8 1.2 1.1 1.2 0.25

Copper 0.01 0.01 <0.001 0.1 0.1 <0.001 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.04

Manganes

e

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.12 0.04

Chromium <0.001 <0.001 0.03 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.04 0.009

Nickel <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0

Vanadium <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0

Cadmium 0.02 0.01 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0

Mercury <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0


____________________________________________________________________________


3.11.3 Sediment Microbiology

In the OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey project area, the total heterotrophic bacteria count (cfu/g)

in the sediment range from 1.24 to 2.52 x 108 with a mean of 1.88 x 108 in the rainy season. The

fungal load ranged from 0.76 to 2.21 x 108 with a mean of 1.44 x 108. In the dry season, the

bacterial and fungal loads increased significantly (p<0.05) (Table 3.29).

The percentage hydrocarbon utilising bacteria range from 0.022 – 0.058% with a mean of 0.037%

in the zone. The corresponding values for hydrocarbon utilising fungi were 0.007 – 0.029% with a

mean of 0.017%. The percentage hydrocarbon utilisers were significantly lower in the dry season

(Table 3.29).

Table 3.29: Summary of microbiological properties of sediment samples from the project area

Para-meters

Total heterotrophic bacterial count/g (cfu x 10

8)

Total Fungal count/g (cfu x 10

8

cfu/g)

Hydrocarbon Utilising bacterial count/g (cfu x 10

4

cfu/g)

Hydrocarbon utilising fungal count/g (cfu x 10

4

)

% Hydrocarbon utilising bacteria.


Rainy season Range (cfu/ml)

1.24 – 2.52 0.76 – 2.21

0.45 – 1.04

0.14 – 0.34 0.022 – 0.058

0.007 – 0.029

Mean (cfu/ml)

1.88 1.44 0.67 0.23 0.037 0.017

S.D± 0.38 0.50 0.20 0.07 0.013 0.006

Dry season

Range (cfu/ml)

1.76 – 3.02 0.91 – 3.92

0.72 – 2.01

0.31 – 0.51 0.0011 – 0.0067

0.0013 – 0.0047

Mean (cfu/ml)

2.36 1.72 1.06 0.43 0.0040 0.0030

S.D± 0.47 1.08 0.45 0.07 0.002 0.0012

3.12 Benthic macrofauna

The nature of the benthos of OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area and their associated

macrofauna are shown in Table 3.30. The benthos had detritus in all the stations, as well as fine


____________________________________________________________________________


sand, silt and coarse sand. In the rainy season, all the stations except Ogbagi had benthic

macrofauna. The identified macrofauna included bivalves (Egeria sp), palaeomonid prawns

(Macrobrachium and Atya spp), periwinkles (Tympanostonus sp), Trichoptera nymphs,

Ephemeroptera nymphs, Odonata nymphs, chironomid and chaoborid larvae and oligochaete

annelids. Insect larvae including chironomid and chaoborid, nymphs of Odonata, Ephemeroptera,

and Trichoptera were widely distributed. Juveniles of the palaeomonids, Atya and Macrobrachium

species as well as periwinkles and oligochaete annelids were also collected from the benthos.

Fish eggs and fish larvae were collected in two stations. The river channels had dried up in three

stations during the dry season (Table 3.30). In the dry season, periwinkles were prominent among

the benthic macrofauna along with the developmental stages of insects such as Trichoptera

Odonata and Diptera. The macrofauna densities were much higher in the dry season than in the

rainy season. The benthos was actively disturbed by the activities of sand digging at Mbiama and

Emezi beach.

The high diversity of species observed in the benthos of the zone is a characteristic feature of

stable ecosystems.

Table 3.30: Benthos and benthic macrofauna (no/m2) of OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area Station Nature of sediment Macrofauna present

Rainy Season Dry Season

Ogbagi

stream

Fine sand, silt and

detritus

Nil Dried up

Burrow

pit

Fine sand, silt and

detritus

One chaoborid larvae, one

chironomid larvae and one

insect pupa

Three chironomid larvae,

four naids.

Idu

Ekpeye

stream

Coarse sand, fine

sand and detritus

One periwinkle, four

palaeomonid prawns (Atya

sp, Macrobrachium sp)

Dried up

Akinima

stream

Fine sand, silt and

detritus

Four Odonata nymphs +

one Trichoptera

Three Trichoptera, five

Odonata nymph


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.30: Benthos and benthic macrofauna (no/m2) of OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area Contd Station Nature of sediment Macrofauna present

Rainy Season Dry Season

Burrow

pit

Fine sand, silt and

detritus

Four Ephemeroptera nymphs

and one Trichoptera nymph.

Eight chironomid larvae, four

chaoborid larvae

Orashi R. (Mbiama)

Coarse sand, fine sand,

silt and detritus

Three periwinkles and one

bivalve.

Three periwinkles, five

Palaeomonetes sp, one Atya

sp

Ahoada

stream

Silt and detritus Two chironomid larvae, one

oligochaete annelid

Died up

Orashi R. (Emezi

beach)

Fine sand, silt and

detritus

Three chironomid larvae, one

oligochaete annelid

Twelve periwinkles, three

Palaeomonetes sp.

Sombreiro R (Buguma-Degema Rd)

Coarse and fine sand +

detritus

Five bivalves (Egeria sp),

three palaemonid prawns,

two fish larvae and one

periwinkle

Four bivalve spats, six

Macrobrachium sp., three fish

larvae, fish eggs

Opolo-

Epie

Sand, silt and detritus Two chironomid larvae Six chironomids, two

chaoborids

Kolo

Creek

Fine sand + detritus Two chironomid larvae, one

chaoborid larvae, two fish

larvae

Dried up

Emeya Coarse and fine sand Two periwinkles, one Atyidae

prawn and one fish larva

Three chironomid larvae


____________________________________________________________________________


3.13 Hydrobiology and Fisheries

3.13.1 Distribution and abundance of phytoplankton

Table 3.31 shows the species composition, distribution and abundance of phytoplankton in the

waters of the project area. There were at least eight species of phytoplankton in each station

although many stations had more than ten species. The species belonged to taxonomic groups

such as blue green algae, desmids, green algae, and diatoms.

The population density of phytoplankton in each station range from 15-42 individuals (each

individual comprised averagely of 7.5 cells). Diatoms dominated the phytoplankton population as

it constituted about 45% of the total number of phytoplankton while green algae formed about

28%.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.31: The species composition, distribution and abundance of phytoplankton in OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area Phytoplankton Group

STATIONS

Cyanophyceae (Blue green algae)

Op

olo

-E

pie

Ko

lo-

Cre

ek

Em

ey

a

Bu

rro

w p

it

Ub

ie

Ora

sh

i R

(M

bia

ma)

Ew

he

Em

ezi

So

mb

reir

o

R

So

mb

reir

o

R

(Bu

gu

ma-

Deg

em

a

Total %

Oscillatoria sp 3 2 3 1 Anabaena sp 1 2 1 Spirulina sp 2 3 2

Merismopedia sp 2 1 Sub total 2 5 2 1 6 2 3 2 23 7.7

2

Desmidaceae (Desmidds)

Closterium sp 2 18 2 Cosmarium sp 1

1 4 1 1 3

Micraterias sp 3 1 2 10

Sub total 2 14

23 2 1 1 15 58 19.46

Chlorophyceae (Green algae)

Protococcus sp 4 5 3 3 Botryococcus sp 5 1 4 Scenedesmus sp 2 2 3 3 Pediastrum sp 2 2 3 1 1 Eudorina sp 2 4 2 Volvox sp 2 2 2

Algal filaments (spirogyra sp)

5 2 2 6 4 3 3

Sub total 9 11 14 6 4 16 5 8 7 3 83 27.85

Bacillariophyceae

Navicula sp 2 5 2 2 2 3 Synedra sp 4 5 4 4 Amphora sp 3 1 2 2 2 Pinnularia sp 2 2 2 4 1 3 Roya sp 2 Melosira sp 4 4 4 4


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.31: The species composition, distribution and abundance of phytoplankton in OML 22 & 28 3D seismic survey area contd Phytoplankton Group

STATIONS

Cyanophyceae (Blue green algae)

Op

olo

-Ep

ie

Ko

lo-C

ree

k

Em

ey

a

Bu

rro

w p

it

Ub

ie

Ora

sh

i R

(M

bia

ma

)

Ew

he

Em

ezi

So

mb

reir

o

R (

Ah

oa

da

) S

om

bre

iro

R

(B

ug

um

a-

De

ge

ma

Total %

Tabellaria sp 2 1 1 2 Surirella sp 2 1 2 2 2 Campylodiscus sp

2 2 2 1 1 10

Coscinodiscus sp

17

Biddulphia sp 2 Ceratium sp 1 Gomphonema sp 2 2 Gyrosigma sp 2 Chaetoceros sp Sub total 14 6 17 1

4 9 14 11 3 9 37 134 44.

97 Total 27 22 31 3

5 36 38 19 15 31 42 298 10

0 3.13.2 Distribution and abundance of zooplankton

The zooplankton found in the water bodies (Table 3.32) belong to a wide range of taxonomic

groups such as protozoans, rotifers, cladocerans, ostracods, copepods, harpacticoids and larval

stages of insects and crustaceans. The zooplankton population was dominated numerically and

species diversity by the rotifers of which there were eight species. The crustaceans made up of

cladocerans, ostracods, copepods and harpacticoids were represented by ten species and

constituted about 35% of the zooplankton population (Table3.32). Larval stages of insects and

crustaceans were widely distributed demonstrating that the water bodies can support the

reproductive activities of different groups of animals that serve as food for fish species.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.32: The species composition, distribution and abundance of zooplankton in the OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area Zooplankton Group

STATIONS

PROTOZOA O

po

lo-E

pie

Bu

rro

w p

it

Ub

ie

Ko

lo-C

lee

k

Em

ey

a

Ora

sh

i R

(M

bia

ma)

Ew

he

Em

ezi

So

mb

reir

o

R (

Ah

oad

a)

So

mb

reir

o

R (

Bu

gu

ma-

Deg

em

a R

d) Tota

l %

Phacus 1 2 2 Globigerina sp 2 Tintinopsis 2 Sub Total 1 2 2 4 9 6.04

ROTIFERA. Brachionus sp 1

1 2 2 2 2

Brachionus sp 2

3 2 2 3 2

Keratella sp. 1 1 2 2 Filinia sp 2 2 Lecane sp. 1 1 2 1 Trichocerca sp 1 1 Polyarthra sp. 1 1 1 1 Lepadella sp 1 1 Sub Total 3 7 4 3 4 5 6 5 5 2 44 29.53 CLADOCERA Ceriodaphnia sp.

2 2

Moina sp. 1 1 1 2 Diaphanosoma sp

1 1 2

Alona sp 1 Sub Total 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 14 9.40

OSTRACODA Bosmina sp. 1 2 1 2 Bosminopsis sp

1 1 1 1 1

Sub Total 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 11 7.38 COPEPODA Paracalanns sp

2

Acartia sp 2 Diaptomus sp 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 Mesocyclops sp

1 1 1 1 1

Thermocyclops sp

1 1


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.32: The species composition, distribution and abundance of zooplankton in the OML 22 & 28 seismic survey area contd Zooplankton Group

STATIONS

PROTOZOA O

po

lo-E

pie

Bu

rro

w p

it

Ub

ie

Ko

lo-C

leek

Em

ey

a

Ora

sh

i R

(M

bia

ma

)

Ew

he

Em

ezi

So

mb

reir

o

R (

Ah

oa

da

) S

om

bre

iro

R

(B

ug

um

a-

De

ge

ma

Total %

HARPACTICOID

2 1 1 2 1

Sub Total 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 5 26 17.45

LARVAL FORMS

Nauplii 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 8

Insect larvae 4 3 2 2 2 1 2

Copepodid

Sub Total 2 6 5 2 2 4 3 3 3 10 40 26.85

NEMATODA 2 1 2

Sub Total 2 1 2 5 3.35

Total 12 18 14 10 10 19 14 13 14 25 149 100

3.13.3 Fisheries

The fish species collected and those observed in the catch of local fishermen in the project area

belong to 28 fish families and 58 species (Table 3.33). Fishing activities were observed in all

water bodies. Canoes, the sole fishing craft, were either the dugout type or were made of planks

neatly nailed together. They varied considerably in size from just under two metres to over four

metres overall length. Small sized canoes were operated mainly in the swamps and creeks while

larger ones were operated in the big rivers such as the Sombreiro and Orashi rivers. A few of the

canoes operated had outboard engines but the vast majority (over 98%) were manually propelled

by use of paddles. Young children wade in the shallow waters throwing nets or clasping nets to

collect small fishes. Women were fishing mainly with basket traps but sometimes they used long

lines, set gill nets, and lift nets.

Fishermen operated different types of gears such as cast nets, gill nets, beach seines, filter nets,

long lines and encircling nets in near and distant waters. Light traps were used to exploit

Pantodon sp and Pellonula leonensis. During the rainy season, elaborate filtering devices were

set across the width of small rivers (which were less than 10 metres in width). Such devices

trapped large number of fishes including juveniles. Basket traps were the gear of choice in the


____________________________________________________________________________


swamps. They were particularly effective for exploiting Channa sp, Clarias sp, Synodontis spp

and prawns.

Exploitation of shellfish (Macrobrachium vollenhovenii and M. macrobrachion) was by use of

basket traps operated mainly by women. Periwinkles were hand picked from mudflats and areas

exposed during low tides.

During the commencement of the rainy season, the Characidae including Alestes baremose and

Hydrocynus forskhalii dominated the catch. Their dominance was soon replaced by the

mochokids and clariids for the greater part of the rainy season and early part of the dry season.

During the dry season, the bagrids and the cichlids were caught in large numbers.

Among the different fish families observed, the family Cichlidae had seven species, followed by

the families Clariidae, Mormyridae and Mochokidae with four species each, while the Clupeidae

and Bagridae had three species each.

There are numerous fish ponds and small lakes within the project area particularly around Ahoada

and Abua. Ownership of fish ponds range from small sized ponds owned by individuals, through

medium sized ones owned by families to large sized ones (> an acre) owned by the communities.

Community ponds and lakes were harvested at designated period of the year usually associated

with a festival. Individual and family ponds were usually harvested during the receding flood at the

cessation of the rains.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.33: Fish fauna and fisheries in waters within the project area

Fish Family and Species

A.I Gear

Habitat

Family Clupeidae Pellonula leonensis Ethmalosa fimbriata Sardinella marderensis

C C C

6 1,2,5 1,2,5

Intertidal areas Intertidal and open areas Intertidal and open areas

Family Cichlidae Tilapia zillii Tilapia mariae Sarotherodon galilaeus Hemichronis fasciatus Hemichromis bimaculatus Chromidotilapia guentheri Oreochromis niloticus

C C C C C R C

1,2,3,4,5 1,2,3 1,2,3,4,5 1,2,3,4 4,6 3,6 1,2,3,4,5

Shallow waters including brackish areas Shallow waters Shallow waters including brackish areas Shallow waters including brackish waters Swamps Swamps Shallow waters and swamps

Family Bagridae Chrysichthys nigrodigitatus Bagrus bayad Clarotes macrocephalus

C R R

1,2,3,4,5 1,2,3,4,5 3,4

Open waters, estuaries and lagoons Rivers Open water

Family Clarridae Clarias albopunctatus Clarias buthapogon Clarias gariepinus Heterobranchus bidorsalis

C C C R

1,2,3,4, 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4,5

Swamps Swamps Swamps and shallow waters Swamps and shallow waters

Family Channidae Channa obscura Channa africana

C C

3,4 3,4

Swamps Swamps

Family Gobiidae Gobius schlegelii Gobius occidentalis

C R

3,4 3,4

Near the shore line Near shore line

Family Pantodontidae Pantodon sp

C

8

Swamps, shallow flood plains

Hepsetidae Hepsetus odoe

C

1,2,4

Open waters,


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.33: Fish fauna and fisheries in waters within the project area contd

Fish Family and Species

A.I Gear Habitat

Family Schilbeidae

Schilbe mystus

Eutropius niloticus

C R

1,2 1,2

Freshwater rives and lakes Freshwater rives and lakes

Family Mochochidae Synodontis schall Synodontis membranaceous Synodontis occelifer Synodontis sp x

C C R R

1,2,4 1,2,4 1,2,4 1,2,4

Freshwater rivers and lakes Freshwater rivers and lakes Freshwater rivers and lakes Freshwater rivers and lakes

Family Mormyridae Gnatonemus tamandua Campylomormrus sp Hyperopisus bebe Petrocephalus bovei

R R R R

1,2,5 1,2,5 1,2,5 1,2,5

Large freshwater rivers and lakes Large freshwater rivers and lakes Large freshwater rivers and lakes Large freshwater rivers and lakes

Family Polynemidae Polynemus quadrifilis

C

1,2,4,5

Open waters and estuaries

Family Periothalmidae Periopthalmus papilio

A

3

Saline swamps and intertidal areas

Family Mugilidae Liza falcipinnis Liza hoefleri

C C

1,2,5 1,2.5

Intertidal and open waters Intertidal and open waters

Family Elopidae Elops lacerta

C

1,2,4

Open waters

Family Sciaenidae Pseudotolithus elongatus Pseudotolithus epipercus

C R

1,2.5 1,2,5

Open waters, estuaries and lagoons Open waters, estuaries and lagoons


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.33: Fish fauna and fisheries in waters within the project area contd

Family Lutjanidae Lutjanus goreensis Lutjanus eutactus

C R

1,2,5 1,2,5

Open waters, estuaries and lagoons Open waters, estuaries and lagoons

Family Cynoglossidae Cynoglossus senegalensis

R

1,2,4

Open waters

Family Osteoglossidae Heterotis niloticus

C

1,2,5

Open waters of rivers

Family Polypteridae Polypterus bichir Calamoichthys calabaricus

C C

1,2,3 3

Swamps Swamps

Family Lepidosirenidae Protopterus annectens

R

1,2,3,4

Swamps

Family Gymnarchidae Gymnarchus niloticus

C

1,2,3,4

Freshwater rivers and lakes

Family Characidae Hydrocyon forskhali Alestes baremose Alestes macrolepidotus

C C R

1,2,3,5, 1,2,3,5,6 1,2,3,5,6

Open waters of rivers and lakes Open waters of rivers and lakes Open waters of rivers and lakes

Family Anabantidae Ctenopoma kingslayae

R

3

Mainly in swamps

Family Citharinidae Citharinus citharus

C

1,2,5

Open waters of rives and lakes

Family Notopteridae Xenomystus nigri

R

1,2,3

Swamps

Family Palaeomonidae Macrobrachium vollenhovenii Macrobrachium macrobracshion

C C

3 3

littoral areas littoral areas

Family Littorinidae Pachymelenia aurita Tympanostonus aurita

A A

Hand picking Hand picking

Mudflats and swamps Mudflats and swamps


____________________________________________________________________________


KEY No of species = 53 1 = Cast net No of families = 26 2 = Gill net 3 = Basket trap AI = Abundance Index 4 = Long line/hooks C = Common 5 = Encircling nets/Beach seine R = Rare 6 = Lift net 7 = Filter net 8 = Light trap 3.14 Socio-Economics 3.14.1 Communities and Constituencies The project area extends across 90 communities in Rivers and Bayelsa states. These towns,

villages and fishing settlements fall within 5 local government areas (LGAs), two in Bayelsa State

(Yenagoa and Ogbia LGAs) and three in Rivers State (Ahoada East, Ahoada West, and

Abua/Odual LGAs). The communities in the project area and their LGA’s are listed in Tables 2.2

and 2.3. Table 3.34 shows the distribution of communities within the study area.

Table 3.34: Distribution of Communities in LGAs in the Project Area

Rivers State Bayelsa State

LGA Ahoada West

Ahoada East Abua Odua

Yenagoa Ogbia

Number of communities in OML 22

13 21 18 - -

Number of communities in OML 28

19 - 1 10 4

Note: Numbers of communities listed do not add up to 90, as listed in Tables 2.2 and 2.3 because communities with controversial or unclear LGAs were omitted.

Source: SPDC 2006, Groundtruthing/fieldtrip


____________________________________________________________________________


3.14.2 Population Estimate and Demographics

3.14.2.1 Population

The analysis of population trends in the study area is constrained by the lack of accurate data.

Results of census carried out in the country in 1911, 1921, 1931, 1952/53, 1963 and 1991 have

been contested and largely rejected in Nigeria. Today, the projections of the 1991 census are

commonly utilized for development planning, partly because the government approves it and also

because it is generally considered as the closest to reality amongst other options, though there

are controversies surrounding the relative populations of states, especially the figures for

communities, which have since been withdrawn from circulation as a result of agitations. For the

purpose of EIAs, past attempts to estimate community populations by experts have met with utter

rejection by the communities, who commonly claim to have been undercounted. Therefore, this

section shall rely on the government 1991 census figures and population growth projection rates,

as well as data from smaller and more localized studies, as is considered as best practice for

socioeconomic surveys in Nigerian localities today.

Available population figures of the 1991 national population census for communities in the project

area are presented in Table 3.35, as well as their projections to 2005. This table shows that the

communities are rural, being less than 20,000 people considered as the minimum number for an

urban settlement. This is typical of the Niger Delta region, which has few large towns and the

associated catalytic effect of towns on development, a factor that has been identified as one of the

drawbacks to development in the region.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.35: Population of some of the communities in Project Area

Source: National Population Commission (NPC), 1991. (Projections to 2005 with 2.83%, as prescribed for the whole of Nigeria.)

3.14.2.2 Socio-Demographic Data

3.14.2.2.1 Age Sex Distribution

The analysis of the data gathered from a recent survey of 332 households in the project area

indicates a slight dominance of females (51.2%) over males (48.8%). The mean age was

estimated at 20.6±15.321 years, while the median age was 18 years. This implies that half of the

population is younger than 18 years, which was close to the national median of 17.5 years

reported in the Nigeria Demographic and Health Survey (NDHS) of 1999. More recent studies

(NDDC Masterplan) support this pattern of age distribution, with more than 60% of the population

of the 5 LGAs in the study area being less than 29 years old and almost 80% being less than 40.

COMMUNITY

1991 NPC Population Figures

Population Projections to 2005

Owerewere 8706 12,401 Aminigboko 5749 8189 Egunughan 1492 2125 Emesu 829 1180

Obrany 2,442 3478 Arukwo 2968 4227 Okoboh 4,735 6745 Otari 3,632 5173 Nedugo 3732 5316 Ogboloma 2288 3259 Igbogene 3536 5037 Nyenegwe 473 673 Zarama 2483 3537 Akenfa 1472 2096 Agudama 1881 2679 Akenpai 448 638 Edepie 1222 1740 Etegwe 524 746 Okutukutu 1670 2378 Opolo 3731 5315


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.36 Percentage Distribution of household members according to age composition

Administrative Units 0-4 5 - 9 10 - 14 15-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70 and above

Rivers State 6.1 9.6 14.4 29.7 17.8 11.4 6.0 3.9 1.3

Abua/Odual 2.1 8.3 13.8 23.2 27.1 15.6 1.8 7.9 0.2

Ahoada east 11.4 13.5 19.3 22.5 16.3 8.3 4.0 3.4 1.3

Ahoada west 11.0 12.5 13.9 29.4 15.7 8.8 5.6 1.6 1.6

Bayelsa State 7.7 9.0 11.4 35.4 17.3 9.5 5.7 3.4 0.7

Ogbia 11.0 11.4 13.8 35.3 16.2 7.0 3.5 1.2 0.7

Yenagoa 9.8 11.1 14.7 34.0 15.1 8.4 4.1 2.6 0.2

(Source: CPED, 2003. Demographic baseline studies for the NDDC Niger Delta Masterplan)

The population pyramid of the study area indicates an age-sex structure typical of developing

country, having a broad (large) base, which implies a preponderant younger population. (Fig 3.10)

- 2 0 .0 -1 5 .0 - 1 0 .0 -5 .0 0 .0 5 .0 1 0 .0 1 5 .0 2 0 .0

0 -4

5 -9

1 0 -1 4

1 5 -1 9

2 0 -2 4

2 5 -2 9

3 0 -3 4

3 5 -3 9

4 0 -4 4

4 5 -4 9

5 0 -5 4

5 5 -5 9

6 0 -6 4

6 5 -6 9

7 0 -7 4

7 5 -7 9

8 0 +

M a le

F e m a le

Figure 3.10: Population Pyramid of Study Area

(Source: SPDC 2004. Trans Niger HIA Report.)

Males outnumbered females in the younger ages of 0-14 and mature ages of 40 and above, while

females between 19 and 44 years old outnumbered their male counterparts. The relatively less

males than females between the ages of 19 and 44 could be attributed to:


____________________________________________________________________________


i. The common out-migration of males to seek for greener pastures in bigger towns and

cities with more vibrant economies and broader opportunities while the females stay

at home to take care of the families.

ii. The pull exerted by oil industry labor requirements on local male populations, with

consequences of creating a large migrant workforce in the Niger Delta region and a

highly mobile youth population.

An age structure that favours the young people, who are naturally in the most volatile, venturing

and uncompromising phases of their lives, has implications for conflict as well as representation.

The central role played by women in advocacy could also be connected with their dominance

amongst people between 19 and 44 years old.

Youth dominance in the Niger Delta has not only reflected in numbers but also in increasing

militancy and incursion of the power and authority structures. This can be attributed to the

reactionary mindset of Niger Delta youth, resulting from feelings of being cheated out of their

deserved benefits from oil. They believe that past and present leadership have mortgaged their

future, and hold oil companies complicit in the matter.

3.14.2.3 Marital Status

Most of the household heads (90.5%) are or have been married, while the remaining 9.5% are

single-never married. The divorce rate is 0.6%, while 22.7% of the men have more than one wife

(Table 3.36).

Table 3.37: Marital Status in Project Area

Marital Status Percentage

Monogamous 66.6 Polygamous 22.7 Separated 0.9 Divorced 0.6 Single 9.5

(Source: SPDC 2004. Trans Niger HIA Report)


____________________________________________________________________________


Fig 3.11 Marital Status in Project Area.

(Source: SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report)

3.14.2.4 Household Size

The average number of persons per household is 6, which is slightly more than the national mean

household size of 4.9 and 5.2 for Rivers State (inclusive of Bayelsa State) reported by the

National Population Commission (Figure 3.12).

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Project area Rivers/Bayelsa states Nigeria

Household size

Figure 3.12: Household size in Study Area, states and Nigeria.

(Sources: FOS/ILO 2000/2001; NPC, 1996)

3.14.2.5 Education status

Almost three quarters of the people in the study area have attended school to some level. About

seventy-three percent (73.2%) of household members aged 6 years and above have “ever been

to school”, implying an illiteracy rate of 26.8% in the study population. This compares well with the

Married

90%

Not Married

10%

Married

Not Married


____________________________________________________________________________


illiteracy rate of 28% for Rivers state as a whole (NDHS1999). More recent studies show better

literacy rates: Table 3.38 indicates that in 2003, about 80 per cent of the adults on the average

could read and write, except in Ahoada west LGA with 68 per cent.

Table 3.38 Literacy level and educational attainment

Administrative Units Adult Literacy

rate

Ever attended school

Attained Primary

education

Attained Secondary education

Attained Post Secondary education

Rivers State 79.9 83.9 33.4 49.5 17.1

Abua/Odual 89.0 92.6 39.6 48.1 12.3

Ahoada east 80.6 80.7 37.9 45.2 16.9

Ahoada west 62.2 76.9 40.2 44.1 15.7

Bayelsa state

Ogbia 88.8 93 39.6 50.9 9.5

Yenagoa 75.4 84.4 42.2 42.7 15.1

(Source: NDDC2004, Masterplan for the Niger delta region)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Ogbia LGA Yenagoa LGA Ahoada east

LGA

Ahoada west

LGA

Abua-Odual

LGA

Rivers state Bayelsa state

Adult literacy

rate

Ever attended

school

Attained primary

education

Attained

secondary

school

educationAttained tertiary

education

Figure 3.13a: Educational Attainment

(Source: NDDC 2004, Masterplan for the Niger delta region)


____________________________________________________________________________


However, the breakdown of the averages shows that the illiteracy rate is 20.5% for males and

33.2% for females in the project area while it is 13% for males and 31% for females for Rivers

state as a whole, thereby implying that males in the project area lag behind their counterparts in

Rivers state. Expectedly, the proportion of the total population in the project area that forge ahead

to complete secondary and tertiary education is far less than those that have “ever been to

school”. In a recent survey covering 36 communities in the project area (Gbaran IOGP, 2003),

almost half (47%) of the total respondents interviewed had secondary education, 26% had

primary education and about 20% had tertiary education. Only 7% of the total sampled

respondents had no formal education. (Figure 3.13)

Figure 3.13b: Educational Attainment. Source: SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report

These findings were not too far from those found in the NDDC survey of the Niger delta, 2004,

where about half of the household members were currently in school at the time of the study and

the percentage of households currently in secondary school varied from 36 % to 51% (Table

3.39).

Primary Schl.: 26 percent

Secondary Schl.: 47 perecnt

Tertiary institution: 20 percent

No education: 7 perecnt


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.39: Household members currently in school and present grade

Administrative Units Currently in school

Currently in Primary

School

Currently in Secondary

School

Currently in Post

Secondary School

Rivers State 39.2 38.4 45.9 15.7

Abua/Odual 45.3 37.6 51.8 10.6

Ahoada east 42.6 45.3 44.4 10.2

Ahoada west 41.4 41.6 43.7 14.7

Bayelsa State 43.2 47.7 40.4 11.9

Ogbia 54.1 46.1 36.8 17.0

Yenagoa 43.4 45.2 41.7 13.1

(Source: NDDC2004, Masterplan for the Niger delta region)

Very few school age children are out of school. Generally, there is hardly a community without a

primary school in the study area. Availability of primary and secondary schools is not so much the

problem as the inadequacies in the infrastructure, facilities and equipment. For instance, the

records of the Bayelsa State Ministry of Education show that Yenagoa L.G.A had a total of 139

primary schools and 18 secondary schools in 2002. Currently there are two tertiary institutions in

the study area and the College of Science and Technology in Yenagoa LGA (Table 3.40)

Table 3.40a: Selected Education Statistics (2002)

LGA % of Pry

Schools

% of Sec.

Schools

Sec. school enrolment Tertiary Institutions

Male Female Total

Ogbia 54 16 2003 1584 3587 -

Yenagoa 139 18 2737 3225 5962 College of science

and technology

Source: Bayelsa state ministry of Education 2002: Records of Educational Institutions

Direct observation and information gathered from key interviews indicate that the buildings of

these schools are mostly dilapidated and lack adequate furniture, staff, quarters, toilets, teaching

aids and science equipment. Table 3.41 shows that schools in both Rivers and Bayelsa state


____________________________________________________________________________


have the lowest Teacher/pupil ratio amongst the states of the Niger delta (1:123 and 1:117

respectively). Bayelsa State has the fewest number of schools (496) and almost twice the total

enrolment number of Akwa Ibom State, which has 1,066 schools.

Table 3.40b: Selected Education Statistics (2000) State No. of

Schools No. of classrooms

% of Classrooms in Good Condition

Total Enrolment

% Female

No. of Teachers

Teacher/ Pupil Ratio

Overall Mean Scores (%)*

Abia 1,103 9,177 25 427,642 50 9276 1:46 30.52

Akwa Ibom

1,066 9,128 25 244,392 51 13,683 1:54 25.87

Bayelsa 496 3,738 18 410,079 49 3,515 1:117 NA

Cross River

807 7,372 40 386,297 48 11,425 1:34 18.10

Delta 1,015 8,401 29 573,942 50 15,720 1:37 32.60

Edo 1,013 11,217 40 898,979 48 10,959 1:82 24.14

Imo 1,220 15,630 88 362,107 49 14,145 1:26 19.52

Ondo 1,129 6,939 73 566,184 50 12,342 1:46 30.96

Rivers 1,027 9,387 30 491,401 50 4,011 1:123 19.12

National 44,292 332,408 42.5 20,442,789 43 429,989 1:64 25.17

(Source: West African Institute For Financial and Economic Management (WAIFEM),

Education Today, September 2000 p. 4)

As reported in a recent survey: Otuasega has a sub-standard community primary school and also

a sub-standard secondary school. There are primary schools in Oruma and Ibelebiri, they are also

sub-standard in nature. The people of Oruma and Ibelebiri send their children to Otuasega to

attend secondary school. (SPDC 2004). Trans Niger HIA Report)

3.14.3 The Economic Environment 3.14.3.1 Occupation

The livelihood of the communities in the study area depends much on their natural resource-

based traditional occupations. Farming and fishing are the major occupations practiced.

Supplemented with other agricultural based enterprises such as palm harvesting and processing,

palm tapping, gin distillation, mat weaving as well as hunting. Most of these activities are carried

out at subsistence level.


____________________________________________________________________________


Aside from the traditional occupation, other income generating activities identified include petty

trading, contracting, transportation/driving, food processing, carving, tailoring, welding, motor

mechanical works, electrical works, nursing, carpentry and canoe carving. In addition, there are

few company workers and civil servants as well as teachers in local schools and tertiary

institutions.

Statistically, farming accounts for 25.6% of the occupation of the communities, fishing accounts

for 13.3% and trading 15.4%. (Table 3.41).

Table 3.41a: Economic environment (Occupational status)

OCCUPATION PERCENTAGE

Farming 25.6 Trading 15.4

Fishing 13.3 Artisan 5.4

Unemployed 11.4 Others

(Civil Service, Company Employee, Pensioner, Contractor/Business)

28.9

Cassava is the most popular crop cultivated in the communities. Other important crops are maize,

plantain, banana, cocoyam, water yam, yams, sweet potatoes, coconut, groundnut, okra,

sugarcane, pineapples, pepper and vegetables.

Fishing is carried out in the Orashi and Sombreiro rivers and the adjoining creeks as well as in the

fresh water swamps. Several types of traps, nets and hooks are utilized for fishing. Several

communities, for instance those that fish in Kolo Creek, exert bye laws that restrict fishing to

certain periods of the year, which serve as traditional conservation measures that ensure

sustainable resource exploitation.

Aquaculture is also common in the project area. Fishponds are owned by individuals, families or

communities. Stocking of fish and feeding are usually at sub-intensive levels. In addition, ponds

are used to trap fishes that come inlands during the flood seasons and are harvested when the

floods subside.


____________________________________________________________________________


Rearing of livestock is common in the communities. Poultry, especially the local fowl is the most

popular. Others are goats, sheep, rams, dogs, native cattle and pigs.

Local implements such as machetes and hoes are used for farming. The communities lack access

to modern farm inputs and technologies such as fertilizers, credit, agro-chemicals (herbicides,

pesticides etc) and tractors etc

The communities allaege that agricultural production has decreased considerably due to oil

production activities, which polluted the land and water, killed the fishes, drove away the wildlife

and reversed the fertility of the soil. Factors that may have contributed to low yield from agriculture

and aquaculture are population pressure, pest and diseases, erosion, over-fishing and other

unsustainable practices.

Trading involves marketing of agricultural products, groceries such as soap, pomade, toothpaste;

stationeries; clothing and other household items; fuel and other small business inputs.

Marketing outlets include local markets, which have specific market days; shops that are

commonly operated within home premises, local beer parlours and bukaterias; and alongside

busy roads.

3.14.3.2 Income Low income level is evident from the earnings of the people, whereby less than 31% of the people

in each LGA earn less than N20,000.00 in a month, and a range of 28% to 44% earning less than

N5,000.00 per month (Table 3.41b). This range is bearely above the World Bank benchmark for

income poverty of $1 per day, which comes to about N4,200 per month.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.41b Economic environment (Income level)

States Less than

N5,000

N5,000-N10,000

N10,000-N15,000

N15,000-N20,000

Above N20,000

Rivers State 28.8 17.4 11.6 11.5 30.7

Abua/Odual 44.6 17.9 12.8 14.5 10.1

Ahoada east 25.5 20.3 16.4 15.4 22.4

Ahoada west 58.9 19.6 8.8 5.9 6.7

Bayelsa State 30.4 18.2 10.2 8.1 33.1

Ogbia 33.2 16.4 12.9 12.1 25.3

Yenagoa 39.0 20.4 6.6 5.0 28.9

(Source: Center for Population and Environmental Development, 2003. Demographic Baseline Studies for the NDDC)

The low income levels in the project area, considering the stagnant rural economies, wherein

natives depend mainly on low-technology-driven exploitation of natural resources at subsistence

levels and with unsustainable practices.

The unemployment rate is high in the project area (11.4%), which accounts for a high level of

youth restiveness. This is especially true for OML 22 area. Some factors contributing to youth

unemployment include:

• Lack of local industries to create employment,

• Lack of marketable skills

• Inadequate mobilization, support and incentives for self-employment through Small and

Medium Enterprises (SMEs).

• Abandonment of traditional occupations, which are low yielding, fraught with hardship

and no longer command respect

• Attraction for better paying and more dignifying jobs in the oil sector

• Limited job opportunities provided by oil and gas sector and


____________________________________________________________________________


• The boom and bust patterns of oil company temporary contract jobs, resulting in long

periods of prospecting in between short spells of work.

3.14.4 The Social Environment 3.14.4.1 Housing

About 86.6% of the community members live in their own houses, while 13.4% live in rented

accommodation. (SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA report)

The housing patterns depend on the status of a family and vary from one community to the other.

Most of the houses are built using cement blocks with either zinc or asbestos roofing. However,

there are several communities where the majority of the houses are made of mud, bamboo and

thatched roofs.

Plate.3.1: Mud Houses with Thatched and Zinc Roofs in Project Area

Statistically, a recent survey showed that most houses in communities within Yenagoa and Ogbia

LGAs of the project area are of the modern type: 87% were roofed with zinc plated iron sheets,

while about 13% had thatched roof; 85% were constructed with cement blocks and about 14%

with clayey mud. On the other hand, 46.7% of the houses in communities within the Rivers region

were built with mud and roofed with zinc, 40% built with wood or mud with thatched roofs and only

about 13.3% with cement blocks and zinc roofs ( Fig.3.14).


____________________________________________________________________________


0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Bayelsa region Rivers region

Cement Blocks

Mud/Clay walls

Zinc roofing

Thatch roofing

Fig.3.14 Quality of Housing Materials in Project Area

Another study (DPC 2001), established that iron sheet roofs were the most commonly used form of roofing, while walls were mostly cement, but also mud. Thatch roofs were the alternative to the iron roofs with 31.8% usage in Bayelsa state and 23.7% in Rivers. Toilet facilities were largely absent, existing in only 10% of the houses in Bayelsa and 24% in Rivers. Table 3.42a: Social Environment (Quality of Housing by State in the Niger Delta)

Thatch Roof

Iron Sheet Roof Mud Wall Concrete Wall Toilet Facilities

Bayelsa 31.8 55.6 44.3 41.6 10.1 Rivers 23.7 62.8 26.7 58.7 24.3

(Source: Development Policy Centre 2001 p. 67.)

3.14.4.2 Social Infrastructure

As shown in Table 3.42b, villages in the Niger delta generally possess schools, but lack electricity, telephone, postal agencies and dispensaries.

Table 3.42b: Social environment (Infrastructures in the Niger Delta)

Villages With (%) Villages Without (%) Clean Water 31.6 67.5 Electricity 48.7 504 Access Roads 60.7 39.3 Primary School 98.3 1.7 Secondary School 73.5 26.5 Hospital 23.9 75.2 Health Centre 51.3 45.3 Dispensary 27.4 67.5 Post Office 27.4 69.2

Postal Agency 35.0 60.7 Telephone 15.4 82.1

(Source: Development Policy Centre, 2001 p. 65.)


____________________________________________________________________________


3.14.4.2.1 Availability of Electricity

Three-quarters of households (73.1%) have no access to electricity. This is higher than the 59%

reported for Rivers State in the 1995 Progress of Nigerian Children (PONC) report and the

national NDHS figure of 54%. (SPDC 2004, Trans Niger HIA Report)

However, there are variations in the access to electricity between Rivers and Bayelsa States

regions of the project area. In the Bayelsa State (Ogbia and Yenagoa LGA) region of the project

area, about 65% of the respondents utilize electricity as their main source of power, while 33%

and 2% use kerosene and other energy sources respectively. On the other hand, 80% of the

communities in the Rivers State region (Ahoada East, Ahoada West, and Abua- Odua LGAs) lack

electricity and depend on hurricane lanterns as the main source of lighting. Amongst the 20% that

have electricity, 10% rely on generators, while 6.7 and 3.3% have Rural Electrification and are

hooked on to the National Grid (NEPA) respectively.

Figures 3.15: Pattern of Electricity Supply in Study Area

(Source: SPDC 2003 Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report)

3.14.4.2.2 Sources of cooking fuel

Up to two-thirds of households (66.6%) were reported to use firewood as cooking fuel in the area,

while 32.8% use kerosene and none use domestic gas.

None

Others

State turbine

NEPA

None

Generator

Ruralelectrification

NEPA

BAYELSA STATE COMMUNITIES RIVERS STATE COMMUNITIES


____________________________________________________________________________


3.14.4.2.3 Roads and Transportation

The project area is traversed by several roads, amongst which are:

• The Port Harcourt -Patani -Warri highway,

• The major link road that connects Yenagoa to the Port Harcourt Warri road,

• Smaller feeder roads to the project communities and

• Unpaved roads connecting small villages and fishing settlements

Most of the communities are accessible by road all year round, while others lack motorable

access roads. For instance, Otuasega, Okporowo, Okoma I, Aminigboko and Owerewere all

fringe the sides of major roads while Odau, Odigwe and Ozochi are more remote and lack

adequate access roads.

Public buses, cars and motorcycles are the major means of transportation in the project area.

Public motor vehicles ply roads that link the project communities to major towns such as Port

Harcourt, Yenagoa, Ughelli and Warri etc while motorcycle transport is used for shorter shuttles

between and within smaller towns in the project area.

Motorcycles and bicycles are the most commonly owned means of transportation in the project

area, while a small percentage own cars. Canoes (with or without outboard engines) are owned

and used in communities fringing the Orashi and Sombreiro rivers as well as other notable creeks.

These include Oruma and Ibelebiri, which are close to Kolo creek; Ozochi and Odigwe, which are

by the banks of the Orashi river; while Ihuama, Rumuekpe and Ihuowo are by the Sombreiro river.

3.14.5 Cultural Characteristics 3.14.5.1 Ethnic groups in Project Area

The main languages spoken in the project area are Ijaw, Ogbia, Epie-Attisa, Ekpeye, Igbo and

Pidgin English. There are six major ethnic groups, which are:

• Ekpeye

• Epie

• Ogbia

• Engenni

• Abua


____________________________________________________________________________


• Gbaran

Their distribution is shown in Table 3.39.

Table 3.43 Ethnic groups and their different communities in the Project Area

Ethnic Group Communities 1. Ekpeye Ula-ikata, Ihuike, Udebu, Ihuaba, Edeoha(Biggest), Okpogudhodu,

Idu-Oke, Ihuowo, Ihuama, Ikata, Ochigba, Okporowo, Odiabidi, Ubumueze, Okoma 1, Okoma 11, oshugboko, ogbele, odigwe, ola-upata, Ihujubuluko, Ozochi.

Okogbe, Ula Okobo I & II, Ogbede, Obhodi, Odhiolugboji, Odiogbo, Odiopiti, Odieke – igbuduya, Emezi I, Emezi II, Ukpeliede, Ogbede I, Ogbede II

2. Engenni Obholobholo, Kela-Ogbogolo, Opu-Ogbogolo, Okolorama, Emezi 11, Mbaima, Ishayi, Oruama, One-Man-Country, Agboh, Akiogbologbo, Okarki, Okparaki, Kunusha, Igovia, Ikodi

3. Epie Igbogene, Nyenegwe, Zarama, Akenfa, Agudama, Akenpai, Edepie,

Etegwe, Okutukutu, Opolo. 4. Gbaran Agbai, Nedugo, Ogboloma 5. Abua Owerewere, Aminigboko, Egunughan, Emesu, Obrany, Okobor,

Emobu, Arukwo, Okoboh, Omalem, Otari, Egamini, Oghova, Aminigboko Odau.

6. Ogbia Otuegwe, Ibelebiri, Otuasega, Oruma, Obedum.


____________________________________________________________________________


3.14.5.2 Historical background

Accounts of the history of the ethnic groups by some of the chiefs and elders are provided below.

• Ekpeye ethnic group

The origins of the Ekpeyes can be traced back to the ancient Benin Empire, from where an initial

group of settlers left the Benin enclave and migrated to their present area due to wars. They first

settled into four sub-clan groups, namely Upata, Igbuduya, Ako and Ubie. Parallel settlements

were later founded by onward migrations of lineages or families. Other families joined the principal

founders to establish new communities.

Ekpeye communities are spread across Ahoada East and Ahoada West Local Government Areas

of Rivers State. Irrespective of their common origins, there are subtle historical differences that

tend to give each community its individual identity. For instance, Okporowo was founded by Elder

Olukuo, who first settled at Obigwe in the present Ogba / Egbema / Ndoni Local Government

Area, later came to Olubie and finally settled in the present place called Okporowo.

The people of Okoma 1 migrated from Benin Kingdom during the 1502 mass exodus, together

with the Ogba people. They came all the way to Ila-Ukpatta where they settled. Thereafter, they

moved to Edoha and latter settled in the present place called Okoma 1. Ogbubie is the founder of

Okoma I.

The Ihuama community migrated from a village called Ekpe in Benin. The founder is called

Ihuama. Ozochi people migrated from a town called Odeoke Ako and was founded by a man

called Ugbo centuries ago. A man called Obolobolo who migrated from Benin Kingdom centuries

ago founded Odigwe.

• Engenni ethnic group

The Engenni clan originated from ancient Benin to escape the spate of ritual sacrifices and wars

at the time. They previously settled in Kwale and Isoko areas before finally settling in the thick

forest close to the Orashi River. Initially the Engenni communities settled more inlands from the

banks of the Orashi river for fear of being taken as slaves. However, most of the Engenni

communities moved to the shore of Orashi River at the advent of palm oil trade and Christianity.


____________________________________________________________________________


The adoption of Kalabari names such as Oruama, Mbiama, Akinima and Joinkrama by the

Engennis’ was as a result of close relationships with the Kalabari’s who dominated trade along the

Orashi.

• Abua ethnic group

It is claimed that the Abua’s migrated from the Congo Basin in the 12th century; hence their

language could be traceable to the forest people of Cameroon and Congo River. The group first

settled at Nembe before coming to their present settlement, between Ekpeye and Degema. Abua,

the founder had four sons, whose descendants multiplied to form the Abua villages.

Aminigboko and Owerewere communities share a common ancestral origin from Abua.

Aminigboko who happens to be the first son of Emughan founded the place that is now called

Aminigboko. Owerewere people migrated from Okpaden in Abua central. They also have links

with the overall ancestral history of the Abua people.

The people of Odau claimed to have existed in their present place of abode since existence.

They settled in a place adjacent to their present location called the overside.

• Epie ethnic group

The Epie/Atissa Ethnic Group claimed to have migrated from ancient Benin and settled first at

Isoko, before they migrated to their present locations. The language was similar to those of Isoko

and Urhobo-Ijoh. They had been greatly influenced by the Kolokuma Ijaw culture.

• The Ogbia People The Ogbia communities possess a common ancestry. They migrated from Nembe from an

ancestral father called Olei. Otuasega was founded by Otua and Ibelebiri by Ebele, a

descendant of Oba Ese, who migrated from Ogbolomabiri in Nembe

3.14.5.3 Community power structure and governance The power structure of each community has the paramount ruler at the apex of traditional

authority. The council of chiefs, Elders, CDC, Youths leaders, Women leaders, Age grades and

Church leaders assist in decision-making and governance (Fig.3.16).


____________________________________________________________________________


Fig. 3.16:Traditional Hierarchy of Governance in the Project Communities

The Council of Chiefs consists of traditional chiefs among whom a chairman is elected. The

responsibility of the council is to ensure peace, progress and stability in the community. The

Council of Chiefs, Community Development Committee (CDC) and Youth Council play different

roles in the day-to-day administration of each community. While the paramount ruler and chiefs

play the key roles in community mobilization, decision-making and conflict resolution; the CDC

commonly focuses on community development advocacy and supervision. The women and youth

carry out the various development agenda, while the enforcement of law and order rests with the

youth.

The roles played by the paramount ruler, Council of Chiefs, CDC, Youth Council and women

commonly overlap and vary slightly from one community to another, depending on the dynamism

of transition from the previous dictatorial pattern of governance to a more democratic mode. As

with most settlements in the Niger Delta, communities in the study area are in a process of

transition from the past leadership style, whereby leadership was shrouded in secrecy and

superstition to a more democratic indigenous political system based on representative

Paramount Ruler

Council of Chiefs

Women Youth Group

Residents

Community Development

Committee (CDC)

Social groups


____________________________________________________________________________


participation, disclosure and the fair sharing of power. Table 3.40 shows the roles and

responsibilities played by these different components of community organization in some of the

communities in the project area.

Table 3.44 Roles and Responsibilities of Traditional Authorities

Community Paramount ruler/

Council of Chiefs CDC Social/Church

Groups Women Group

Youth

Ula-Ikata 2,4 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 Etegwe 4 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 Ikata 4 1 1 1 1 Ihuowo 4 3 3 3 1,3 Owerewere 2,3,4 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 Oyigba 2,3,4 2,3 3,2 1,3 1,3

Oruama 2,3,4 2,3 2,3 1,3 2,3 Ususu 2,4 1,3 1,3 1 1,3 Edeoha 2,4 1,3 1 1 1,3 Akalaolu 2,3,4 1,2 1,3 1,3 1 Odawu 2,3,4 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 Ula Okobo 1,4 1,3,4 1,2 1 1 Okogbe 2,4 3 3 3 1,3 Ogoda 4 1 1,3 1 1 Emezi 2,4 1 1 1 1 Odiereke 1,2,3,4 3 3 3 1,3,4 Mbiama 4 2 1 1 1 Aminigboko 2,4 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 Egumugan 1,2,3,4 3 3 3 1,3

Edagberi-Betterland

1,2,4 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3

Akinima 4 1 1 1 1

Legend: 1=Mobilization; 2=Decision making; 3=Development; 4=Enforce law and order

3.14.5.4 Religion and Belief System

Christianity is the major religion in the project area. Churches of the various denominations and

sects of Christendom abound in the area. These include:

• Seventh Day Adventist (SDA)

• Anglican Church – Niger Delta

• Assemblies of God

• Baptist Church


____________________________________________________________________________


• Jehovah Witness

• Holy Sabbath Church

• Olumba Olumba Obu (O. O. O.)

• Cherubim and Seraphim

• Zion Church

Despite the Christian majority, traditional religion also exists. In a recent survey in the project

area, 80% of the communities professed to be Christians, while 19% practiced traditional religion.

The reality on ground is that traditional worship is rooted in the culture of the communities and

even acclaimed Christians participate in the festivals at different levels of commitment.

Consequently, virtually all communities in the study area have communal deities and shrines,

sacred bushes, sacred streams and waters. Some of these deities and shrines are communally

owned while others are kept in the custody of specific families. Associated with these deities and

shrines are annual festivals, rites and rituals, which define the traditional religious worship,

practiced in each community. These annual festivals are considered important for warding away

evil, promoting fertility in marriages and profitable enterprise with fishing, farming and other

activities. Some deities, sacred places and festivals in the study area are provided in Table 3.45.

Table 3.45: Some Deities, Sacred places and Festivals in the study area

Community

Deity /Shrine/Sacred place

Festivals

Otuasega - Onumoto forbidden forest - Osukolo, Ibaragu and Idaso deities

- Kolo Creek Fishing festival (1st April)

Ibelebiri - Ezimezi shrine - Atoleda shrine.

- Fishing festival (1st April). - Ekpo Masquerade festival

Oruma - Amakiri Restricted /forbidden Burial grounds. -

- Osika forest - Olumogbogbo forest

- Nworoko dance - Obwiumader is a yearly event. - Fishing festival observed.

Aminigboko - Igboge shrine - Areiake forests, - Emughan forests

- Iyaal Emughan festival, 25th of February annually.

Owerewere - Igbeikele shrine/Communiy museum

- Ake-Ogbore (where festival days are proclaimed)

- Fishing festival

Okporowo - Obulebe shrines - Ogwu Ekpeye festival (September and October)


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.45: Some Deities, Sacred places and Festivals in the study area -Contd

Community

Deity /Shrine/Sacred place

Festivals

Okoma I - Odu and Udewolisah shrine (for protection and progress.)

- Ogwu Ekpeye festival September) -yam festival.

Ihuama - Okpeni shrine (protection and progress)

- Umuordu (owns the land). - Keregbu (protection and progress).

Ordu (for protection and progress)

Ekpeye festival

Ozochi - Ude-El(where people meet and discuss welfare issues.)

- Keregbu (responsible for the waterways and for protection.)

- Ogbulu Noshi (protects the people in the forest.)

- Ologba is in charge of the creeks in the Orashi River.

- Ulgbo is where criminal cases are decided.

- Ogwu Ekpeye yam festival (February – March – September)

- Egbukele masquerade (June - August wrestling festival)

Odigwe - Oweigwe shrines – for customs and culture.

- Onuowu shrine – for protection

- Ogwu Ekpeye festival (September – October

3.14.5.5 Conflict

Conflict is common in the Niger Delta region as a whole and in the project area as well. Types of

conflict include:

• Conflict between communities and companies

• Conflict between communities

• Conflict within communities and

• Conflict between communities and government

Conflict in the Niger Delta generally as well as in the study area predate the advent of crude oil

exploitation, most of which were related to issues of land ownership, especially of palm oil bearing

land, quests for autonomy and struggles for leadership, etc. However, conflict today is either

directly caused by issues surrounding crude oil exploitation or fueled by them.

Causes of conflict between communities and companies include:

• Non-recognition of community as stakeholder

• Oil spillages


____________________________________________________________________________


• Border/land disputes

• Agitation for employment

• Refusal of companies to repair damaged roads

• Non-payment of compensation

• Non-compliance with court rulings and orders

• Failure to honour MOUs

• Perceived intimidation of the communities

• Perceived “divide and rule tactics”

• Ineffective communication channels

The conflict resolution strategies of communities in the study area are through dialogue in special

meetings summoned by the elders-in-council, council of chiefs, elders and chiefs assembly,

religious leaders, juju priests, youth council and women groups. Issues could either be discussed

at the lower levels of family, age grade and women or taken directly to the community leadership.

In addition, appeals and summons are common processes utilized at community level. Issues are

referred to the police and courts, when they are criminal offences that are mandatory to be

reported and when the resolution of the conflict overwhelms community leadership.

Conflict resolution at community level could attract penalties such as fines, seizures of assets and

ostracisation.

3.15. Health study

The health study focussed on the following:

• Health Status Indicators

• Health Care Service Indicators

• Health Knowledge, Attitude and Practices

• Health Risk Behaviours

• Environmental Health Assessment

• Health Determinants

3.15.1 Environmental Health Survey This consisted of walk-through surveys using a prepared checklist of environmental health parameters to assess the general level of sanitation, waste disposal practices, water supply and housing conditions:


____________________________________________________________________________


• General level of sanitation in the communities

• Water supply sources, quantities and qualities

• Types of wastes, disposal methods

• Sewage and Sullage disposal methods

• Housing (types, ventilation, density/crowding index)

3.15.2 Baseline Health Status Indicators of OML 22 & 28 communities

3.15.2.1 Morbidity Patterns/Disease Prevalence

Analyses of disease prevalence in the project areas show that the commonest causes of diseases

in the area are communicable diseases. The most prevalent disease among the children and

adult populations is malaria. Malaria is highly endemic in these areas as a result of the humid and

waterlogged environment, favourable for mosquito breeding.

Others disease conditions are diarrhoea, acute respiratory infections, worm infestations, measles,

typhoid fever, and chicken pox. The adult population suffered also from Hypertension and Heart

Disease conditions, injuries from various causes, Arthritis, and Skin infections. The high

prevalence rate of malaria is sustained by a number of factors including:

• The abundance of mosquitoes (the insect vector of malaria, which consists predominantly

of Plasmodium falciparum, and less of Plasmodium vivax and Plasmodium malariae),

• presence of stagnant water,

• absence of pest control practices

• inadequate prophylactic drug supply, and

• inadequate diagnostic facility

It is pertinent to mention that HIV/AIDS infection is assuming an increasingly important position in

the hierarchy of disease prevalence in the Niger Delta area. For instance, the 2003 National

HIV/AIDS Sentinel Sero-prevalence Survey revealed a prevalence of 7% in Rivers State and

4.4% in Bayelsa State respectively (FMOH/NASCP 2003). This suggests that while Rivers State

is already in the explosive phase of the epidemic, Bayelsa Sate is at the verge of advancing into

the explosive phase if effective and sustainable intervention measures are not put in place.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.46a: The distribution of health problems in Project area (OML 28 area)

Diseases Hospital Based Data

Causes of Admission in Last

12 Months by Respondents

Clinical Cases Detected

During Survey

Disease Prevalence

Rate (per 1000)

Malaria 1739 245 - *10.93 Respiratory tract infections

406 49 14 1.74

Diarrhoeal diseases 385 91 35 4.34 Skin Diseases:

� Eczema 13

441

42 55.67 5.20

� Scabies 42 5.20 � Tinea infection 245 31.34 � Bacteria 21 2.60 � Papular Eruptions 77 9.61 � Hypopigmentation 7 0.86 � Lymphoedema 7 0.86 � Accidents/Injury 525 182 - *3.30

Measles 33 - - *0.2 Typhoid 5 - - Febrile convulsion 32 - - *0.20 Epilepsy 4 - - Malnutrition 4 - 91 11.4 Miscarriage 34 - - *0.21 Asthma 38 7 - *0.24 Urinary Tract Infection 122 - - *0.77 Febrile illness - 14 1.74 Splenomegaly - 14 1.74 Hernia 14 21 2.60 Otitis Media 07 0.86 Tuberculosis 14 14 1.74 Yellow fever 14 - Anaemia - 147 18.5 Jaundice - 14 1.74 Ptosis - 07 0.86 Conjunctivitis - 21 2.60 Worm Infestation 28 - Hypertension 21 38 7.3 Visual problems 14 - Arthritis 161 - Pelvic Inflammatory Disease

49 - - *0.31

Total 3389 840 898 *(Bayelsa State Ministry of Health, Federal Medical Center Yenagoa, Family Support Programme Clinic of Federal Ministry of Women Affairs, Yenagoa, Cottage Hospital, Otuasega). (Source: SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report)

Table 3.46b: The distribution of health problems in Project area (OML 22 area)


____________________________________________________________________________


Diseases Causes of Admission in Last 12 Months by Respondents

Clinical Cases Detected During Survey

Disease Prevalence Rate (per 1000)

Malaria 367 8 1.5 Diarrhoea 163 41 7.6 Respiratory tract infection 108 34 6.3

Tuberculosis 14 6 1.1 Accident/injuries 88 - - Hypertension 34 18 5.2 Visual impairment 14 - - Asthma 7 - - Skin Diseases: 204 38

• Scabies - 20 3.7

• Splenomegaly - 14 2.6

• Papular skin

• rashes

- 68 12.7

• Hypopigmentation - 7 1.3

• Furunculosis - 41 7.6

• Tinea infection - 54 10.1

Malnutrition - 279 54.3 Febrile illness - 20 3.7 Anaemia - 122 23.1 Hernia - 20 3.7 Otitis media - 7 1.3 Total 795 1104

* General Hospital Ahoada (Source: SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report)


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.46c The distribution of health problems in Project area (LGAs)

Administrative/Political and Ecological Units

Fever / Malaria

Diarrhoea Accident Dental Skin Diseases

Eye ENT Others

Bayelsa State 69.4 10.7 1.4 1.8 2.9 1.7 1.3 10.7

Ogbia 81.4 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 3.4 0.0 8.5

Yenagoa 74.5 16.2 1.5 1.5 3.4 1.5 0.0 1.5

Rivers State 69.5 11.8 4.0 2.1 2.7 2.7 1.3 5.8

Abua/Odual 75.9 15.3 0.7 0.0 2.2 0.0 0.7 5.1

Ahoada east 56.7 23.9 5.2 4.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 5.2

Ahoada west 66.1 12.9 0.8 0.8 3.2 2.4 0.0 13.7

(Source: Center for Population and Environmental Development, 2003. Demographic Baseline Studies for the NDDC)

3.15.2.2 Mortality Rates

The mortality statistics of OML 22 & 28 communities were determined using the Crude Death

Rate (CDR), Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) and Under-five Mortality Rate (U5MR).

3.15.2.3 Crude Death Rate

The crude death rate is an indicator of the relative health of a people. It is the number of deaths

from all causes per 1000 population per year. It indicates the rate at which people are dying

probably from poor health and socio-economic conditions, including the lack of access to good

quality health care and of course the HIV/AIDS pandemic. It was estimated to be 61 per 1000 in

OML 22 and 60.8 per 1000 population in OML 28 communities respectively. These figures are far

in excess of the national average of 16 per 1000 population.

Hospital records and inputs from in-depth interviews of community stakeholders reveal that

communicable diseases such as malaria, measles and respiratory infections were the greatest

causes of deaths among children below 5 years of age in these communities. Causes of death

among the adult population were predominantly from stroke, strangulated hernia, diabetes, and

tuberculosis. Other causes of death include those related to complications from pregnancy and

childbirth and of course from the HIV/AIDS pandemic.


____________________________________________________________________________


The people traditionally patronize the services of Traditional Birth Attendants (TBAs), who

reluctantly refer difficult and complicated cases to the nearest referral centres, at the General

Hospitals. Often times patients’ lives were lost because it was usually too late to make any

meaningful intervention by qualified health workers.

3.15.2.4 Infant Mortality Rate

Infant mortality rate (IMR) is widely accepted as one of the most useful single measures of the

health status of a community. It measures the probability of a child dying before his or her first

birthday. It is determined by dividing the annual number of deaths in the first year of life by the

number of live births in that year and expressed per 1000 live births. The mortality rate for the

south-south geo-political region to which OML 22 & 28 belong were determined to be 120 per

1000 live births (NDHS 2003). This measure is indicative of the inherent weaknesses in the

health care system, including the prevention and management of major childhood illnesses. It

also portrays the poor socio-economic status in general. The figure is comparatively higher than

those obtainable in developed countries (Denmark = 3, UK = 6, USA = 11 per 1000 live births)

(UNICEF, 2004).

3.15.2.5 Under-five Mortality Rate

Under five Mortality Rate measures the probability of death before the age of five. It is determined

by calculating the annual number of deaths in children less than five years and dividing it by the

number of live births in a year and expressed per 1000 live births. It reflects on the following:

• Level of nutritional and health knowledge of mothers,

• Level of immunization coverage,

• Oral Rehydration Therapy (ORT) for the management of diarrhoeal diseases,

• Availability of maternal and child health services (including prenatal care),

• Income and food security in the family,

• Availability of clean water and safe sanitation,and

• Overall safety of the child’s environment.


____________________________________________________________________________


This parameter was determined to be 249 per 1000 live births in the OML 22 and 361 per 1000

live births in OLM 28 communities respectively. These values are appreciably higher than the

national average of 192 per 1000 live births.

3.15.3 Health Care Service Indicators

3.15.3.1 Service Availability:

There are several health facilities in the OML 22 & 28 communities. These include public and a

few private health care facilities. These health facilities range from General Hospitals, Health

Centres, Dispensaries, Traditional Birth Attendants (TBAs) and Voluntary Health Workers (VHW).

Others are Traditional Healing Homes, Spiritual Healing Homes and Patent Medicine Shops.

The General Hospitals are located at Ahoada, Joinkrama, Abua, Yenagoa and Otuasega. Each

General Hospital has a complement of at least 2 Doctors, a Pharmacist or Pharmacy Technician,

12 – 15 Nurses, 2 Laboratory Technicians and Other paramedical staff.

The Health Centres are located in many of the communities and each has an average staff

complement of at least 10 to 16 health workers.

3.15.3.2 Accessibility of Services

While health facilities in the project areas are physically accessible to some of the communities, it

is not so much for others. Findings from the household interviews indicate that as many as 81.8%

could usually reach the respective health facilities within 2 hours by the regular means of transport

as recommended by WHO, (Vaughan and Morrow 1989), while the rest 18.2% require between 2

and 24 hours (3.8% of households reported 24 hours). The median time is 15 minutes

(mean=100.2±282.5 min, n=291) implying that half of the households can reach utilized health

facility by the usual transport means in 20 minutes while it will take longer for the other half.

While many inhabitants utilize the health facilities, exhibit cultural preference for Traditional Birth

Attendants (TBAs). The commonest problems found for non-use of health facilities in the areas

include:

• getting money for treatment,

• distance to health facilities and

• having to take transport .


____________________________________________________________________________


Also, the cost recovery mechanisms put in place by most health facilities/authorities such as the

Drug Revolving Fund Programme (DRF), appears to limit the patronage of these facilities, due to

high cost.

3.15.3.3 Services Provision and Utilization

The health facilities offer primary and secondary health care services. Primary care services

include curative and preventive services in the communities. Services commonly provided are

principally:

• Immunization services,

• Anti-natal care for pregnant women,

• Treatment of minor ailments,

• Family planning services and

• Tuberculosis and leprosy control services.

Other services provided at the Primary Health Care (PHC) level, which are essentially weak,

include the Essential Drugs Programme (EDP), Roll Back Malaria Programme, Control of

Sexually Transmitted Diseases, Health Education and Environmental Sanitation.

It is important to note that most public health infrastructure, equipment and drugs in these PHCs

have deteriorated appreciably and will require urgent rehabilitation. This limitation has affected the

level of service delivery in the communities. General Hospitals in the project areas are moderately

functional and take care of more difficult and complicated cases involving surgeries and, assisted

deliveries, but essentially lack the necessary complement of medical equipment and drugs to

provide optimal services to the people of the areas.

3.15.3.4 Immunization Coverage

The level of coverage for DPT3 has been established by UNICEF/WHO as the desirable indicator

to assess level of basic immunization coverage of children, 0-59 months of age. Immunization

Coverage survey within the communities using a combination of mother’s recall (positive history)

and the sighting of an immunization card (card record) showed that only 24.6% of children (0-59)

months were fully immunized in the OML 28 and 23% in the OML 22 communities respectively.

These figures are far below the national target figure of 85% for all antigens by National


____________________________________________________________________________


Programme on Immunization (NPI), but comparable to the national record of 21.4%. (NDHS

2003).

The WHO recommends that children should receive all of the vaccines before their first birthday,

thus the percentage of children that are immunized within the age bracket 12-23 months is

instructive.

Source: Adapted from SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report

Source: SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report

FIG 3.17 Immunisation status of children under five years in

OML 28 Communities

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

BCG Oral Polio Vaccine DPT Measles

Vaccines

Fre

quency


____________________________________________________________________________


It is obvious that routine immunization of children and mothers in the communities are still weak.

The “Cold Chain” status of most health facilities for preservation of vaccines in the area is also

weak.

3.15.3.5. Nutritional Status

The dietary compositions of staples in OML 22 & 28 communities are similar. The dietary

composition comprise mainly cassava, rice, beans, yam, cocoyam and plantain. Vegetables and

fruits are copiously consumed as major sources of minerals and vitamins. Animal proteins

sources are predominantly from meat: cow, goats, bush meat such as grass cutters, antelopes,

bush pigs, while sea foods are mainly fish, shrimps, crayfish, oysters snails and periwinkles.

There were however, complaints of decrease in abundance for both terrestrial and sea foods. This

has obvious implications for nutritional balance in the communities.

3.15.3.6 Nutritional Assessment of children under five years of age

The nutritional status of children (0-59) months in OML 22 & 28 communities were assessed

using Anthropometric Measurements for weights and heights. Growth assessment serves as a

Fig. 3.18: Immunisation status of children under five years in OML 22

Communities

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

BCG Yellow fever Oral Polio

Vaccine

Hepatitis DPT Measles

Immunization Type

Fre

qu

en

cy


____________________________________________________________________________


means for evaluating the health and nutritional status of children, just as it also provides an

indirect measurement of the quality of life of an entire community or population (WHO 1983)

Height-for-age (HAZ) measures stunting (linear growth retardation) and is frequently associated

with failure to receive adequate nutrition over an extended period and is also affected by recurrent

or chronic illness. These point to overall poor economic and environmental conditions, while

weight-for-height (WHZ) measures wasting or thinness, a condition that reflects failure to thrive or

gain weight or loss of weight, which infact resulted from failure to receive adequate nutrition in the

period immediately before the survey and typically is the result of recent episode of illness,

especially diarrhoea, or a rapid deterioration in food supply. The ‘Z’ score cut-off point

recommended by WHO/CDC as normal is – 2SD (-2 Standard Deviations) (Gorstein et al, 1994)

Ratings:

Normal = ≥ -2SD WHZ/HAZ

Moderate wasting/stunting = < -2SD WHZ/HAZ

Severe wasting/stunting = < -3SD WHZ/HAZ

In OML 28 and 22 communities 18.8% and 35.4% of children respectively, fell below the –2SD

cut-off mark, representing the degree of wasting, interpreted as acute malnutrition/under nutrition

in these communities, while 25.8% and 24.4% respectively, showed evidence of stunting,

indicated by short height-for-age. These figures are worse than the national average of 16% for

wasting, but better than the 34% for stunting.

The combination of moderate wasting and stunting as observed in communities also depicted the

common pattern of malnutrition observed in many parts of Nigeria; predominance of acute over

chronic malnutrition, and were in keeping with known trends in the developing countries.

High level of poverty and perhaps repeated episodes of acute diarrhoeal and other infections

might be responsible for the observed condition.


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.47: Nutritional status of under five in OML 22 & 28 communities using

anthropometric indices.

A = Height-For-Age less than –2 standard deviations below WHO reference value B = Weight-For-Age less than –2 standard deviations below WHO reference value C = Weight-For-Height less than –2 standard deviations below WHO reference value n1 = Total sample of under five, OML 28 n2 = Total sample of under five, OML 28


3.15.4 Health Knowledge, Attitude & Practices

Baseline information on the knowledge of persons in the study areas on disease conditions

commonly seen in the communities was assessed. The level of knowledge and attitude, as well

as behaviour is known to influence health practices and limit associated risks factors in the

communities.

An assessment of knowledge of community respondents based on the recognition of the under-

listed risk factors was conducted (Table 3.45).

• Contaminated drinking water and improper refuse disposal for diarrhoea

• Overcrowded rooms and inadequate ventilation for respiratory/skin diseases, and

• Sexual intercourse for HIV/AIDS.

Results revealed that most respondents were knowledgeable of the risk of developing

communicable diseases that were associated with the factors investigated.

Anthropometric

Indicator

OML 28 (n1

= 128) OML 22 (n2

= 82)

Male Female Total Male Female Total

No % No % No % No % No % No %

Stunting

A

20 14.8 15 11.0 35 25.8 11 13.5 9 10.9 20 24.4

Underweight

B

18 13.2 11 8.8 29 21.8 8 22.0 13 15.8 31 37.8

Wasting

C

12 7.8 15 11.0 27 18.8 16 19.5 13 15.8 29 35.4


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.48 Knowledge of Risk Factors for selected Communicable Diseases

Correct (%) Incorrect (%) Don’t Know (%)

Drinking contaminated water (n=203) 73.8 24.4 1.8 Improper refuse disposal (n=203) 65.3 27.7 7.0 Overcrowded rooms (n=204) 79.5 16.6 3.9 Inadequate Window/Ventilation (n=203) 85.1 9.7 5.2 STD/HIV (n=202) 83.4 16.6 0.0


In recent times, the level of awareness of HIV/AIDS has increased tremendously in the country,

thanks to the efforts of the National Action Committee on AIDS (NACA) and other collaborating

agencies (UNDP, UNICEF, WHO, WB and USAID etc). This increase in awareness has reflected

positively on the national prevalence rate, which has declined slightly from 5.4% in 2001 to 5% in

2003 (FMOH/NASCP, 2003). The National HIV/AIDS and Reproductive Health Survey of 2003

reported a 91.4% awareness level for the South-South geopolitical zone (FMOH/NARHS 2003).

3.15.5 Sexual Risk Behaviours

Sexual risk behaviours such as multiple sexual partnerships, casual and unprotected sexual

relationships as well as the use of illicit drugs and alcohol were identified as prevalent in the

communities.


____________________________________________________________________________


Figure 3.19: Perception of Sexual Risk Behaviour (Casual sex) to HIV transmission

(Source: SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Report)

Negative social habits like the use of stimulants such as drugs and alcohol are risk factors in STD

and HIV/AIDS transmission. The fact that drugs and alcohol alter normal cognitive behaviour and

increase sexual stimulation are instructive. In the process, multiple sexual partnerships and

unprotected sexual practices evolved.

3.15.5.1 Life style/habits Fig.3.20 shows the life style of the respondents in relation to alcohol, cigarette and tobacco in

OML 22 & 28 communities. The results showed that 43% of adults drink alcohol in OML 28, while

in OML 22 the corresponding figure is 49%. About 10.1% of respondents smoked cigarettes in the

communities. No female among the respondents was found to smoke cigarettes. Those that

snuffed ground tobacco were about 17.7% in OML 28 and 4% in OML 22 communities.

Very low Low Mod High Very high


____________________________________________________________________________


(Source: SPDC 2003. Gbaran Node IOGP EIA Repor)

3.15.6 Environmental Health Conditions in the Study Communities

The environmental health status of OML 22 & 28 communities was assessed by the following

parameters: potable water supply, sewage disposal methods, refuse disposal methods,

community food hygiene, vector control mechanisms, air and noise pollution and control.

3.15.6.1 Water Quality and Supply

Sources of water in the area include shallow hand-dug wells, ponds, rivers, streams and rain. The

sources are used for all domestic purposes including drinking, washing and bathing. In bigger

communities such as Ahoada Municipal, pipe-borne water supply and deep boreholes are

available representatives less than 10% of the population under study. Most other sources of

water are potentially at risk of contamination by coliform bacteria, helminthes and other parasites

and threaten to be a source of disease transmission in the communities. Water purification

methods such as boiling and filtration are not practiced in the communities.

FIG 3.20 : Alcohol intake, tobacco use and cigarette smoking among 15 years

and above in OML 22 & 28 communities

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

Alcohol Cigarette Tobacco

Fre

quency

MALE

FEMALE


____________________________________________________________________________


The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates the daily requirement of potable water for

drinking and other domestic needs per person to be 50 litres for communities in developing

countries (WHO 1994). This volume of water is practically impossible for households to obtain

because of the difficulty encountered by most communities to source potable water.

Table 3.49 :Indicators for safe water and sanitation

S/N Indicator Unit of Measurement Communities Status WHO Standards 1 Quantity of

water No of litres per person per day

<10 litres 50 litres / day / person

2 Quantity of water (access)

No of users per point (Tap or Well)

<10% of the population used a point (Tap or Well)

•

3 Quality of water (compliance with standards)

% of samples compliant

Chemical quality met WHO Standards (except for iron)

•

Microbial quality did not meet WHO Standard

• No faecal coliform in potable water

4 Proportion of households without safe drinking water supply

Percentage 80% - 90% < 5%

5 Access to safe water

Proportion with access to water within 200 m of a standing tap or well

<10% Pipe borne water should be within 200 m of reach.

6 Sanitary Toilet Proportion of household without sanitary toilet

98%

7 Morbidity from diarrhoeal diseases

No of cases treated at Sentinel Hospitals and Clinics

385 (Federal Medical Center Yenagoa, Cottage Hospital Otuasega, family support programme (FSP) Clinic Yenagoa)


____________________________________________________________________________


Table 3.49 :Indicators for safe water and sanitation contd S/N Indicator Unit of Measurement Communities Status WHO Standards

8 Housing Average no of persons per room (Adult and children)

3 – 7 persons/room Maximum of two adults of opposite sex/room

No more than one adult and a child less than 12 years old.

Proportion of household with indoor plumbing, latrines or refuse disposal facilities.

Plumbing <5% Latrines <2% Refuse disposal <1%

9 Mosquito Breeding places

No. of sites/geographic area

All communities (100%)

Proximity to populated area

100%


3.15.6.2 Waste Generation and Disposal Methods

Wastes generated in the communities were essentially:

• Domestic (refuse and garbage),

• Agricultural wastes

• Wastes from commercial activities

• Human and animal wastes.

3.15.6 3 Disposal Methods:

The disposal methods can be categorised as:

• Open litter in the communities

• Burning and

• Dumping at designated sites

Domestic wastes were usually collected in uncovered baskets, disused containers or cartons and

were disposed indiscriminately in and around the communities in bushes, rivers, streams and

creeks. Wastes from agricultural and fishing activities were collected and disposed off at farm

sites, riverbanks, bushes and open dumpsites. Commercial wastes were also disposed of in

bushes, surface water bodies, and in open dumpsites.

These poor sanitary practices of waste disposal were accountable for the favourable environment

created for domestic flies and other disease vectors like mosquitoes and vermins to breed and

transmit infections within the communities.


____________________________________________________________________________


Established sanitary methods of refuse disposal such as the use of sanitary landfills and

composting of garbage were not practiced in most communities, except for Ahoada town that had

refuse collection centres provided at designated points from where the Local Government carried

out ultimate disposal in landfills.

3.15.6.4 Sewage Disposal Methods

Sewage disposal was predominantly by pit latrines and open defeacation in nearby bushes within

the communities. For most Communities living along watercourses, sewage was discharged

directly into the water bodies around the communities in pier latrines that are built on wooden

stilts. Aqua Privy latrines most suitable for waterlogged environments were not in use. Only a few

water closet systems (WC), together with septic tanks and soak away facilities were installed in

some communities. Overall, the use of sanitary sewage disposal methods in the communities was

less than 5%.

Disposal of sullage and run off surface wastewater in the communities are often in the open

environment. This practice creates a filthy and an unhealthy environment, favourable for

transmitting communicable diseases transmission in the communities, especially malaria.

3.15.6.5 Housing Conditions

Houses within the communities are predominantly built of mud-with-zinc roofs (39.6%), mud-with-

thatch roofs (32.6%) and blocks-with-zinc roofs (27.8%). The number of rooms per house range

between 4 and 12. Room occupancy showed on the average of 3 to 7 persons per room. This far

exceeds the 2 persons per room recommended by the WHO (Not more than two adults of

opposite sex/room or one adult and a child less than 10 years old) (Park 2002)

Most rooms (60.6%) also have two windows. This condition is favourable and is necessary for the

prevention and the spread of airborne droplet infections, such as acute respiratory infections and

tuberculosis. However, the proportion of households with indoor plumbing, sewage or refuse

disposal facilities were as follows:

• Plumbing <5%

• Sewage <2% and

• Refuse disposal <1%


____________________________________________________________________________


Surveys also revealed that most homes (67.4%) utilized firewood for domestic cooking, as against

(32.6%) that utilized kerosene. Smoke from firewood if not properly channeled outside the home

represents a potential source for provoking acute respiratory tract diseases, especially among

children and the elderly with depressed immune responses.

Another source of concern related to housing in the communities is that houses built with wooden

structures and thatch roofs are quite flammable and are thus prone to fire accidents from

fish/crayfish smoking and other domestic activities.

3.15.6.7 Air Quality Assessment

In order to determine the effect of air quality on the health of residents in the communities, an

assessment of lung function using the Peak Flow Rate (PFR) was carried out on the adult

population who met the following criteria:

• Have never smoked tobacco

• Normal blood pressure (systolic<125mmmHg and diastolic<85mmHg) and

• Absence of medical conditions that could compromise lung function.

The peak flow rate (PFR) is the fastest rate a person can blow air out of the lungs into a handheld

microspirometer, after taking a breath as deep as possible. This speed indicates the state of lung

function. The PFR among the sampled adults (Fig.3.19 & 3.20) showed that, there might be

residents with compromised lung functions in the communities. The causes however, might only

be speculated until more specialized analytical studies are conducted. They could also be due to

the prevalent respiratory tract infections, proved by smoke from firewood for cooking or fish

smoking or from gas flaring from existing oil prospecting activities around the communities or

other causes.


____________________________________________________________________________




Fig. 3.21: Peak flowrate by age among adult population in

OML 22 communities

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

20-

24

25-

29

30-

34

35-

39

40-

44

45-

49

50-

55

55-

59

60-

64

65-

69

70+

AGE GROUP (YEARS)

PF

R (

L/M

) PFR 1

Standard

PFR 2

Sample

Fig. 3.22: Peak flowrateby age among adult population in OML 28

communities.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49 50-55 55-59 60-64 65-69 70+

AGE GROUP (YEARS)

PF

R (

L/M

) PFR 1

Standard

PFR 2

Sample


____________________________________________________________________________


3.15.6.8 Noise Pollution

Noise pollution in the communities appears not to be a problem of concern, as the communities

are calm, devoid of heavy industries or huge vehicular traffic, blaring of horns and loud music.

3.15.7 Perceived health hazards from oil and gas activities

Perceptions were rife in the communities that some health hazards such as malaria, respiratory

tract infection, tuberculosis, hypertension/stroke, typhoid, measles, cholera, skin diseases, visual

problems and sexually transmissible infections, identified in this study were due to oil and gas

operations, especially gas flaring and pigging.

The communities also perceived that air pollution, water/land pollution, poverty/malnutrition,

promiscuity, conflict, overcrowding, food shortage and miscarriages were attributable to oil and

gas operations in their communities as influx of people with different orientations and cultures

have invaded the communities in search of job/business opportunities and in the process

introduced behaviour alien to the communities as well as overstretching its resources.

3.15.8 Health determinants

The following were noted as health determinants in OML 22 & 28 communities that might have

contributed to the overall burden of diseases in the area.

• Health facilities were inadequate and lacked proper staffing. Equipment and drug

supply were also inadequate. In some cases, the facilities were not easily

accessible either due to bad road, lack of means of transportation or communal

disagreement/conflicts.

• Defaecation into river and surrounding bushes resulted in faecal contamination of

the source of drinking water. Lack of potable water, failure to treat drinking water,

contributed to the frequency of water and food borne diseases such as diarrhoea,

and typhoid.

• Improper domestic waste disposal methods are risk factors for water and food

borne diseases endemic in the communities. The drainage system is grossly


____________________________________________________________________________


• inadequate, and where available, was blocked by refuse and sand causing

stagnation of water. Stagnant water and swamps are breeding grounds for disease

vectors such as mosquitoes, and snails. These play very important roles in insect

and animal borne diseases such as malaria, yellow fever, and schistosomiasis.

• Many of the inhabitants are poor, earning less than N5000 per month and lived in

overcrowded houses, which arre mostly of the mud type. Overcrowding enhances

transmission of communicable diseases such as skin infections (scabies, fungal

infections etc), respiratory tract infections (tuberculosis and whooping cough etc).

• The commonly consumed foods in the communities are rich in carbohydrates. The

poverty level in the communities and the dwindling means of livelihood (such as

fishing, farming) might be a contributing health related risk factor resultingin in the

inability to eat balanced diet containing protein, fats, minerals, and vitamins. The

eating of unbalanced diet predisposes to malnutrition.

• Lifestyle and habits such as the use of alcohol and marijuana (Cannabis) might

encourage multiple sexual partners, which might predispose individuals to the risk

of STIs and HIV/AIDS. These substances might encourage violence. Habits such

as smoking and snuffing were risk factors in respiratory tract infections.

• Dissatisfaction due to perceived neglect occasionally led to violence. This often

resulted in destruction of properties with its attendant financial loss, negative

psychological impact, disruption of activities, injuries and sometimes death.

• Road Traffic Accidents (RTA) resulting in injuries resulted predominantly from poor

road networks and its irregular maintenance of vehicles and also the non-use of

personal protective equipment (PPE) such as helmets. Many motorcycle riders do

not obey traffic rules and regulations and engaged in excessive speed, thus

exposing themselves, passengers, pedestrians and other road users to accidents

and injuries.


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Four 1 of 3

CHAPTER FOUR

CONSULTATION

4.1 Introduction

Regular consultation is an integral part of the activities of the OMLs 22 & 28 3D seismic survey.

The project team held series of consultations with various stakeholders which include

individuals, interest groups (NGOs), contractor, regulators and different tiers of government. A

stakeholder engagement was held at Yenagoa, Bayelsa State on the 9th of November 2005. A

similar engagement was repeated at Ahoada, Rivers State on the 10th of November, 2005. The

stakeholders identified for the project and who participated in the various consultation sessions

include communities within the project area, NGOs ( National Council of Women Societies

(NCWS), Environment and Reproductive Health Research Association (ENVRHA), Niger Delta

Development Monitoring and Corporate Watch (NIDDEMCOW), Living Earth Nigeria Foundation

(LENF), Anpez Centre for Environment and Development, etc), regulators (representatives of

FMENV, Rivers & Bayelsa States Ministries of Environment and Natural Resources, Health,

Local Government and Chieftaincy Affairs), other government agencies, consultants, CBOs, and

the media.

The objectives of the early consultation sessions were to:

� Get the stakeholders better informed of the proposed project,

� Encourage meaningful participation of stakeholders in the EIA process,

� Build mutual trust between stakeholders and SPDC,

� Enable stakeholders’ issues and concerns to be identified early, analysed and

evaluated,

� Raise the comfort level of decision makers, and

� Bring different views on the project forward at the planning stage.

At the Yenagoa workshop in Bayelsa State, 19 communities were represented, while at Ahoada

in Rivers State, 54 communities were present. Each community was represented by five (5)

persons viz, the paramount ruler, one opinion leader/elder, Community Development Committee

chairman, one youth leader and a women leader.

The Honourable Commissioner for Local Government and Chieftaincy Affairs, Bayelsa State

and a representative of the Honourable Commissioner for Environment in the State were

present at the meeting in Yenagoa. In attendance at these fora were the representatives of


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Four 2 of 3

Federal Ministry of Environment, State Ministries of Health, Environment, Biophysical, Social

and Health Consultants, and Local Government Chairmen.

The communities that attended the EIA Stakeholders engagement meeting include: Igbogene,

Ogboloma, Ukutukutu , Yenegwe-Epie, Opolo-Epie, Zarama, Akenfa-Epie, Akenpai-Epie,

Otuasega, Obedum, Oruma, Nedugo, Otuegwe 11, Ibelebiri, Etegwe-Epie, Edepie, Agbia,

Agudama-Epie, Yenizue-Gene, Omalem, Ozochi, Okoma 11, Edeoha, Ogbele, Ikodi Engeni,

Owerewere, Kunushe, Ihuaba, Ogbologbolo, Ula-Ikata, Ula-Upata, Ula-Okobo, Odieke,

Igbuduya, Igovia, Okarki, Oruama, Ikali, Odigwe, Udebu, Oyakama, Ogbede, Okoboh-Abua,

Aminigboko, Odiopiti, Ochigba, Emezi 11, Odhiogbor, Ihuike, Ihubuluko, Oghiugboko, ihuama,

Ihuowo, Ula Okobo11, Ukpeliede, Okpoguohoa, Otari, Okparaki, Emesu, Arukwo, Emabu,

Odiabidi, Obodlei, Mbiama, Emezi 1, Okogbe, Akala-Olu, Ishiayi, Egnughau, Ogharu, Obumeze,

Obarany, Odhiolugboji 4, chiefs representing Ekpeye Council of Chiefs and other several

uninvited NGOs and gentlemen of the press also attended the engagement sessions.

4.2 Concerns and Issues Raised

Participants at the workshop expressed their candid opinion confidently in an open interactive

session and suggested improvement in the EIA monitoring exercise. The concerns and issues

raised are:

• Non compliance by contractors with the terms in the EMP such as failure in the

employment of the stipulated 60% of local labour force

• Poor wages

• High disparity between the OPTS compensation rates and the actual value of

crops and trees destroyed

• Non payment of compensation for cracked buildings

• Desirability of payment for displacement of wildlife and

• Non-repair of damaged roads.

4.3 Requests by communities

The communities made some requests as follows:

• The establishment of a tripartite body consisting of government, SPDC and

community representatives to implement the memorandum of understanding

produced from the EMP of the EIA,

• An immediate upward review of the OPTS compensation rates,

• The OPTS rates should be made available to the communities,

• An upward review of the wages paid by the contractor to local employee,


____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Four 3 of 3

• Direct involvement in the EIA preparation,

• There must be a social (amenities and infrastructure) and environmental

compensation as the current payment is entirely economic ,

• Employment of workforce should be in the stipulated ratio of 60% from the local

communities to 40%,

• Wastes (cellophane, food wastes, cans, containers, etc) from the workers should

not be thrown on the roads indiscriminately,

• Women should be signatory to the compensation payment and disbursement,

• Compensation could be in form of empowerment through skill acquisition training

and provision of starter packs,

• SPDC should monitor the performance of the contractor on site as it relates to

community and environmental issues.

• There must be accurate identification of landowners, and

• Workforce should be instructed to desist from deliberate vandalisation of farm

crops.


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Five 1 of 45

CHAPTER FIVE

ASSOCIATED AND POTENTIAL IMPACTS

5.1 Introduction

One of the key deliverables for this EIA is to identify and evaluate the potential impacts

that the OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey will have on the biophysical, social and health

components of the project environment. Correct prediction and assessment of impacts set

the basis for proffering fitting mitigation measures for the anticipated negative impacts as

well as measures for enhancing the positive (beneficial) effects.

The impact assessment process involves impact identification and evaluation processes.

Impacts are identified through interactions between the proposed project activities and

environmental sensitivities, while impacts are evaluated on the strengths of the likelihood

of occurrence as well as the rating of their magnitude and significance. The impact

prediction methodology is provided below.

5.2 Impact Prediction Methodology

The assessment of the potential environmental impacts of the proposed project was

undertaken using an ISO 14001 and Hazard and Effect Management Process (HEMP) tool.

The process included impact identification, description and categorization. The EIA process

considered interactions between impacts of the various project activities and environmental

sensitivities, as well as the interactions among the environmental sensitivities in an all-

inclusive manner.

5.3 Rating of Impacts

There are six stages in the sequence of rating environmental impacts illustrated as

follows:


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________


The details of the procedures for the EIA process are as follows:

Once an impact has been identified, it is described and a rating ascribed.

Stage 1: Description of impact

The following characteristics are used to describe each impact:

• Positive/negative (beneficial/adverse);

• Direct/indirect (directly/via intermediate factors that influence the determinants of

an impact);

• Duration: Permanent (long term) / temporary (short term);

• Magnitude: local or widespread;

STAGE 2: Qualification: Likelihood Five ratings: � High probability

80-100% (very likely) � Medium high

probability 60-80% (likely)

� Medium probability 40-60% (possible impact)

� Medium low probability 20-40% (unlikely)

� Low probability 0-20% (very unlikely)

STAGE 1: Description:

Five characteristics � Positive

/ negative � Direct/indirect � Duration:

Permanent (long term)/temporary (short term)

� Magnitude: local or widespread

� Reversible or irreversible

STAGE 3: Qualification: Potential Consequence: Five rating definitions, for environment, social, health and reputation. (see text) � Extreme � Great � Considerable � Little

� Hardly Any

STAGE 4: Degree of Significance of Impact

Four degrees of significance: � Major � Moderate � Minor � Negligible

STAGE 5: Impact Table Lists each impact, its source and its rating

STAGE 6: Impact Text Describes each impact, its source and its rating


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________


• Reversibility/irreversibility: can the impact revert to previous condition or does it

remain permanent?

Once each impact has been described, a rating is allocated.

Stages 2 and 3: Qualification of Impact.

This is based on two assessment characteristics:

Stage 2: Likelihood of Occurrence – this is an assessment of the probability of the

effect happening.

Stage 3: Potential Consequence – this is the actual result and scale that an effect

might have.

The application of each of the two characteristics is described in Tables 5.0 and 5.1.

Table 5.1 Likelihood of Occurrence

Impact Probability Impact Likelihood Impact Frequency

High (80-100%) Very likely Very frequent

Medium high (60-80%) Likely Frequent

Medium (40-60%) Possible Occasional

Medium low (20-40%) Unlikely Few

Low (0-20%) Very unlikely Rare

The potential consequence of an impact depends on two things: the magnitude of the

potential changes to the environment caused by a hazard and the level of sensitivity of the

receiving environment. This is depicted in Table 5.1.


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 5.2a Potential Consequences Classification Matrix

Receptor

Sensitivity

Magnitude of Effect

Low Change Medium Change High Change

Low Trivial effect

Slight effect

Substantial effect

Medium Slight Effect Substantial effect

Big effect

High Substantial effect

Big effect

Massive effect

The interaction between the magnitude of effect and receptor sensitivity will determine

the rating for potential consequence as shown in Table 5.2.

Table 5.2b: Potential Consequence

Effect Potential Consequence

Massive Extreme

Big Great

Substantial Considerable

Slight Little

Trivial Hardly any

The definitions for the potential consequence of environmental, social and health

impacts are as follows:

Definitions for the potential consequence of environmental impacts

Hardly any: An effect on the biophysical environment such as physical (noise,

light, air), geochemical (water, soil), and biological (flora and fauna)

that may cause temporary and/or sub-lethal effects on individual

plants and animals and does not cause any effect on population

structure or size; causes only temporary and/or minor disruption to

habitats and ecosystems.

Little: An effect on the biophysical environment that may cause small

impacts with few losses of individual plants/animals and some


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________


adverse effects on population structure and size; may cause some

degradation of habitat and ecosystem quality.

Considerable: An effect on the biophysical environment that may cause long term

loss of plant and/or animal species; local and temporary damage to

habitats and dysfunction of communities and ecosystems.

Great: An effect on the biophysical environment that may cause permanent

loss of plant and/or animal species, resulting in local extinctions of

flora and fauna permanent loss of small areas of habitat and

ecosystems.

Extreme: An effect on the biophysical environment that may cause permanent

loss of whole populations of plant and/or animals, with widespread

extinctions; widespread and permanent loss of habitats; and whole

communities and ecosystems.

Definitions for the potential consequences of social impacts

Hardly Any: A trivial effect on the social environment, which causes almost no

nuisance or damage in the community. The local culture and

lifestyle as well as the social infrastructure are somewhat negatively

affected, but the effect is only temporary. The impact could result in

some disagreement with stakeholder groups, but relationships are

likely to remain strong.

Little: A slight effect on the social environment that causes temporary

changes in the way of life of the community. The local culture and

societal structure is negatively affected. There is disagreement with

stakeholder groups but the relationship remains fairly strong.

Considerable: A substantial effect on the social environment. The way of life in the

community is disrupted and fundamental disagreement with

stakeholder groups has arisen. There is a breakdown of trust

between the company and its stakeholders although relationships


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________


have remained stable. A single stakeholder group might have

started campaigning against the company.

Great: A big effect on the social environment. There is permanent

disruption to communal lifestyle. The local culture and the societal

structure suffer greatly. There now is a fundamental disagreement

between the company and its stakeholders that destabilizes the

company-stakeholder relationship. This may affect the speed and

effectiveness of future decision-making processes.

Extreme: A massive effect on the social environment. There is sustained large

disruption of and changes to the lifestyle of a community leading to a

reduction in quality of life. Impacts have become a concern for all

stakeholder groups, irreversible damage to social structure,

traditional culture, and infrastructure and total breakdown of

stakeholder relationships.

Definitions for the potential consequences of health impacts

Hardly Any: These are mere nuisances, not affecting work performance or

causing disability, e.g. short time sleep disturbance. There is no

need to seek medical services or consult a doctor. These health

effects will disappear within a short time.

Little: Illnesses that will need the attention of medical services/doctor. They

need only a few days to fully recover and will not have led to chronic

diseases, e.g., colds, chicken pox, skin infections and irritants, or

food poisoning.

Considerable: Diseases (agents) capable of irreversible health damage causing

permanent partial disability without loss of life. These health effects

will need prolonged continuous or intermittent medical attention. E.g.,

hypertension, obesity, noise-induced hearing loss, chronic back

injuries caused by poor manual handling tasks or inactivity, chronic

infections (like sexual transmitted diseases, schistosomiasis, hepatitis


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________


A), chronic skin diseases or respiratory system diseases like asthma

caused by external agents and stresses.

Great: Permanent/ total disability or low number of fatalities: diseases

capable of irreversible damage with serious disability.

Communicable diseases like parasitic diseases (malaria, sleeping

sickness), alcoholism and drug abuse, and road traffic accidents,

cancer caused by known human carcinogens, malnutrition, heat

stroke, and severe psychological stress leading to suicide.

Extreme: Multiple fatalities: diseases with the potential to cause multiple

fatalities: Severe/fatal burns, highly infectious diseases like

tuberculosis, hepatitis B, HIV/AIDS, parasitic diseases as malaria.

Stage 4: Degree of Significance

Table 5.3 shows the impact significance with associated impact rating.

Degree of Impact Significance

Impact Significance Impact Rating

Major Major

Moderate Moderate

Minor Minor

Negligible Negligible


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________


The potential impacts were evaluated using the impact assessment matrix shown in Table

5.1.

Figure 5.1: Impact Assessment Matrix

After the rating for each impact, the determination of mitigation measures follows.

From the table above, only moderate and major impacts were considered for impact

mitigation. Continuous improvement and standard practices will address low (minor

and negligible) impacts. The positive impacts shall be monitored and enhanced.

5.4 Impact Identification

The environmental sensitivities considered in the impact assessment process of the

proposed project are:

1 Air quality 38 Balance in gender

2 Light/Solar radiation 39 Balance in age

3 Level of noise and sound 40 Ethnic balance

4 Surface water quality 41 Religious balance

5 Groundwater table/quality 42 Functioning of family structure and

traditional institute

6 Soil and sediment quality 43 Functioning of government services

7 Household water quality 44 Healthy and clean housing and living

conditions

Potential consequences

Likelihood Positive

High

Medium high

Medium

Medium low

Low

Hardly any

Moderate

Minor

Minor

Negligible

Negligible

Moderate

Moderate

Minor

Minor

Negligible

Major

Moderate

Moderate

Minor

Minor

Great

Major

Major

Moderate

Moderate

Minor

Extreme

Major

Major

Major

Moderate

Moderate

Negative

Little Considerable


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________


8 Access to household water 45 Access to clean drinking water

9 Quality of fish 46 Access to a nutritious and healthy diet

10 Availability of breeding grounds

and food for fish

47 Exposure to nuisance (dust, noise etc.)

11 Access to fishing grounds 48 Accidents from shot holes

12 Access to forests 49 Level of disease vectors

13 Availability of markets for forestry

products

50 Exposures to STIs/HIV/AIDS

14 Access to farmlands 51 Exposure to marine and traffic accidents

15 Availability of markets for

agricultural products

52 Mortality rate

16 Quality of habitat 53 Morbidity rate

17 Biodiversity/Genetic resource 54 Lifestyle

18 Estuary/Freshwater complex

(erosion)

55 Alcohol and drugs abuse/ violence

19 Swamp forest complex 56 Hygiene

20 Rain forest complex 57 Exposure to commercial sex workers

21 Farmland complex 58 Access to primary health care

22 Sense of place/well being

/aesthetic value

59 Access to secondary health care

23 Traditional value of land 60 Access to traditional medicine

24 Access to ancestral and culturally

significant sites

61 Access to emergency services (first aid,

Medevac)

25 Traditional occupations 62 Access to voluntary health organisations

26 Level of income and financial

flows

63 Respect for human rights

27 Cost of living and inflation 64 Respect for labour rights

28 Opportunities for contracting and

procurement

65 Promoting equal opportunities

29 Opportunities for local and

national employment

66 Promoting opportunities for

representation

30 Access to housing 67 Social exclusion abatement

31 Access to transport 68 Poverty alleviation

32 Access to roads and waterways 69 Morals and family values

33 Access to electricity 70 Cultural values and languages


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________


34 Access to communication facilities 71 Religious/Traditional structures and

customs

35 Access to learning and education

facilities

72 Attack by bees, snakes, scorpions, wild

life attack/poisonous plants contact

36 Access to recreational facilities 73 Third party agitation (communities, NGO,

CBO, etc.)

37 Access to sanitation and waste

Management facilities

The identification and management of impacts associated with the different phases

(mobilisation of contractors to site, land clearing, surveying, drilling of shot holes,

recording, laying of explosives and detonation, recording, damages assessment,

compensation and environmental restoration) of the project involved:

• The production of project activities and environmental sensitivities matrix;

• Determination of associated and potential impacts;

• Mitigation measures;

• Management plans.

5.4.1 Project Activities and Sensitivities Interaction Matrix

The interactions between the project activities and the above listed environmental

sensitivities, as well as the interactions between the environmental sensitivities were

evaluated. The results of the evaluation for the different project phases are provided

in Table 5.6.

5.4.2 Summary of Environmental Impacts

The summary of the results of the impact assessment are presented in Tables 5.6A -

E.

The identified negative impacts were rated as minor, moderate and major. Beneficial

impacts arising from the project were rated as positive and were therefore not

classified further.


_____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________


Table 5.4: Project Activities and Environmental Sensitivities Interaction

Matrix

Final EIA Report of OML 22 & 28 Area 3Dimensional Seismic Survey


Table 5.5A Associated and Potential Impacts: Pre-construction Phase

S/N Project Activities Impact Type of Impact

Description Likelihood Consequence Rating

1 Permitting Acceptance of project and cooperation/participation from communities and government

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium Positive Positive

Reduction/abatement of threats posed by agitation of communities and sympathetic third parties over non-disclosure of project activities, employment, contracts, CD, environmental impacts of projects and other community/third party interests.

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium Positive Positive

2 Temporary Land take for base camp.

Reduction of access to the acquired land and its resources.

E, S • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium

Little

Minor

Third party agitations over compensations, land disputes, wrong stakeholder identification, leadership tussles etc

S • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium Considerable Moderate





Increased financial flow due to compensations

• Direct

• Positive

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

High Positive

Positive

3 Recruitment of

workers

Creation of opportunities for employment

S, H

• Direct

• Positive

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

High

Positive

Positive

Conflicts/ Third party agitations over employment issues

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on infrastructure

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


4 Mobilization to

site

Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible/ Irreversible






Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


5 Site Preparation/

clearing for base

camp

Destruction of vegetation (medicinal, economic and food) Land clearing shall be limited to only 6,669 sq. m at the Oyokama sit, as the Omerelu camp already exists, hence limiting biodiversity loss (Chapter 2, Section 2.5.4).

E,S, H

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium Little

Minor

Loss of wildlife habitat E,S

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium Little

Minor

Attack of workers and community members by poisonous snakes, bees, scorpions, spiders/other wildlife and contact with poisonous plants.

H,S • Direct

• Negative

• Short/Long term

• Local


Medium

Considerable Moderate





Increased erosion of the cleared area

E • Direct

• Negative

• Long term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium

Little Minor

Increased access for hunting and logging

E,S,H

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium low

Little

Minor

Opportunities for employment

S

• Direct

• Positive

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

High

Positive

Positive

Injuries during vegetation clearing.

H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium high Considerable Moderate

Increased level of disease vectors

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium high Considerable Moderate





Traditional occupations (farming and hunting) adversely affected

S • Direct

• Negative

• Long term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium

Little Minor



Table 5.5B Associated and Potential Impacts: Construction Phase S/N

Project Activities Impact Type of Impact


6 Construction of base camp:

6a Building/Construction works - Portakabins, - Workshop, - Restaurant, - Generator house, - Sheet Fencing, - Plumbing, - Electrification, - Communication, - Recreation etc)

Pressure on existing roads with possibilities of accidents

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local



Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses

S,H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


Disturbance of soil dwelling organisms

E • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium Little Minor



S/N Project Activities Impact

Type of Impact


6b Labour requirement/recruitment of workforce:

Increased financial flow, social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS, unwanted pregnancies, truancy, violence), boom and bust phenomenon associated with temporary labor contracts etc

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

High Considerable Major

Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment

S

• Direct

• Positive

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

High

Positive

Positive

Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on social and health infrastructure

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible





Type of Impact



S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


6c Waste generation: (Solids/liquid/gaseous)

- Wood chippings, cement bags, PVC pipes, paint, lubricants, fencing sheets off cuts, exhaust from cranes/heavy equipment, domestic waste, plumbing accessories etc

Impairment of the health of terrestrial flora and fauna

E, S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium low Little

Minor

Nuisance noise, dust, emissions, lighting etc

E,S,H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


Increased level of disease vectors (mosquitoes, rats, cockroaches, flies, e.t.c)

E,S,H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium low Considerable Minor




Type of Impact


Increase in disease conditions like diarrhoea/ respiratory tract diseases.

S, H

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium low Considerable Minor


S

• Direct

• Positive

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

High

Positive

Positive



Table 5.6C Associated and Potential Impacts: Operations Phase (Survey Activities) S/N



7 Accommodation of workers

Increased social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS, unwanted pregnancies)

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses, food, health facilities and other social amenities

S,H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


Opportunities for contracting, supply of food and other supplies

S

• Direct

• Positive

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

High

Positive

Positive

7a Waste Generation Contamination of water by sewage, resulting in increase in diarrhoea and other related water borne diseases

E,H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible





Type of Impact


Third party agitation over contracts, community benefits, waste disposal, degradation of water, pressure on water and food

S,H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible




Table 5.6C Associated and Potential Impacts: Operations Phase (Survey Activities) continues S/N



8 Transportation of equipment and personnel


S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local



Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


9 Survey line cutting Destruction of Vegetation (Medicinal, economic and food)

E,S, H

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


Loss/alteration of wildlife habitat

E,S

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible





Type of Impact



E • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


Reduction of biodiversity

E • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible



S

• Direct

• Positive

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

High

Positive

Positive

Possibilities of lines cutting across sensitive locations, property, economic trees, farms, sacred places, public utilities

S • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible





Type of Impact


Third party agitation over damage to property, encroachment and compensations

S • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible




Table 5.6C Associated and Potential Impacts: Operations Phase (Survey Activities)

S/No. Project Activities Impact

Type of Impact


10 Drilling of shot holes

Contamination of ground water

E, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium Considerable Major

Potential for the shot holes causing accidents

H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible




Table 5.6C Associated and Potential Impacts: Operations Phase (Survey Activities) S/No.

Project Activities

Impact Type of Impact


11 Shooting and Recording

Increase in nuisance noise from explosives resulting in hearing impairment

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


Scaring away /Loss of wildlife

E,S • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible


Potential for accidents during hole shooting

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible/Irreversible




Table 5.6C Associated and Potential Impacts: Operations Phase (Survey Activities) S/No. Project Activities Impact

Type of Impact


12 Repairs and maintenance: (Welding, motor vehicle repairs, maintenance of facilities and servicing in workshop)

Generation of high intensity welding flash and noise Burns and injuries from welding sparks/injuries from other maintenance activities

E,H S, H

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Irreversible

Medium Medium

Considerable Considerable

Moderate Moderate

Contamination of surface soil with used lubricant

E,S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible




Table 5.6C Associated and Potential Impacts: Operations Phase (Survey Activities)

S/No. Project Activities Impact

Type of Impact


13 Provision of water Use of contaminated water

S H

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium High Moderate

Third party agitation for provision of water

S, H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium High Moderate



Table 5.5D Associated and Potential Impacts: Decommissioning Phase S/No.



15 Decommissioning - Repair of damaged roads - Removal of structures - Restoration of site

Increased opportunity for employment and contracting resulting in increased income level.

S, H

• Direct

• Positive

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium high

Positive

Positive

Nuisance (Noise, emission, Vibration etc) from heavy machinery.

E,S,H

• Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

Medium

Little

Minor

Third Party Agitation due to Employment issues and loss of benefits as host communities

S. H • Direct

• Negative

• Short term

• Local

• Reversible

High Considerable Moderate



5.5 List of Identified Impacts

The identified negative (major/moderate) and positive impacts for the project

activities are:

5.5.1 Pre-construction Phase

• Acceptance of project and cooperation/participation from communities and

government

• Reduction/abatement of threats posed by agitation of communities and

sympathetic third parties over non-disclosure of project activities, employment,

contracts, CD, environmental impacts of projects and other community/third party

interests.

• Reduction of access to the acquired land and its resources.

• Third party agitations over compensations, land disputes, wrong stakeholder

identification and, leadership tussles etc

• Increased financial flow due to compensations

• Creation of opportunities for employment

• Conflicts/ Third party agitations over employment issues

• Influx of job prospectors into communities, thereby exerting pressure on

infrastructure

• Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents

• Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads

• Destruction of vegetation (medicinal, economic and food), loss of wildlife habitat

• Attack of workers and community members by poisonous snakes, bees,

scorpions, and other wildlife and contact with poisonous plants.

• Increased erosion of the cleared area

• Increased access for hunting and logging

• Opportunities for employment

• Injuries during vegetation clearing.

• Increased level of disease vectors and

• Traditional occupations (farming and hunting) adversely affected



5.5.2 Construction Phase

• Pressure on existing roads with possibilities of accidents

• Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses

• Disturbance of soil dwelling organisms

• Increased financial flow, social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS,

unwanted pregnancies, truancy, violence), boom and bust phenomenon

associated with temporary labor contracts etc

• Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment

• Influx of job prospectors into communities, thereby exerting pressure on social

and health infrastructure

• Conflicts/ Third party agitations over employment issues

• Impairment of the health of terrestrial flora and fauna

• Nuisance noise, dust, emissions, lighting

• Increased level of disease vectors (mosquitoes, rats, cockroaches, flies,)

• Increase in disease conditions like diarrhoea/ respiratory tract diseases.


5.5.3 Operations Phase

• Increased social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS, unwanted

pregnancies)

• Pressure on: available water for domestic and other uses, health facilities,

schools and other social amenities

• Pressure on available food with implications for malnutrition in children

• Generation of domestic waste/sewage disposal

• Degradation of water quality by sewage, resulting in increase in coliforms and

thereby diarrhea and other related water borne diseases

• Opportunities for contracting, supply of food and supplies

• Third party agitation over contracts, community benefits, waste disposal,

degradation of water, pressure on water and food

• Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents

• Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads

• Destruction of Vegetation (Medicinal, economic and food)

• Loss/alteration of wildlife habitat



• Increased access for hunting and logging

• Reduction of biodiversity


• Possibilities of lines cutting across sensitive locations, property, economic trees,

farms, sacred places, public utilities

• Third party agitation over damage to property, encroachment and compensations

• Contamination of groundwater

• Potential for the shot holes causing accidents

• Increase in nuisance noise from explosives resulting in hearing impairment

• Scaring away /Loss of wildlife

• Potential for accidents during hole shooting

• Generation of high intensity welding flash and noise

• Burns and injuries from welding sparks/injuries from other maintenance activities

• Contamination of surface soil with used lubricant

• Use of contaminated water

• Third party agitation for provision of water

5.5.4 Decommissioning Phase

• Increased opportunity for employment and contracting resulting in increased

income level.

• Nuisance (Noise, emission, Vibration) from heavy machinery.

• Third Party Agitation due to Employment Issues and Loss of Benefits as Pipeline

Host Communities

5.6 Description of Impacts

The major and moderate negative impacts for the project are described below:

5.7.1 Pre-Construction Phase

• Permitting



Permitting is the process of obtaining permission of communities/ individuals and

relevant government agencies on issues related to the project.

o Acceptance of project and cooperation/participation from communities

and government.

Prior to commencement of the project, extensive stakeholder consultations will be

carried out with communities, State and Local Government agencies, NGOs/CBOs to

enlist their support, cooperation and participation in the project. The occurrence of

this rated as medium and the impact positive

o Reduction/abatement of threats posed by agitation of communities

Sometimes there are agitation by communities and other sympathetic third parties

over non-disclosure of project activities, employment, contracts, CD, environmental

impacts of projects and other community/third party interests. The impact was

described as direct, negative, short-term, local, reversible and rated moderate.

• Temporary Landtake for base camp

Land could be required on temporary basis for the construction of a base camp by the

contractor. The area of land to acquire could be 116 x 64 m2. This land will be re-

vegetated with indigenous plant species at the end of the project and returned to the

owners. The possible impacts from the activity are:

o Reduction of Access to Land and its Resources

The vegetation of the required land contains economic plants such as cassava,

yams, cocoyam, oil palm, mango and palm trees, etc. Land acquisition in this vicinity

could thus eliminate the crops. Similarly, some of the wildlife species identified in the

project area were grass cutters, birds. Land take could deny access to these

resources, as they would be cleared. The impact was described as direct, negative,

short term, local and reversible. It was rated as minor.

o Third Party Agitations

Landtake sometimes leads to community agitation due either to compensation

issues, or stakeholder identification, or incoherence in leadership hierarchy and/or



from boundary recognition between communities. The impact was described as

direct, negative, short-term, local, reversible and rated moderate.

o Increased financial flow due to compensations

Financial and other compensations accruing to the communities and individuals as

a result of land acquisition shall yield direct, short term, local, reversible and rated

positive

• Recruitment of Workers

o Creation of opportunities for employment

This project is manual labour intensive and could create opportunity for

temporary employment, contracting and increase in income for the

communities. The impact was direct, short term, local, reversible, and rated

positive.

o Conflicts/ Third party agitations over employment issues

Due to the fact that all available local labour cannot possibly be engaged for

the project, conflicts and agitations could arise over distribution of

employment slots to individuals and communities. This impact is direct,

negative, short term, reversible and rated moderate.

o Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on

infrastructure

The influx of job seekers into the communities for employment opportunities

could exert additional pressure on limited community resources such as

water supply, available food sources and housing. This impact is rated direct,

negative, short term, local reversible and moderate.

• Mobilization to Site

o Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents.

Mobilization of workers and equipment to site could result in the increase in traffic

in the area and predispose to accidents. This impact is rated as direct, negative,

short term, local, reversible/irreversible and moderate



o Increase in usage of roads and resultant damage to existing roads

In the same vein, increase in road usage could result in increase in road traffic

accidents due to road congestion. This phenomenon is rated as direct, negative,

short-term, local and reversible. It is a moderate impact.

• Site Preparation/ clearing for base camp

The site preparation activity for the project would consist primarily of

vegetation clearing the temporary area that would be acquired for the

construction of base camp. The potential impacts of this are:

o Destruction of Vegetation (Medicinal, Economic and Food)/Loss of Wildlife

Habit

The removal of the vegetations on the temporarily acquired land could lead to

loss of any medicinal, economic or food crops in the area. The wildlife that

used this vegetation for habitat would also be deprived of them. The impact

was direct, negative, short term, local, reversible and rated minor.

o Exposure of Workers, Community Members to

Attack by Poisonous Snakes, Bees, Scorpions, Spiders/Other Wildlife and

Contact With Poisonous Plants

The project area had some dangerous animals like snakes, scorpions, bees etc

and plants poisonous plants. Field workers engaged in vegetation clearing could

be exposed to attack by these animals and plants. These attacks could result in

injuries, poisoning or even death. The impact was described as direct, negative,

short/ long term, local, reversible/ irreversible and rated moderate.

o Increased Erosion of the Cleared Area

The project area experiences high level of rainfall annually. These features render

the area prone to erosion when the vegetation is cleared. The impact was direct,

negative, short term, local and reversible. It was rated minor.



o Increased access for hunting and logging

The clearing of vegetation for the construction of base camp could provide access to

individuals for hunting of wild life and logging activities. This impact though minor

would be direct, negative, short term, local and reversible.

o Opportunities for Employment

The site clearing could be done manually using local hands. This could create

opportunity for employment, contracting and increase in income for the communities.

The impact was direct, short term, local, reversible and rated positive.

o Injuries during vegetation clearing.

The process of vegetation clearing is essentially manual, and so workers are

exposed to some degree of risk of injuries. This impact is rated as direct, negative,

short term, local, reversible and moderate.

o Increased level of disease vectors

Disease vectors such as dangerous insects: bees,and mosquitoes etc. could be

dislodged from their usual habitat towards the communities and increase the risk of

diseases in the communities. This impact could be direct, negative, short term, local,

reversible. It is rated moderate.

o Traditional occupations (farming and hunting) adversely affected

Bush clearing/site preparation after landtake could affect the farming and hunting

activities. This impact is rated as minor, but could be direct, negative, short term, and

local.

5.7.2 Construction Phase

• Building/construction works

o Pressure on existing roads with possibilities of accidents

The activities of building and construction would result in the increase of road usage due

to movement of personnel and equipment. The aftermath of this could be accidents as a



result of immense pressure put on the roads. This impact is direct, negative, short term,

local and reversible. It rated moderate.

o Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses

Building and construction works will involve a good number of workers on site, and could

put unwarranted pressure on communities’ domestic water supply and other resources.

This could be direct, negative, short term, local, reversible. It is rated as moderate.

o Disturbance of soil dwelling organisms

Construction works will disrupt the natural habitat of soil dwelling organisms. However,

the extent of this activity is limited to the base camp alone and therefore, could only

exert a minor, but direct, negative, short term, local and reversible impact.

• Labour requirement/recruitment of workforce

o Increased financial flow, social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to

HIV/AIDS, unwanted pregnancies, truancy, violence), boom and bust

phenomenon associated with temporary labor contracts.

The increase in financial flow could lead to social vices like violence, alcoholism,

attraction of commercial sex workers (CSW), substances abuse, and teenage

pregnancies. This could lead to increase in sexually transmissible diseases (HIV/AIDS,

and syphilis), injuries, and loss of life or properties. This impact is rated as direct,

negative, short term, local, reversible and major.

o Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment

The project could offer employment for the indigenes at various stages. This could

improve income. The impact was described as direct, short term, local/widespread and

reversible. It was rated positive.

o Influx of job prospectors into communities, thereby exerting pressure on social

and health infrastructure

Migrant labour could be attracted to the project area. This increase in population of the

area could put pressure on the already deficient infrastructure. These could lead to



overcrowding with potential for increase in communicable diseases like malaria,

respiratory tract infections and, skin diseases. The impact was direct, negative, short

term, local and reversible. It was rated moderate.


Labour issues are always a source of friction between companies and communities and

also among community members. The agitation could be either due to requests for a

certain number of labour that could not be met or sharing the labour slots in the

community. The impact was described as direct, negative, short term, local and

reversible. It was rated major.

• Waste generation

o Impairment of the health of terrestrial flora and fauna

In the aquatic system, eutrophication could result if food wastes are dumped into them.

The algal bloom as well as zooplanktons deplete the dissolved oxygen, increasing the

BOD. Other wastes could raise the toxicity level (heavy metals) of the water. All

organisms linked to the food web including fish and man could be affected. The impact

was direct, negative, short term, local and reversible. The rating is moderate.

o Nuisance noise, dust, emissions, lighting etc

The use of heavy equipment like welding machines, generators etc could

generate nuisance in form of noise, emission and vibrations. The noise could

impair hearing. Emissions (SPM, COx, SOx, NOx) from these construction

equipment could impair air quality and predispose to respiratory tract disease.

The workforce at such locations could be exposed to noise. The national limit for

occupational noise exposure is 90 dB(A) for eight hours continuous exposure.

The impact was direct, negative, short term, local, reversible and rated moderate.

o Increased level of disease vectors (mosquitoes, rats, cockroaches, flies, e.t.c)

Wastes disposed haphazardly form microenvironments for breeding of disease

vectors. The crevices could provide habitats for mosquitoes, rats, cockroaches,

flies. The impact is direct, negative, short term, local and reversible with a

moderate rating.



o Increase in disease conditions like diarrhoea/ respiratory tract diseases.

Consequent on disposal of wastes without proper adherence to sanitary

guidelines, discharge of sewage into the water bodies, the preponderance of

disease vectors could lead to widespread increase in diarrhoea diseases. The

impact was direct, negative, short term, local and reversible. The rating is

moderate.


The project could offer employment for the indigenes at various stages. This

could improve income. The impact was described as direct, short term,

local/widespread and reversible. It was rated positive

5.6.3 Operations Phase

The potential impacts of this phase are:

Accommodation of workers:

o Increased social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS, unwanted

pregnancies)

The increase in population could lead to social vices like violence, alcoholism, attraction

of commercial sex workers (CSW), substances abuse and teenage pregnancies. This

could lead to increase in sexually transmissible diseases (HIV/AIDS and syphilis, etc),

injuries, loss of life or properties. This impact is direct, negative, short term, local and

major.

o Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses, health facilities,

schools and other social amenities

Similarly increase in population could put unwarranted pressure on communities’

domestic water supply and other resources in communities with already poor

infrastructure. This could be direct, negative, short term, local, reversible. It is rated as

moderate.



o Pressure on available food with implications for malnutrition in children

The increase in population of the area could also put pressure on the available food

resources in the communities. These could lead to shortages in food supply and with a

potential to affect children especially. The impact was direct, negative, short term, local

and reversible. It was rated moderate.

Waste generation

o Contamination of water quality by sewage, resulting in increase in coliforms

and thereby diarrhea and other related water borne diseases

Consequent on disposal of wastes without proper adherence to sanitary guidelines,

discharge of sewage into the water bodies, the preponderance of disease vectors could

lead to widespread increase in diarrhea diseases. The impact was direct, negative, short

term, local and reversible. The rating is moderate.

o Opportunities for contracting, supply of food and supplies

The use of the indigenes for contracting supply of food for workers could create income

generating opportunity for the people of the area. The impact was described as direct,

short term, local, reversible and rated positive.

o Third party agitation over contracts, community benefits, waste disposal,

degradation of water, pressure on water and food

• Transportation of equipment and personnel

o Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents

The project activities involve the deployment of several project vehicles estimated to be

about 150. This will result in the increase of road usage due to movement of personnel

and equipment. The aftermath of this could be accidents as a result of immense

pressure put on the roads. This impact is direct, negative, short term, local and

reversible. The impact is rated moderate.

o Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads



In the same vein, increase in the usage of roads could result in increase in road traffic

accidents due to road congestion. This phenomenon is rated as direct, negative, short-

term, local, reversible and major.

• Survey line cutting

Survey line cutting consists primarily of vegetation clearing for survey activities on a

temporary land area. The potential impacts of this activity are:

o Destruction of Vegetation (Medicinal, economic and food)

The removal of the vegetations on the survey lines could lead to loss of any medicinal,

economic or food crops in the area. The wildlife that used this vegetation for habitat

would also be deprived of them. The impact was direct, negative, short term, local,

reversible and rated moderate.

o Loss/alteration of wildlife habitat

The removal of the vegetations during survey cutting could lead to loss/ alteration of

wildlife habitat as a result of displacement and destruction of food sources and the

wildlife that used this vegetation for habitat would also be deprived of them. The impact

was rated direct, negative, short term, local, reversible and rated minor.

o Increased access for hunting and logging

The clearing of vegetation for survey cutting could provide access to individuals for

hunting of wildlife and logging activities. This impact is rated moderate and would be

direct, negative, short term, local and reversible.

o Reduction of biodiversity

The removal of the vegetations during survey activities could lead to loss of biodiversity:

medicinal, economic or food crops in the area as well as wildlife that used this vegetation

for habitat. The impact was described as direct, negative, short-term, local, reversible

and rated moderate.




The use of the indigenes in the removal of vegetation on the land section for survey

could create income generating opportunity and contracts for the people. The impact

was described as direct, short term, local, reversible and rated positive.

o Possibilities of lines cutting across sensitive locations, property, economic

trees, farms, sacred places, public utilities

The possibility of lines cutting across sensitive locations during operations, properties,

economic trees, farms, etc. could arise. This impact is rated as major and is direct,

negative, short term, local, reversible.

o Third party agitation over damage to property, encroachment and

compensations

The third party agitation at this stage could be due to issues of cutting activities across

sensitive places and resulting in damage to them: houses and other properties,

economic trees, farms, shrines, and public utilities such as water sources. This could

lead to agitations for compensations. The impact is considered direct, negative, short

term, local, reversible and rated major.

• Drilling of Holes

o Contamination of ground water

Improper disposal of wastes, particularly those in liquid form could percolate through the

soil profile and pollute the groundwater. In addition, the hydrological flow and dynamics

of groundwater could cause the pollutants to be widespread. This impact was

considered direct, negative, short term, widespread and reversible with a major rating.

o Potential for the shot holes causing accidents

The potential for accidents during hole shooting is high. This could result in injuries on

soft tissues of the body. The impact was is considered direct, negative, short term, local,


• Shooting and Recording

o Increase in nuisance noise from explosives resulting in hearing impairment



Noise from detonation of explosives could create nuisance, nervous irritation/stimulation

and result in some degree of hearing impairment or loss. This impact was considered

direct, negative, short term, local and reversible. It was rated moderate

o Scaring away /Loss of wildlife

Vegetation clearing as well as shooting could distort the existing natural habitat of wild

life in the areas by scaring them away thus resulting in a loss to the communities. The

impact was described as direct, negative, short term, local and reversible. It was rated

moderate.

o Potential for accidents during hole shooting

The potential for accidents during hole shooting is high. This could result in injuries on

soft tissues of the body. The impact is considered direct, negative, short term, local,


• Repairs and maintenance

o Generation of high intensity welding flash and noise

The welding activity generates high intensity welding flash. This flash could affect

unprotected eyes giving rise to conjunctivitis. The impact is considered direct, negative,

short term, local, reversible and rated moderate.

o Burns and injuries from welding sparks/injuries from other maintenance

activities

The sparks generated during welding activities could result in injuries on soft tissues of

the body. The impact considered direct, negative, short term, local, reversible and rated

moderate.

o Contamination of surface soil with used lubricant

Lubricants used for vehicle, heavy equipment and machinery maintenance could result

in the contamination of topsoil. This impact is considered direct, negative, short term,

local, and reversible with a moderate rating.

Provision of water

• Use of contaminated water



• Third party agitation for provision of water

5.7.4 Decommissioning Phase

o Increased opportunity for employment and contracting resulting in increased

income level.

The process of decommissioning will involve the repair of damaged roads, removal of

structures, and restoration of campsite. These activities could increase opportunities for

employment and contracting. The impact was rated as direct, positive, short term, local

and reversible.

o Nuisance (Noise, emission, Vibration etc) from heavy machinery.

The process of decommissioning could also result in the generation of noise, vibration

etc. from heavy equipment. The impact was rated as direct, negative, short term, local,

reversible, and moderate.

o Third Party Agitation due to Employment Issues and Loss of Benefits as Host

Communities.

As seismic activities come to an end, there could be agitation by the third parties from

loss of employment and contracting opportunities. The impact was direct, negative, short

term, local, and reversible, with moderate rating.


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Six 1 of 12

CHAPTER SIX

MITIGATION MEASURES

6.0 Introduction

Mitigation measures are provided for those impacts rated as moderate and major in Chapter

5. The proffered mitigation measures are meant to reduce the severity of the identified

negative impacts and enhance the beneficial effects. The residual impacts that could arise

despite the mitigation measures are also assessed.

The mitigation measures proffered for the predicted environmental impacts from the project

took cognizance of:

• Environmental laws in Nigeria, with emphasis on permissible limits for waste streams

{FEPA (1991) now FMENV, DPR (1991, 2002)};

• Best available technology for sustainable development;

• Feasibility of application of the measures in Nigeria and

• Social well being.

The proposed mitigation measures for the potential impacts associated with the different

phases of the project along with the residual impacts are provided in the Environmental

Management Plan (Chapter Seven). The highlights of the mitigation measures for the

various phases of the project are as follows:

6.1 Permitting

Permitting involves consultations with communities and relevant government bodies to

obtain the requisite legal and social licenses to operate. The impacts identified were

positive. These are:

1. Acceptance of project and cooperation/participation from communities and government

and

2. Reduction/abatement of threats posed by agitation of communities and sympathetic third

parties over non-disclosure of project activities, employment, contracts, CD,

environmental impacts of projects and other community/third party interests.


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Six 2 of 12

In other to enhance these positive impacts, timely consultations and explicit description of

project activities, impacts and benefits were recommended.

6.2 Temporary Land-Take for Base Camp

Temporary landtake of 0.6-0.7 Ha will be required for campsites, fuel dumps/generator

house, vehicle parking lots, explosives magazine sites and other land needs. This could

result in the following impacts:

1. Third party agitations over compensations, land disputes, wrong stakeholder

identification and leadership tussles etc

2. Increased financial flow due to compensations

Third party agitations were rated moderate. The mitigation measures proposed are:

o The relevant stakeholders/legacy issues shall be identified

o Consultations with stakeholders (Community, Govt., NGOs, CBOs etc.) shall be

carried out

o Adequate and prompt compensation shall be made and

o Project advisory committee (PAC) to guide land acquisition process/ MOU

implementation shall be set up

These mitigation measures should reduce the severity of the impact from moderate to minor.

Encouraging judicious use of income by beneficiaries was recommended for enhancing this

positive impact of Increased financial flow due to compensations.

6.3 Recruitment of workers

About 1500 local staff will be recruited in the cause of the survey activities. The significant

impacts identified include:

1. Creation of opportunities for employment

2. Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on infrastructure

3. Conflicts/ Third party agitations over employment issues


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Six 3 of 12

Creation of opportunities for employment was identified as a positive impact, which could

be enhanced by encouraging savings and judicious use of income.

A Conflicts/ Third party agitation over employment issues was rated moderate. The

mitigation measures that were proffered include:

o Employment of at least 60% of the workforce from the communities

o Prompt communication of employment policy to communities

Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on infrastructure

was rated moderate. The mitigation measure proffered for reducing this impact from

moderate to minor is to ensure that the recruitment period is brief and definite

6.4 Mobilization to site

About 150 trucks will be mobilized to carry personnel, materials and equipments to site.

Identified impacts from mobilization to site are:

1. Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents

2. Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads

Both impacts were rated moderate.

To reduce Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents

from moderate to minor, measures suggested are:

o Journey management shall be employed to limit the amount of traffic

o Regular maintenance and checks shall be carried out

o Training and retraining of drivers shall be conducted.

o Compliance with speed limits shall be enforced

o Warning signs shall be established where desirable

o Night driving/travels shall be prohibited

o Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be used during water travels

o Awareness shall be created on the potential of increased traffic

o SPDC policy on road and water borne traffic journey management shall be adhered

Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads could be reduced from

moderate to minor by repairing all identified damaged roads.


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Six 4 of 12

6.5 Site Preparation/clearing for base camp

About 455 m2 will be cleared for the base camp. Identified impacts include:

1. Creation of opportunities for employment

2. Attack of workers and community members by poisonous snakes, bees, plants etc

3. Injuries during vegetation clearing.

4. Increased level of disease vectors

To enhance the beneficial effects of Creation of opportunities for employment, SPDC

shall ensure that at least 60% of the workforce is employed from the communities.

To reduce Attack of workers and community members by poisonous snakes, bees,

plants etc from moderate to minor:

o SPDC shall provide and enforce usage of PPE by field workers

o First aid /Anti- venom shall be provided on site

o Designated staff shall be trained to control poisonous plants and animals

o Awareness shall be created among site workers and nearby communities on the

likelihood of exposure to wildlife

To reduce Injuries during vegetation clearing from moderate to minor:

o SPDC shall provide and enforce usage of PPE by field workers

o First aid shall be provided on site

o Compliance with HSE procedures shall be enforced

o Medevac shall be provided on site

To reduce Increased level of disease vectors from moderate to minor:

o Affected areas shall be drained to eliminate breeding sites of disease vectors

o Area shall be fumigated to eliminate disease vectors


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Six 5 of 12

6.6 Construction of base camp

Construction works for the base camp include the installation of the portakabins and building

of a workshop, restaurant, generator house and sheet fence. Other construction works

include plumbing, electrification, communication, recreation.

The impacts identified include:

1. Pressure on existing roads with possibilities of accidents

2. Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses

Both impacts were rated moderate.

To reduce Pressure on existing roads with possibilities of accidents from moderate to

minor:

o Journey management shall be employed to limit the amount of traffic

o Repair of roads, tracks and farm roads shall be carried out




o Medevac shall be provided


o SPDC policy on road and water borne traffic journey management shall be adhered

to

Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses could be reduced from

moderate to minor by providing additional water to affected communities during construction

activities.

6.6.1 Labour requirement/recruitment of workforce for Construction

The recruitment of workforce for construction could result in:

1. Increase in financial flow resulting in social vices such as drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to

HIV/AIDS, unwanted pregnancies, truancy, violence), boom and bust phenomenon

associated with temporary labor contracts etc

2. Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Six 6 of 12

3. Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on social and health

infrastructure

The following mitigation measures were proffered to reduce Increase in financial flow

resulting in social vices from major to minor:

o Awareness campaign shall be carried out to enlighten the communities/field workers

on the implications of casual and unprotected sex, prostitution, (HIV/AIDS), drug and

alcohol abuse

o Alternative recreational facilities shall be provided at camp sites

o SPDC alcohol and drug policy shall be implemented to encourage healthy lifestyle


The following mitigation measures were recommended to enhance the beneficial effects of

Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment:

o At least 60% of the workforce shall be employed from the communities

o Indigenous contractors shall be used

Influx of job seekers into communities, thereby exerting pressure on social and

health infrastructure was rated moderate. Its negative effects could be reduced from

moderate to minor by ensuring that the recruitment period is brief and definite

Conflicts/ Third party agitations over employment issues could be mitigated by ensuring

that at least 60% of the workforce is employed from the communities and ensuring that the

communication of the employment policy to communities prompt

6.6.2 Waste generation- Construction:

Solid, liquid and gaseous waste that could be generated from the construction works include

wood chippings, cement bags, PVC pipes, paint, lubricants, fencing sheets off cuts, exhaust

from cranes/heavy equipment, domestic waste,and plumbing accessories.

Significant identified impacts from the generation of solid, liquid and gaseous waste include:

1. Nuisance noise, dust, emissions, lighting etc

2. Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Six 7 of 12

The following mitigation measures should reduce Nuisance noise, dust, emissions,

lighting from moderate to minor:

o Machinery with noise levels within acceptable limits (85 dB (A)) shall be used

o Site construction shall be done within the shortest possible time

o Acoustic mufflers shall be provided for heavy engines with noise level above acceptable

limits

o High sound energy equipment shall be enclosed in noise insulators in line with SPDC

policy

o SPDC HSE policy of wearing ear muffs/ plugs shall be applied in all construction sites

o Sufficient separation distances shall be provided for sources of high energy sound to

reduce noise levels

o Workers with existing hearing impairment shall not be deployed to site.

The following mitigation measures should enhance the beneficial effects of Increased

opportunity for contracting and temporary employment:

o At least 60% of the workforce shall be employed from the communities

o Indigenous contractors shall be used

6.7 Accommodation of workers

Some of the 1500 workers that will be recruited will be accommodated. The identified

impacts of accommodation of workers include:

1. Increased social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS, unwanted

pregnancies)

2. Pressure on: available water for domestic and other uses, food, health facilities and

other social amenities

3. Opportunities for contracting, supply of food and other supplies

4. Contamination of water by sewage, resulting in increase in diarrhea and other water

borne diseases

5. Third party agitation over waste disposal

To bring the effect of Increased social vices, (drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS,

unwanted pregnancies) from major to minor, the following mitigation measures were

proffered:


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Six 8 of 12

o Awareness campaign shall be carried out to enlighten the communities/field workers

on the implications of casual and unprotected sex, prostitution, (HIV/AIDS), drug and

alcohol abuse

o Alternative recreational facilities shall be provided at camp sites

o SPDC alcohol and drug policy shall be implemented to encourage healthy lifestyle

The potential for increment in Pressure on available water for domestic and other uses,

food, health facilities and other social amenities could be reduced from moderate to

minor by the following measures:

• SPDC shall provide water and food at campsite to prevent pressure on community

resources

• SPDC shall provide health and recreational facilities on campsite to prevent pressure

on community facilities.

By involving indigenous contractors in the supply of food, the beneficial effects of Increased

opportunity for contracting shall be enhanced. In addition, employing at least 60% of

the workforce from the communities could enhance opportunities for employment

Contamination of water by sewage, resulting in increase in water borne diseases was

rated moderate. To reduce this impact to minor:

o Effluents from facilities shall be treated prior to disposal into surface water

o Sanitary toilets shall be provided at campsite

o Sanitary waste shall be treated biologically or by use of septic tanks

Third party agitation over waste disposal, could be abated from a moderate impact to

minor by providing an alternative source of drinking water to communities where applicable

6.8 Transportation of equipment and personnel

During the survey activities, equipment and personnel will be transported from one location

to the other within OML 22 and 28. Identified impacts include:

1. Increase in usage of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents

2. Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads

3. Nuisance (Noise, emission, Vibration etc) from heavy machinery.


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Six 9 of 12

These impacts were all rated moderate. Measures proffered for reducing Increase in usage

of roads and waterways with possibilities of accidents from moderate to minor are:

o Repair of roads, tracks and farm roads shall be carried out

o SPDC’s journey management policy on road and water shall be employed to limit the

amount of traffic




o Medevac shall be provided


Increase in usage and resultant damage to existing roads was rated major. This could

be reduced from to minor by repairing all identified damaged roads.

In other to reduce Nuisance (Noise, emission, Vibration etc) from heavy machinery

from moderate to minor:

o Machinery with noise levels within acceptable limits (85 dB (A)) shall be used

o Survey activities shall be done within the shortest possible time

6.9 Survey line cutting

Survey line cutting involves the clearing of vegetation of a maximum of one meter a grid that

transects the project area. Identified impacts are:

1. Destruction of vegetation resulting in loss/alteration of wildlife habitat, medicinal,

economic and food materials and reduction of biodiversity.

2. Increased access for hunting and logging

3. Increased opportunity for contracting and temporary employment Possibility of lines

cutting across sensitive locations, property, economic trees, farms, sacred places, public

utilities

To mitigate the Destruction of vegetation resulting in loss/alteration of wildlife habitat,

medicinal, economic and food materials and reduction of biodiversity from moderate to

minor:

o Clearing shall be minimized and confined to the 1 meter width

o Compensations shall be paid for loss of economic plants


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Six 10 of 12

o Revegetation of cleared line shall be undertaken after survey where desirable

Measure to reduce Increased access for hunting and logging from moderate to minor

include:

o Awareness campaign of the adverse effects of hunting and logging.

o Support of programmes aimed at sustainable use of forest resources by SPDC

o Discouraging hunting by workers and community during the survey

Employing at least 60% of the workforce from the communities and involving indigenous

contractors could enhance increased opportunity for contracting and temporary

employment.

Possibility of lines cutting across sensitive locations, property, economic trees,

farms, sacred places, public utilities was rated major. To reduce this impact to minor:

o Compensations shall be paid for certified damaged and lost property.

o Wildlife reserves and sacred forests shall be identified and avoided

Third party agitation over damage to property, encroachment and compensations was

rated major. In order to reduce this impact to minor:

o Appropriate beneficiaries of damaged property shall be identified and the loss

evaluated.

o Consultations with the relevant communities and property owners shall be carried out

and adequate and prompt compensation shall be made.

o Project advisory committee (PAC) including representatives of government, SPDC,

NGOs and communities shall be constituted to guide the compensation process.

6.10 Drilling of shot holes, Shooting and Recording

Shot holes of depth ranging from a few to 60 meters will be dug for detonating explosives.

Identified impacts include:

1. Contamination of ground water

2. Vibrations and weakening of building structures

3. Potential for the shot holes causing accidents

4. Increase in nuisance noise from explosives resulting in hearing impairment


_________________________________________________________________________________________________


5. Third party agitations over destruction of property, inadequate compensations and

general disturbances

Contamination of ground water was rated major. To mitigate this impact to minor:

o Shot holes shall be drilled manually to prevent contamination of groundwater with oil

and other chemicals

o Borehole water samples shall be monitored before and after drilling of shot holes to

establish ground water quality

Potential for the shot holes causing accidents could be mitigated from moderate to minor

by ensuring that awareness is created on the existence and locations of shot holes by

putting appropriate markings/signs and that shot holes are drilled and restored within the

shortest time

Vibrations and weakening of building structures was rated moderate. To reduce this

impact to minor, sufficient separation distances shall be provided for detonation of

explosives to reduce noise levels and vibration effects on structures

Increase in nuisance noise from explosives resulting in hearing impairment was rated

moderate was rated moderate. To reduce this impact to minor:

o SPDC HSE policy of wearing ear muffs/ plugs shall be applied in all construction

sites

o Workers with existing hearing impairment shall not be deployed to site

Scaring away /Loss of wildlife was rated moderate. To reduce this impact to minor:

o Shooting and recording shall be carried out within the shortest time

o Potential for accidents during hole shooting Moderate

o Crew handling explosives shall be trained on safety procedures

Third party agitations over destruction of property and inadequate compensations

were rated moderate. To reduce this impact to minor:

o Accurate identification of property owners and extent of damage shall be carried out

o Adequate compensations shall be paid for destroyed property

o Awareness of the possibilities of disturbances shall be built


_________________________________________________________________________________________________


6.11 Repairs and maintenance

Repairs and maintenance encompasses welding, motor vehicle repairs, maintenance and

servicing of facilities in the proposed workshop. The impacts identified include:

1. Generation of high intensity welding flash and noise

2. Burns and injuries from welding sparks/injuries from other maintenance activities

Both impacts were rated moderate. Mitigation measures proffered for them include:

o Awareness sessions on health risks and safety precautions of welding operations

shall be carried out for workers

o Pre-employment medical certification shall be carried out for the welders

o SPDC shall enforce the use of welders mask, earmuffs, jackets, gloves, boots and

coveralls by welders during welding.

o A site clinic and Medevac shall be provided

6.12 Provision of water

Workers in the camp and on the field will need a large quantity of drinking water. Use of

contaminated water was identified as a potential outcome rated as moderate, which could

be mitigated to minor by SPDC providing its workforce with potable water and discourage

use of water from other sources. In addition, there could be Third party agitation as a

result of communities demanding for water, which could be reduced from moderate to minor

by provision of water to communities where applicable.

6.13 Decommissioning

Decommissioning involves the removal and abandonment of structures as well as repair of

damaged roads

o Restoration of site

o Increased opportunity for employment and contracting resulting in increased income

level.

These two impacts were rated as positive. Measures for enhancing them include:

o Prompt restoration and upgrade of roads

o The usage of indigenous contractors

o Engaging at least 60% of the workforce shall from the communities

Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic Survey ________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Seven

1 of 26

CHAPTER SEVEN

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 Introduction

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is an integral component of an EIA, which

ensures the effective management of the environmental concerns identified in,

incorporated as an instrument for ensuring future compliance with legislation, good

environmental performance and integration of environmental issues into project

decisions

In specific terms, the EMP will provide the means of assessing the accuracy of the

predicted project impacts and monitoring of the effectiveness of the proposed mitigation

measures contained in the EIA report.

7.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

The FMENV and DPR guidelines require an environmental monitoring plan as part of an

EIA. The aim of the monitoring programme is to ensure that the negative environmental

impacts already identified in this EIA are effectively mitigated in the design, construction,

operational and decommissioning stages of the project. The EMP also instils confidence

in the host communities, the proponent of the project (SPDC) and regulatory bodies that

the identified impacts are adequately mitigated. Environmental monitoring of the project

is therefore advocated in order to ensure that the mitigation processes put in place have

adequately taken care of the predicted impacts. This will necessitate establishing

programmes to address the following:

• Alteration to the biological, chemical and physical characteristics of the recipient

environment;

• Social and health issues;

• Alterations in the interactions between project activities and environmental

sensitivities, and interactions between the sensitivities;

• Determination of long term and residual effects;

• Identification of project specific cumulative environmental effects.

The detailed plan to monitor the effectiveness of the proffered mitigation measures are

provided in the EMP Tables 7A to 7D.


______________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Seven

2 of 26

7.3 Hazards And Effects Management Process (HEMP)

The management of hazards and effects of activities is central to effective Project

Environmental Management. Hazard and Effects Management Process (HEMP) ensures

that hazards and potential effects are fully evaluated. Environmental Impact

Assessment emphasizes the Hazards and Effects Management Process. The four

stages of the process as applied in Environmental Management are:

• Identify hazards associated with project activity and the environment;

• Assess hazards and effects through assessment of magnitude and significance

of the hazards and effects;

• Control hazards and effects, through implementing techniques to eliminate,

lessen severity of effects, and manage the hazard;

• Recover from effects by developing plans to manage the consequences of

events.

The above form the fundamental principles of the management and control of

environmental impacts and effects in the EIA process. The impacts are enumerated

based on hazard identification, risk assessment and application of preventive measures.

Figure 7.1 shows the details of the Hazard and Effect Management Process. This

process will be fully incorporated in the Environmental Management Plan of the project.


______________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Seven

3 of 26

Fig. 7.1 Hazard and Effect Management Process

Yes

No

Assess

Yes

No Control

Identify

Identify Hazards Characterise Receiving Environment

Evaluate Effects and Hazardous Events

Are they significant?

Is Control

Practicable?

Evaluate Threats to Control Techniques

Monitor

Implement Control Techniques

Recover

Develop Corrective Action Systems


______________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Seven

4 of 26

7.4 Safety and Hazard Identification

The aim of managing the HSE risks associated with a system is to reduce them to a

level as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). The objectives for assessing these

risks are to:

• Eliminate the hazard;

• Reduce the probability of hazardous events occurring;

• Minimise the consequences, in the event of the occurrence of the events.

The activities involved in the construction/operation/decommissioning phases of the

proposed project are essentially: permitting, mobilisation of contractors to site, land

clearing, surveying, drilling of shot holes, recording, laying of explosives and detonation,

recording, damages assessment, compensation and environmental restoration. The

associated HSE risks were considered and addressed.


Chapter Seven

5 of 26

Table7A Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan: Pre-mobilization Phase

Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation

Residual impact rating

Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring

Monitoring Frequency

Responsible

Party

Permitting via consultation and signing of agreement (Acquisition of Social License to operate)

Acceptance of project and co-operation/participation from stakeholders (communities and government) leading to peaceful and timely execution of the project

Positive Relevant stakeholders shall be identified

Early stakeholders’ engagement sessions shall be held, with all the agreed issues properly documented and signed.

Positive SPDC Seismic Acquisition Team and JV171

Pre-mobilization

Stakeholders’ engagement reports/agree

ment

Once, prior to

mobilisation

Chief Geophysicist

Temporary Landuse for base camp or use of an existing camp facility.

Third party agitations over compensations, land disputes, wrong stakeholder identification, leadership tussles etc

Moderate The relevant stakeholders/legacy issues shall be identified.

Consultations with stakeholders (Community, Govt., NGOs, CBOs etc.) shall be carried out

Minor SPDC Seismic Acquisition Team and JV171

Pre-mobilization

Community /Other

stakeholder engagement

reports

Weekly Chief Geophysicist


Chapter Seven

6 of 26

Table7B Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan: Mobilization Phase

Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Mobilization to Site (Transportation of equipments and personnel)


Moderate Journey management shall be employed to limit the amount of traffic Regular maintenance /checks of vehicles and boats shall be carried out

Swimming/Driving training and certification shall be conducted. Compliance with speed limits shall be enforced

Warning signs shall be established where desirable


Pre- and During

mobilization to site

Inventory of approved journey management forms Vehicle certification reports IVMS checks/ Reports.

Daily/ Weekly/ Monthly

Chief Geophysicist


Chapter Seven

7 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Mobilization to Site (Transportation of equipments and personnel Cont.


Moderate Night driving/sailing shall be prohibited Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be used during water travels Awareness shall be created on the potential of increased traffic


Pre- and During

mobilization to site

Vehicle certification reports Reports of training sessions of drivers

Daily/ Weekly/ Monthly

Chief Geophysicist

Increase in usage and resultant Obstruction of /damage to existing roads

Major All earth roads damaged shall be restored to the original state


During tenure of the project

Site inspection /community engagement reports

Monthly Chief Geophysicist


Chapter Seven

8 of 26


Project Activities Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Mobilization to Site (Transportation of equipments and personnel Cont.

Nuisance (Noise, Vibration etc) from machinery. Emissions

Moderate

Minor

Machinery with noise levels within acceptable limits (85 dB (A)) shall be used


Monthly during

mobilization

Equipment maintenance report Camp site Noise mapping changes in air quality parameters


Recruitment of workers

Creation of opportunities for employment

Positive

Savings and judicious use of income shall be encouraged


Prior to mobilization and during operations

Employment records and community Engagement reports


Chief Geophysicist


Chapter Seven

9 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description of

mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Recruitment of workers Cont.


Moderate At least 60% of the workforce shall be employed from the host communities Prompt communication of employment policy to communities during various stakeholders engagement


Prior to mobilization and during operations Pre-Recruitment and during operations

Employment records and community Engagement reports


Chief Geophysicist

Increase of population in communities, thereby exerting pressure on infrastructure

Moderate At least 60% of the workforce shall be employed from the host communities Provide potable water and medical facilities to workers


During recruitment

Community /Other


reports

Daily/ Weekly

Chief Geophysicist


Chapter Seven

10 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description of

mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Site Preparation/ Clearing of base camp

Exposure of workers and community members to poisonous snakes, bees, scorpions, other wildlife and contact with poisonous plants,

Minor Provide and enforce usage of PPE by field workers First aid /Anti- venom shall be provided on site Awareness shall be created among site workers and nearby communities on the likelihood of exposure to wildlife


During site preparation

Pep Talks/tool box meetings

Health

Records

Induction Report


Loss of flora and fauna

Minor Clearing should be limited to areas of operation



Inspection records


Opportunities for employment

Positive At least 60% of the workforce shall be employed from the communities

Positive

SPDC Seismic Acquisition Team and JV171

Pre-Recruitment

Community /Other


reports



Chapter Seven

11 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Site Preparation/ Clearing of base camp Cont.

Injuries during vegetation clearing.

Moderate Provide and enforce usage of PPE by field workers First aid shall be provided on site Compliance with HSE procedures shall be enforced Medevac procedure shall be provided.



Incidents reports


Increased level of disease vectors( Mosquitoes, Tse tse fly, black fly etc.)

Moderate Affected areas shall be drained to eliminate breeding sites of disease vectors

Area shall be fumigated to eliminate disease vectors Adequate refuse management



Sanitary and site inspection reports



Chapter Seven

12 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Building/Construction works of Base Camp

- Workshop, - Generator house, - Sheet Fencing, - Plumbing, - Electrification, - Communication mast,

Recreation etc

Increase in Noise level

Moderate SPDC HSE policy of wearing ear muffs/plug shall be applied in all construction sites Site construction shall done within the shortest possible time No night construction. Machinery with noise levels within acceptable limits (85 dB (A)) shall be used


During construction

Compliance monitoring report Site inspection report



Chapter Seven

13 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Building/Construction works of Base Camp Cont.

Increase in Financial flow resulting in: social vices,(drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS, unwanted pregnancies, truancy, violence), boom and bust phenomenon associated with temporary labor contracts etc.

Major Awareness campaigns on HIV/AIDS, drug and alcohol abuse shall be carried out. Recreational facilities shall be provided at camp sites SPDC alcohol and drug policy shall be implemented.

Minor SPDC Seismic

Acquisition Team and

JV171

During construction

Community engagement

report

Health Report

Weekly/ Monthly

Chief Geophysicist


Chapter Seven

14 of 26

Project

Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Building/Construction works of Base Camp Cont.

Increased financial flow due to compensations leading to improved standard of living

Positive Adequate and prompt compensation shall be made

Savings and judicious use of income shall be encouraged


Prior to mobilization

Community /Other


reports

Prior to mobilization

Chief Geophysicist


Chapter Seven

15 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Waste generation- Construction: (Solids/liquid/gaseous) Wood chippings, cement bags, PVC pipes, paint, lubricants, fencing sheets off cuts, exhaust from cranes/heavy equipment, domestic waste, plumbing accessories, medical waste etc

Nuisance noise, dust, emissions, lighting and contamination of soil

Moderate Machinery with noise levels within acceptable limits (85 dB (A)) shall be used Site construction shall be done within the shortest possible time Ear mufflers shall be provided for generator engines with noise level above acceptable limits SPDC HSE policy of wearing ear muffs/ plugs shall be applied in all construction sites


Daily/Weekly/Monthly

Maintenance log of equipment Site inspection report Compliance report Waste generated/disposal management Data

Weekly/ Monthly

Chief Geophysicist


Chapter Seven

16 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Waste generation- Construction: (Solids/liquid/gaseous) Cont.

Sufficient separation distances shall be provided for sources of high energy sound to reduce noise levels. Waste segregation, treatment and disposal in compliance with standards and procedures (Govt. approved site, etc)

Minor



Sewage /Grey water analysis report

Weekly/ Monthly

Chief Geophysicist

Moderate Workers with existing hearing impairment shall not be deployed to site



Pre-employment

medical report

Weekly/Monthly

Chief Geophysicist


Chapter Seven

17 of 26


Project Activities Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Accommodation of workers

Increase in Financial flow resulting in: social vices,(drug abuse, CSWs, exposure to HIV/AIDS, unwanted pregnancies, truancy, violence), boom and bust phenomenon associated with temporary labor contracts etc.

Major Awareness campaigns on HIV/AIDS, drug and alcohol abuse shall be carried out. Recreational facilities shall be provided at camp sites SPDC alcohol and drug policy shall be implemented.


During construction


report

Health Report

Weekly/Monthly

Chief Geophysicist

Opportunities for contracting, supply of food and other supplies

Positive

Indigenous contractors shall be used

Positive


During construction


report



Chapter Seven

18 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description

of mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Third party agitation over indiscriminate littering of waste

Moderate Awareness campaigns. Minor SPDC Seismic Acquisition Team and JV171

During survey


reports



Chapter Seven

19 of 26

Table 7C Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan: Operations Phase (Survey Activities)

Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description of

mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Survey line cutting

Destruction of vegetation resulting in loss/alteration of wildlife habitat, medicinal, economic and food materials and reduction of biodiversity

Major Clearing shall be minimized and confined to the 1 meter width

Compensations shall be paid for loss of economic plants Re-vegetation of cleared line in mangrove shall be undertaken after the project work where desirable

Minor SPDC Seismic


JV171

During survey cutting

Site Inspection report and community engagement and Assessment report


Chief Geophysicist


Moderate Awareness campaign of the adverse effects of hunting and logging shall be undertaken

Minor SPDC Seismic


JV171


Site report and community engagement report



Chapter Seven

20 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description of

mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Survey line cutting contd.


Moderate Prohibition of Hunting by workers shall be enforced.



Community engagement report


Possibility of lines cutting across sensitive locations, property, sacred places, public utilities

Major Compensations shall be paid for certified damaged property Wildlife reserves and sacred forests shall be identified and avoided Strict adherence to guidelines by contact personnel and survey crews


After survey cutting

Contact personnel Report Community engagement report



Chapter Seven

21 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description of

mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Survey line cutting cont.

Third party agitation over damage to property, encroachment and compensations

Major The appropriate beneficiaries of damaged property shall be identified and the loss evaluated Consultations with the relevant communities and property owners shall be carried out Adequate and prompt compensation shall be made when liable


After survey cutting




Chapter Seven

22 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description of

mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party


Contamination of ground and surface water

Major Pattern shot holes shall be used as much as possible Uphole location (single deep hole drilling) shall be spaced on 4 x 4 km grid across the prospect area


During drilling of shot holes



Potential for the shot holes causing accidents (trips and falls)

Moderate Awareness shall be created on the existence and locations of shot holes through appropriate markings/signs


During drilling of shot holes


Daily Chief Geophysicist


Chapter Seven

23 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description of

mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Shooting and Recording

Increase in nuisance noise from explosives

Minor Sufficient separation distances shall be provided for detonation of explosives to reduce noise levels and vibration effects on structures.


During shooting and recording



Vibrations resulting in cracking of structures

Moderate Built up areas shall be avoided Adherence to minimum shooting distances as in EGASPIN



Compliance report



Chapter Seven

24 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description of

mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Shooting and Recording cont.

Scaring away /Loss of wildlife

Moderate Shooting and recording shall be carried out within the shortest time





Potential for accidents during hole shooting

Moderate Personnel handling explosives shall be licensed in line with 1967 Explosive Regulatory Act Explosive handlers training with regard to seismic operations



License monitoring renewal


Repairs and maintenance: (Welding, motor vehicle repairs, maintenance of facilities and servicing in workshop)

Generation of high intensity welding flash, fumes and noise from grinders

Moderate Awareness sessions on health risks and safety precautions of welding operations shall be carried out for workers Use of Appropiate PPEs shall be enforced


During survey activities

Health records Minutes of Toolbox meetings/safety briefings Site inspection reports



Chapter Seven

25 of 26


Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description of

mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Repairs and maintenance: (Welding, motor vehicle repairs, maintenance of facilities and servicing in workshop) cont.

Burns and injuries from welding sparks/injuries from other maintenance activities

Moderate Use of Appropiate PPEs SPDC shall enforce the use of welders mask, ear muffs, jackets, gloves, boots and coveralls by welders during welding. A site clinic and Medevac shall be provided


During survey activities

Health records Minutes of Toolbox meetings/safety briefings Site inspection reports



Chapter Seven

26 of 26

Table 7D Mitigation, Environmental Management Plan: Decommissioning Phase

Project Activities

Impact

Rating before

mitigation

Description of

mitigation


Action Party

Timing

Parameters

for Monitoring


Responsible

Party

Decommissioning

- Repair of damaged roads

- Removal of structures

- Restoration of site

Increased opportunity for employment and contracting resulting in increased income level.

Positive

Indigenous contractors shall be used Site restoration shall be carried out at the end of the survey.

Positive

SPDC Seismic


JV171

During line

cutting


report

Site restoration certificate

End of the project

Chief Geophysicist


_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Chapter Eight 1 of 1

CHAPTER EIGHT

CONCLUSION

8.1 Conclusion

The EIA of the OML 22 - 28 3D seismic acquisition survey has been carried out in

accordance with the regulatory requirements established by the Federal Republic of

Nigeria, other statutory and international standards. The interactions between the

project activities and the various environmental sensitivities (biophysical, social and

health) have been investigated and the potential impacts of the project on the

existing environment have been identified and evaluated.

The magnitude of the anticipated impacts of the project activities on air, water, soils,

sediment, vegetation, fauna, fisheries, land use, waste management, social

economic and health issues were rated and mitigation measures proffered to reduce

the magnitude of identified adverse impacts, to a level as low as reasonably

practicable (ALARP) and further enhance the benefits of the positive impacts. These

mitigation measures are incorporated in the Environmental Management Plan

developed specifically for this project, applicable to its entire life span (site

preparation to decommissioning).

Findings from this environmental impact assessment show that with the application of

the proffered mitigation measures contained in the environmental management plan

and other provisions incorporated herewith, the OML 22 – 28 3D seismic acquisition

survey could be executed and decommissioned with reduced adverse impact to the

environment.

The approval of this EIA report for the execution of the OML 22 - 28 3D seismic

acquisition survey is hereby recommended for sustainable development.

Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic Survey ______________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

Bibliography 1 of 8

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Abey-Wickrama, I.A., Brook, M.F., Gattoni, F.E. and Herridge, C.F. (1969): Mental Hospital Admissions and Aircraft Noise. Lancet 2: 1275-1277. Ajayi, S.O. and Adeleye, S.A. (1978): Pollution Studies on Nigerian Rivers 1 Preliminary report on the pollution level of Rivers Ona and Ogunpa. Bulletin of the Chemical Society of Nigeria. 2:421-463. Akinluyi, T.O. and Odeyemi, O. (1982): Human Waste disposal and the faecal pollution of the river Niger waters. Water International. 9:37-44 Akpata, T.V.I. and Ekundayo, J.A. (1978): Faecal pollution of the Lagos Lagoon. Nigeria Journal Science 12:44-51. APHA (1998): Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 20th Ed APHA-AWIWA-WPCF. Washington DC. Asiabaka, C.C. (2002): Poverty Alleviation Intervention Strategy for Imo State of Nigeria. Report prepared for Imo State Government of Nigeria. August 2001, 35p Asiabaka, C.C, Morse, S. and Kenyon, L. (2002): The Development, Dissemination and Adoption of Technologies Directed at Improving the Availability of Clean Yam Planting Materials in Nigeria and Ghana. A Report of a Study Mission Commissioned by the UK Government Department for International Development (DFID) Crop Protection Programme. 52p. Atlas, R.M. and Bartha, R. (1981): Effects and measurements of environmental determinants. In Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Applications. London, Addison Wesley Publishing Company. Pp 133-169. Ayoade, J.O (1998): Introduction to Climatology for the Tropics. Spectrum Books Limited, Ibadan, Nigeria. Babalola, O. and Lal, R. (1977): Subsoil gravel horizon and root growth. The gravel concentration and bulk density effects. Plant and soils 46:337-346. Bagenal T.B. (1971): Methods for assessment of fish production in inland waters. Butterworths, London 278 p. Boesch, D.F. (1973): Classification and Community Structure of Mangrove Benthos in the Hampton Roads Area, Virginia, USA. Mar. Biol. 21:226-244. Booth, A.H. (1991): Small mammals of West Africa. Longman, Essex, England. Boulding, K.E. (1966): Ecology and economics. In F. Fraser Darling and J.P. Milton (eds) pp 225-234. Bray, R.H. and Kurtz, L.T. (1945): Determination of total, organic and available forms of phosphorus in soils. Soil Science. 59: 39-41.


____________________________________________________________________________________

Bibliography 2 of 8

BITP (2001): Environmental Impact Assessment of Bonny Terminal Integrated Project (BTIP). MacDonald Engineering Group (MEG), Canada. Bremner, J.M. (1965): Inorganic forms of Nitrogen. In Methods of Soil Analysis. Part II, Chemical and Microbiological Properties. 9: 1162 -1224. Black, C.A. (Editor). Amer. Soc. Agron. Madison. Buchanan, R.E. and Gibbons, N.E. (1974): Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology. 8th edition, Williams and Wilkins Co, Baltimore, USA 1268pp. Cairn, J and Dickson, K (1971): A simple method for the biological assessment of the effects of waste discharges on aquatic bottom dwelling organisms. Journal of Waters Pollution Control Federation Washington D.C. USA 43(5): 755-772. Carley, M.J. and Bustelo, E.S. (1984): Social Impact Assessment and Monitoring: A Guide to the Literature. Social Impact Assessment Series, Number 7. Westview Press, Boulder Chambers, R. (1992): Rural Appraisal: Rapid, Relaxed and Participatory. IDS Discussion paper 311, IDS, Sussex. Center for Population and Environment development, 2003, Demographic and Baseline studies for the Masterplan for the Niger Delta region Craig, D. (1990): Social Impact Assessment; Politically Oriented Approaches and Applications. Environmental Impact Assessment Review, (10):37-52 Coonney, J.J. (1984): The fate of Petroleum in Fresh water Ecosystem. In Petroleum microbiology (1984) ed. R.M. Atlas 3. 399-433 Cowan, S.T. and Steel, K.J. (1985): Manual for the Identification of Medical Bacteria. 4th edition. Cambridge University Press. Dansereau, P (1951): Description and recording of vegetation upon structural basis. Ecology 32: 172-299. Dayton, P.K. and Oliver, J.S. (1980): An Evaluation of experimental Analysis of Population and Community Patterns in Benthic Marine Environments. In Marine Benthic Dynamics. Tenore, K.R. and Coull, B.C. (eds) Columbia, South Carolina Univ. South Carolina Press. Pp 93-120. de Onis M. Monteiro C, Akre J, Chigston G. The Worldwide Magnitude of Protein Energy Malnutrition: An Overview From WHO Global Database on Child Growth. WHO Bulletin 1993:73, (6), 703. Department of Petroleum Resources (1991): Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria. DPR, Lagos, Nigeria Ekundayo, E.O and Aghatise, V.O (1997): Soil properties of termite mounds under different land use types in a typical paleudult of Midwestern Nigeria. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 45:1-7.


____________________________________________________________________________________

Bibliography 3 of 8

Elgood J.H (1991): Birds of the West Africa town and garden. Longman, Essex. England. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nation (1978): Systematic Index of International water Resource Treaties, Declarations, Acts, and Cases by Basin: Legislative Study No. 15, FAO Rome. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (1980): Farm Management Research for Small Farmer Development. FAO Agricultural Services Bulletin No 41, 58pp., FAO Rome. Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1991a): National Interim Guidelines and Standards for Industrial Effluent, Gaseous Emissions and Hazardous Waste Management in Nigeria. FEPA, Lagos. Federal Environmental Protection Decree 58 of 1988, FEPA, Lagos.. Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1991b): Interim Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in Nigeria. Federal Environmental Protection Agency. Lagos. Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1991c): S.I. 8 National Environmental Protection (Effluent Limitation) Regulations). FEPA, Lagos. Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1991d): S.I. 9 National Environmental Protection (Pollution Abatement in industries and Facilities Generating Wastes. FEPA, Lagos. Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1991e): National Environmental Protection (Management of Solid and Hazardous Wastes Regulations) (S.I. 15), 1991. Federal Environmental Protection Agency. Lagos. Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1992): Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Decree No. 86, FEPA, Lagos. Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1994): EIA Procedural Guidelines for Nigeria, FEPA, Abuja. Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1995): Environmental Impact Assessment Sectoral Guidelines. Oil and Gas Industry Projects. FEPA, Abuja. Federal Environmental Protection Agency (1999): National Guidelines on Waste Disposal Through Underground Injection. FEPA, Abuja. Federal Ministry of Health (FMOH) 2003. National HIV/AIDS and Reproductive Health Survey Forstner, U. and Wittmann, G.T.W (1983): Metal pollution in the aquatic Environment, Springer-Verlag. NY. 2nd Rev. Gd.


____________________________________________________________________________________

Bibliography 4 of 8

Galley, W.H., Eqan, J.L., Monjam, R. Truhart, West, P.W, and Widmanls (1975): Environmental Pollutants-Selected Analytical Methods (Scope 6,) Butherworts London. Global Energy Ltd. (1998). Ecological Baseline Studies of Ekulama Field Development. Goldsmith, F.R and C.M. Harrison (1976): Description and analysis of vegetation. In: Chapman, S.B. (Ed). Methods in plant ecology pp 85-156. John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York. Gorstein J., Sullivan K., Yip R., de Onis M., Trowbridge F., Fujans P., Chigston. Issues in the Assessment of Nutritional Status Using Anthropometry. WHO – Bulletin 1994:72 (2) 273-275. Gunlach, E.R and Hayes, M.O (1978): Vulnerability of coastal environments to oil spill impacts. Marine Technology Society 12: 12-27 Hodges, L. (1973): Environmental Pollution. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, Inc. New York. Hopkins,B. (1981): Forest and Savanna Heinemann Educational Books Ltd 154p. Hutchinson, J. and Dalziel, J.M. (1954 & 1968): Flora of West Tropical Africa. Volumes 1-3. Crown Agents. London. Keay, R.W.J.; Onochie, C.F.A and Stanfield, D.P. (1964): Nigerian Trees. Dept. For. Res. Ibadan, Nigeria. Kershaw, K.A.(1981): Quantitative and dynamic plant ecology. Edwards Arnold (Publishers) Ltd, London. 308p. Kuchler, A.W. (1967): Vegetation Mapping. Ronald Press, New York. Lal, R. (1976): Role of mulching techniques in tropical soil and water management. Technical Bulletin. No.1, International Institute of Tropical Agriculture. Ibadan, Nigeria. Leopold, B., F.E. Clarke, B.B. Hansaw and J.R. Balseley (1971): A procedure for evaluating environmental impact. US Geological Survey Circular 645, Washington DC: US Geological Survey. Lewis, L.A and L. Barry (1988): African Environments and Resources. Unwin Hyman, London, UK. Longman, K.A. and Jenik (1974): Tropical Forest and its environment. Longman, London. 196 pp. Mclusky, D.S. (1981): The Estuarine Ecosystem. Blackie, Glasgow. Pp 1550. Moore, J.W and Moore, E.A (1976): Environmental chemistry. Academic Press, Inc. New York. National Population Commission. Nigerian Demographic and Health Survey (NDHS) 2003.


____________________________________________________________________________________

Bibliography 5 of 8

National Population Commission. Nigerian Demographic and Health Survey (NDHS) 1999. NDDC 2004 Demographic and Baseline data, Masterplan for the Niger Delta region NDDC 2004 Demographic and Baseline data, Masterplan for the Niger Delta region NEDECO, (1961): The waters of the Niger Delta. Netherlands Engineering Consultants. The Hague. Newell, G.E and R.C Newell (1965): Marine Plankton, A Practical Guide. Hutchiuson Educational Ltd. England. Odu, C.T.I, Nwoboshi, L.C. and Esuruoso, O.F. (1985): Environmental Study (Soils and Vegetation) of the Nigerian Agip Oil Company Operation Areas. In: Proceedings of International Seminar on the Petroleum Industry and the Nigerian Environment, Kaduna, 1985, pages 274-283. Odu, C.T.I. (1980) : Baseline ecological studies of Tuna-Bert-1 field. Shell Pet. Dev. Co. Lagos, Nigeria. Ogunkunle, A.O (1983): Updating the classification of Acid Sand Soils with particular reference to the soils on the NIFOR main station. Journal of Nigerian Institute for Oil Palm Research, 6: 234-255. Oliver, J.E. (1972): Climate and Man’s Environment. John Wiley & sons, New York. Pp 149. Park K. Preventive and Social Medicine: 17th Edition Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers 2002 pp. 314-380. Pearson, T.H. and Rosenberg, R. (1978): Macrobenthic succession in Relation to Organic Enrichment and Pollution of the Marine Environment. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. A. Rev. 16: 229-311. Pillay T.R.V. (1965): A report of the government of Nigeria on: Investigation of the Possibility of Brackish water fish culture in the Niger Delta. FAO. 1973. Powell, C.B. (1997): Discoveries and priorities for mammals in the freshwater forests of the Niger Delta. Oryx 31(2): 80-83. Praiti, L., Pavanello, R and Pesavin, P. (1971): Assessment of surface water quality by a simple Index of Pollution. Water Research 5: 741-751. Rhoads, D.K. (1974): Organism Sediment relations on the Muddy sea Floor. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Rev. 12: 263-300. Saltzman, B.E. (1954): Colorimetric Micro Determination Of Nitrogen Dioxide In The Atmosphere. Anal. Chem. 26: 1949-1954.


____________________________________________________________________________________

Bibliography 6 of 8

Sanders, H.L., (1968): Marine benthic diversity: A comparative Study. The American Naturalist 102 (925): 243-282. Sanders, H.L. (1958): Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay, I. Animal-sediment relationships: Limnol. And Oceanog. 3: 245-258. Sioli, H., (1975): Tropical rivers as expressions of their terrestrial environments: in F.B. Golley and E. Medina (Eds.), Tropical Ecological Systems: Trends in Terrestrial and Aquatic Research, Springer-Verlag, New York, N.Y., pp. 275-288. SIEP (1995): Environmental Assessment EP-95-0370; HSE Manual vol.3 Hazards and Effects Management Tools and Techniques. SIEP (1996): Social Impact Assessment Guideline EP-96-0371; HSE Manual. SPDC (1984): Drilling Engineering and Procedures Manual, SPDC, Port Harcourt. SPDC (1984): Standard Specifications for Construction. SPDC, Port Harcourt. SPDC (2000): Environmental Impact Assessment of Nembe Creek/Ekulama Associated Gas Gathering Project. SPDC, Port Harcourt, Nigeria. SPDC (2002): Environmental Impact Assessment for Otuegila - Nembe road project. Report submitted to SPDC, Port Harcourt. Jeboco Environtech Limited, Benin City. SPDC (2003): Gbaran/Ubie Node Integrated Oil and Gas Development Project/EIA TOR. SPDC, Port Harcourt. SPDC (2003): EGGS Phase 2 & Gbaran/Ubie IOGP Project. Document No. SPDC 203-296. SPDC, Port Harcourt. SPDC (2003): Gbaran/Ubie Nodal Development Surface Concept Selection. SPDC, Port Harcourt. SPDC (2003): Gbaran/Ubie Project Decommissioning Strategy. SPDC, Port Harcourt. SPDC (2002): Soku De-bottlenecking/Eastern Gas Gathering System (Phase 1) Projects Environmental, Social and Health Management Plan. SPDC, Port Harcourt. SPDC (2004): Trans Niger Health Impact Assessment Report. Steentoft, M.1986: Vegetation in West Africa. In: Lawson,G.W.(Ed) Plant Ecology in West Africa. Systems and Processes. John Wiley, Chichester. Strickland, J.D.H. and T.R. Parsons (1968): A practical handbook of seawaters analysis. Bulletin 167, fisheries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa, Canada. Sutherland.W.J.(1997): Ecological census techniques. A handbook. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.336p.


____________________________________________________________________________________

Bibliography 7 of 8

Turner, D.B (1970): Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates. Estimation of Sampling times longer than a few minutes. EPA, Office of Air Programmes, North Carolina. U.S.D.A. (1975): Soil Survey Manual. USDA Handbook No. 18, 503 pp. USEPA, (1976): Drinking Water Regulations. Federal Register. Pp 41-133. Walkey, A. and Black, I.A. (1934): An examination of Degtjareff Method of Determining Soil Organic Matter and a Proposed Modification of the Chromic Acid Titration Method. Soil Sc. 37:29-38. Weiner, R.M., R. Dihussong and R.R. Colwell (1980): An estuarine agar medium for enumeration of aerobic heterotrophic bacteria associated with water, sediment and shellfish. Can J. Microbiol 26: 1360-1369. WHO (1987): Air Quality guidelines for Europe. WHO Regional Publications, European series No. 23, World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe, Copenhagen. Pp 338. WHO: Manual of Epidemiology for District Health Management. 1994 pp. 77. WHO (1984): Guidelines on Drinking Water Quality, Vols I, II & III. Geneva. WHO (1971): International Standards for Drinking Water. 3rd ed. Geneva WHO (1976): Selected Methods of Measuring Air Pollutants. WHO Offset Publication No. 24. E. Geneva. William, R., Burchard, J., Hopson, A.J, Jenness, J, and Yaro, I. (1967): Fish and Fisheries of Northern Nigeria. Wilson, D. and Kopczynski, S.L. (1968): Laboratory Experience in Analysis of Nitric Oxide with Dichromate Paper. J. Air Pollution Contr. Asso. 8: 160-161. WMO (1978): International Operations Handbook for Measurement of Background Atmospheric Pollution, Geneva. World Meteorological Organization. WMO (1980). International Operators Handbook for Measurement of Background Atmospheric Pollution. No. 491. pp 22. WMO (1988): Assessment of Urban Air Quality, World Meteorological Organization. Gems/Air, Geneva. WMO (1988): International Operations Handbook for Measurement of Background Atmospheric Pollution. World Meteorological Organization. No. 491. E. Geneva. Richards, P.W.1981. The tropical rain forest. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.


____________________________________________________________________________________

Bibliography 8 of 8

World Bank Report (1995): Defining an environmental development strategy for the Niger Delta. Vols I & II. Industry and Energy Operations Division, West Central Africa Department, Washington, D.C.

Final EIA Report of Rumuekpe (OML 22) & Etelebou (OML 28) Area 3 Dimensional Seismic Survey _____________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________ List of Appendices 1 of 25

List of Appendices

Appendix 1: SPDC Waste Management System Manual Appendix 2: Report of FMENV Site Visit to the Rumuekpe (OML 22) Etelebou (OML 28) 3D

Seismic Survey Prospect Areas

Appendix 3: Minutes of Stakeholder Engagement Sessions Appendix 4: Some Photo clips of the Stakeholder Engagement sessions Appendix 5: Sample of SPDC Site Restoration certificate Appendix 6: UGNL/IDSL JV- 171 (Contractor) Community Affairs Stakeholders

Meeting Progress Sheet for the prospect Area Appendix 7: Magazine Licence Renewal Endorsement by the Ministry of Solid

Minerals Development Appendix 8: FMENV ToR /EIA Notification of the proposed Rumuekpe (OML 22)

and Etelebou (OML 28) 3D Seismic Survey Project


List of Appendices Page 2 of 55

Appendix 1:

The Shell Petroleum Development Company of

Nigeria Limited.

Operator of the NNPC/Shell/Agip/Elf Joint VentureOperator of the NNPC/Shell/Agip/Elf Joint VentureOperator of the NNPC/Shell/Agip/Elf Joint VentureOperator of the NNPC/Shell/Agip/Elf Joint Venture

WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MANUAL

SPDC 2003SPDC 2003SPDC 2003SPDC 2003----065065065065 Revision 0, Ver. 01 March 2003Revision 0, Ver. 01 March 2003Revision 0, Ver. 01 March 2003Revision 0, Ver. 01 March 2003



STATUS PAGESTATUS PAGESTATUS PAGESTATUS PAGE

Title:Title:Title:Title: WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MANUAL

Author:Author:Author:Author: HSX-ENVW

ReviReviReviReviewed byewed byewed byewed by:

I.C. Okoro (HSEI.C. Okoro (HSEI.C. Okoro (HSEI.C. Okoro (HSE----ENV)ENV)ENV)ENV)

Agreed by:Agreed by:Agreed by:Agreed by:

J.A O’Regan (HSE)J.A O’Regan (HSE)J.A O’Regan (HSE)J.A O’Regan (HSE) G.A. Ukong. G.A. Ukong. G.A. Ukong. G.A. Ukong. (SSC)(SSC)(SSC)(SSC)

Approved by:Approved by:Approved by:Approved by:

C.C. Ibeneche (SVD)C.C. Ibeneche (SVD)C.C. Ibeneche (SVD)C.C. Ibeneche (SVD) J.R. Udofia (DMD)J.R. Udofia (DMD)J.R. Udofia (DMD)J.R. Udofia (DMD)

Document Owner:Document Owner:Document Owner:Document Owner: HSE-ENV

Document Number:Document Number:Document Number:Document Number: SPDC 2003-065

Security:Security:Security:Security: Non-confidential

DistributionDistributionDistributionDistribution: All SPDC staff via Intranet, Corporate HSE Website

To be revised before:To be revised before:To be revised before:To be revised before: March 2004

Change historyChange historyChange historyChange history:

Revision Date Pages Reason

0 March 2003 All Initial publication

Language:Language:Language:Language:

In this document the recommendations for a course of action are made with varying degrees of emphasis. As a rule:

� The word ‘maymaymaymay’ indicates a possible course of action � The word ‘shouldshouldshouldshould’ indicates a preferred course of action � The word ‘shallshallshallshall’ indicates a mandatory course of action

Deviations:Deviations:Deviations:Deviations:

This procedure supersedes all other earlier versions and the Document Custodian must agree to further deviations in writing.

Document controlDocument controlDocument controlDocument control

The only controlled and valid version of this procedure is the document on the SPDC HSE web page, of which HSX-ENVW is the custodian.



Table of ContentsTable of ContentsTable of ContentsTable of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS ......................................................................................................... 4

L IST OF F IGURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 5555

L IST OF APPENDICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . Er ror! Bookmark not def ined.

1111 INTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . 7777 1.1 BACKGROUND ........................................................................................................ 7 1.2 PURPOSE ............................................................................................................... 7 1.3 SCOPE ................................................................................................................. 7 1.4 RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................... 7 1.5 DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS .................................................................................. 11

2222 LEADERSHIP AND COMMITMENTLEADERSHIP AND COMMITMENTLEADERSHIP AND COMMITMENTLEADERSHIP AND COMMITMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12121212

3333 POL ICY AND STRATEGIC OBJECTIVEPOL ICY AND STRATEGIC OBJECTIVEPOL ICY AND STRATEGIC OBJECTIVEPOL ICY AND STRATEGIC OBJECTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13131313 3.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT POLICY ................................................................................... 13 3.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLANNING .............................................................................. 13 3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ......................................................................... 13 3.4 REGULATORY AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................ 14

4.4.4.4. ORGANIZATION, RESPONSIB I L IT IES, RESOURCES, STANDARDS AND ORGANIZATION, RESPONSIB I L IT IES, RESOURCES, STANDARDS AND ORGANIZATION, RESPONSIB I L IT IES, RESOURCES, STANDARDS AND ORGANIZATION, RESPONSIB I L IT IES, RESOURCES, STANDARDS AND DOCUMENTATIONDOCUMENTATIONDOCUMENTATIONDOCUMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . 15151515 4.1 ORGANISATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES .......................................................................... 15 4.1.1 ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE .................................................................................... 15 4.1.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................................... 16 4.1.2.1 HSX-ENVW RESPONSIBILITIES................................................................................. 17 4.1.2.2 SSC-CLN RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................... 18 4.1.2.3 SSX-WST RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................... 18 4.1.2.4 DWR-EVX RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................... 19 4.1.2.5 LINE DEPARTMENTS’ RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................... 19 4.2 RESOURCES AND COMPETENCE .................................................................................. 20 4.2.1 COMPETENCE DEVELOPMENT ..................................................................................... 20 4.2.2 TRAINING ............................................................................................................ 20 4.2.3 BUDGETING ......................................................................................................... 20 4.3 COMMUNICATIONS ............................................................................................... 20 4.4 CONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT ................................................................................... 20 4.5 STANDARDS ......................................................................................................... 20 4.5.1 REGULATORY STANDARDS AND COMPLIANCE ................................................................... 20 4.5.2 WORKSITE SAFETY .................................................................................................. 21 4.5.3 WASTE SEGREGATION ............................................................................................. 21 4.5.4 WASTE CATEGORISATION ......................................................................................... 21 4.5.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE INDICATORS .......................................................... 22 4.6 DOCUMENTATION AND RETENTION OF RECORDS ............................................................. 22 4.6.1 WASTE INVENTORY ................................................................................................ 22 4.6.2 DOCUMENT CONTROL ............................................................................................ 23

5. 5. 5. 5. HAZARDS AND EFFECTS MANAGEMENTHAZARDS AND EFFECTS MANAGEMENTHAZARDS AND EFFECTS MANAGEMENTHAZARDS AND EFFECTS MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 24242424 5.1 IDENTIFICATION ..................................................................................................... 24 5.1.1 WASTE IDENTIFICATION ........................................................................................... 24 5.1.2 WASTE CHARACTERIZATION ...................................................................................... 24 5.1 ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................................ 24 5.2.1 WASTE DISPOSAL SCREENING CRITERIA .......................................................................... 24



5.2.2 WASTE DISPOSAL SITE SENSITIVITY INDICES ...................................................................... 24 5.2.3 WASTE INCIDENTS ASSESSMENT ................................................................................ 24 5.3 CONTROL ............................................................................................................ 24 5.3.1 WASTE HANDLING, TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL ................................................................ 24 5.3.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES ............................................................................... 24 5.4 RECOVERY ........................................................................................................... 24 5.4.1 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ........................................................................................... 24 5.4.2 CONTINGENCY PLAN .............................................................................................. 24

6. PLANNING AND PROCEDURES6. PLANNING AND PROCEDURES6. PLANNING AND PROCEDURES6. PLANNING AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25252525 6.1 PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES ................................................................. 25 6.2 PROGRESSIVE REDUCTION OF WASTES ........................................................................... 25 6.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT IN OPERATING PROCEDURES .......................................................... 25 6.4 DEVELOPMENT, REVIEW AND PUBLICATION OF PROCEDURES .................................................. 25

7. 7. 7. 7. IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND CORRECTIVEIMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND CORRECTIVEIMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND CORRECTIVEIMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND CORRECTIVE ACTIONACTIONACTIONACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 26262626 7.1 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE MONITORING ...................................................................... 26 7.2 NON-COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT ............................................................................. 26 7.3 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING ............................................................... 26 7.4 WASTE TARGET SETTING AND MONITORING ................................................................... 26 7.5 WASTE TRACKING .................................................................................................. 26 7.6 ASSET INTEGRITY .................................................................................................... 26 7.7 INCIDENT MONITORING, REPORTING, INVESTIGATION AND FOLLOW-UP ................................. 26

8. 8. 8. 8. AUDITAUDITAUDITAUDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27272727 8.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT AUDIT .................................................................................... 27 8.2 AUDITORS’ COMPETENCIES ........................................................................................ 27 8.3 FOLLOW-UP .......................................................................................................... 27

9.9.9.9. REV IEWREVIEWREVIEWREVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28282828 9.1 QUARTERLY & ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW ................................................................. 28 9.2 WMS REVIEW ...................................................................................................... 28 9.3 ORGANIZATION CHANGES ....................................................................................... 28

REFERENCESREFERENCESREFERENCESREFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29292929

APPENDICESAPPENDICESAPPENDICESAPPENDICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30303030 APPENDIX 1: WASTE MANAGEMENT POLICY ................................................................. 30 APPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESS………………………..….28 APPENDIX 3: WASTE INVENTORY MASTER SHEET .............................................. 31 APPENDIX 4: WASTE MANAGEMENT FACIL IT IES................................................. 38

Appendix 5: WASTE MANAGEMENT FOCAL POINTSAppendix 5: WASTE MANAGEMENT FOCAL POINTSAppendix 5: WASTE MANAGEMENT FOCAL POINTSAppendix 5: WASTE MANAGEMENT FOCAL POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40404040

List of FiguresList of FiguresList of FiguresList of Figures Figure 1: WMS Manual With Group & SPDC Guidelines……………………………..……………6 Figure 2: Waste Management Planning Approach………………………………….………….…..10 Figure 3: Waste Management Organisational Chart…………………….…….………..………….12 Figure 4: Waste Management Roles & Responsibilities…………………..………………...……....13 Figure 5: Waste Management Classification Structure……………………………………..……….16



List of TablesList of TablesList of TablesList of Tables

L i s t Of SPDC Rela ted Documen ts……….………………..………………..……….7L is t Of SPDC Rela ted Documen ts……….………………..………………..……….7L is t Of SPDC Rela ted Documen ts……….………………..………………..……….7L is t Of SPDC Rela ted Documen ts……….………………..………………..……….7 Definitions And Abbreviations In This Document……………………………………….…………8



1 INTRODUCTION

1.11.11.11.1 BackgroundBackgroundBackgroundBackground

The deployment of a new Services Directorate in January 2003 prompted the review of the existing waste management system. The re-organization, which gave rise to the setting up of an Integrated Waste Management (SSX-WST) and Waste Management Technical Authority (SSC-CLN) teams in the Logistics Department of the new directorate, has created changes in the existing waste management process in SPDC. As it were, Production Services, Utilities, Estate Services and General Services who were separate line departments running waste management business in the old organisation, have come under the new directorate, with all waste management activities being integrated and to be managed by SSX-WST (Integrated Waste Management Team), with technical support from SSC-CLN.

1.21.21.21.2 PurposePurposePurposePurpose

This Waste Management System Manual is developed to: � Document SPDC’s waste management system � Delineate the key roles and responsibilities for waste management delivery process � Provide direction on the interface between the line departments and corporate waste management team.

1.31.31.31.3 ScopeScopeScopeScope

This document provides the relevant steer to managing waste (any material to be disposed of, as being of no further primary use, but excludes aqueous and gaseous effluents) in SPDC. It is structured to be in conformity with relevant Group HSE and Waste Management Guides as well as SPDC HSE-MS Manual. It shall be applicable to waste management process in all SPDC locations. In other words, activities, assets or organization in the waste management business shall be guided by this document.

1.41.41.41.4 Related DocumentsRelated DocumentsRelated DocumentsRelated Documents

This document is derived from the Group Waste Management Guide and SPDC HSE-MS Manual. Figure 1 illustrates it. Table 1 shows related documents in the HSE-MS framework.



Waste Management System Structure

Leadership and Commitment

Policy and Strategic Objectives

Management Review

Corrective Action &

Improvement

Audit

Organisation, Responsibilities

Resources, Standards & Doc.

Corrective Action &

Improvement

Monitoring

Planning & Procedures

Hazard and Effects Management

Implementation

Corrective

Action

PLAN

DO

CHECK

FEEDACK

Statement of General Business

Policy Guidelines on Health, Safety and the Environment

HSE Management System

Waste Management Guide

HSE-MS Guidelines

Other Functional Guides

Other Group Guides

Shell Group

Waste Management System Manual

HSE-MS Manual

Other Guides

SPDC



Figure 1. WMS Manual with Group and SPDC Guidelines.



Table 1. List of SPDC Related Documents

DocumDocumDocumDocument Nameent Nameent Nameent Name Reference Reference Reference Reference

HSE Policy SPDC web Waste Management Policy SPDC web Material & Energy Policy SPDC web Produced Water Policy SPDC web Gas Flaring Policy SPDC web Use of Chemicals Policy SPDC web Asbestos Policy. SPDC web HSE Competence Assurance Manual The Register of HSE Critical Legislation 98-335 Contractor Management Guide SPDC 99-031 Worksite Hazard Information System Manual Corporate Waste Management Plan Procedure for Inputting Waste Data into WMIS SPDC – P? Procedure for Compilation and Reporting of Waste Data SPDC – P? Waste Prediction Modeling, Deployment and Monitoring Plan. SPDC – P? SPDC SHOC Manual Waste Management Manual SPDC web Procedure for HSE Data Reporting and Record Keeping HSE-P-08 Procedure for Disposal of Obsolete Seismic Tapes DTE-GPH Procedure for Hospital Waste Handling and Disposal MDE-OH Procedure for Handling and Disposal of Photocopier Consumables HGX-GEN Procedure for Disposal of Waste Toner and Replenisher HGX-GEN Waste Classification Guide SPDC – G? Procedure for Handling, Transporting and Disposal of Waste SPDC – P? Waste Data Quality Management Plan SPDC – P?



1.51.51.51.5 Definitions & AbbreviationsDefinitions & AbbreviationsDefinitions & AbbreviationsDefinitions & Abbreviations

Definitions of special terminologies and abbreviations used in this document are presented in Table 2 below. Table 2: Definitions and Abbreviations in this document. Abbreviation/TermAbbreviation/TermAbbreviation/TermAbbreviation/Term

MeaningMeaningMeaningMeaning CMG Contractor Management Guide DEE-HSE Central Engineering East- Health Safety Environment DMP-HSE Major Projects – Health Safety Environment DPR Department of Petroleum Resources DTX-HSE Sub-surface Development - Health Safety Environment DWR-EVX Well Engineering Risk – Environmental Management East or West EGASPIN Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EP Exploration and Production EPBM Exploration and Production Business Model FEPA Federal Environmental Protection Authority FRD Focused Result Delivery HEMP Hazards and Effects Management Process HSE - MS Health Safety Environment – Management System HSE-ENV Health Safety Environment Function – Environmental Assessment Department HSE-ENVW Health Safety Environment Function – Environmental Assessment Department,

Waste Management Section. HSE-SYSA Health Safety Environment Function – Systems Department, Audit Section Line Department All departments including SSX-WST involved in waste generation, segregation,

handling, transporting, treatment and disposal activities. MEE Minimum Environmental Expectations OU Operational Unit PBX-HSE Western Swamp Area Production Team (East & West) - Health Safety

Environment POM-HSE Production Offshore Division - Health Safety Environment PPX-HSE Pipeline Integrity - Health Safety Environment PTX-HSE Production Terminal East & West - Health Safety Environment RAM Risk Assessment Matrix RPL External Relations Lagos SHOC Safe Handling of Chemicals LSA Low Specific Activity SIEP Shell International Exploration and Petroleum SMART Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic, Time-based SPDC Shell Petroleum Development Company SSC Corporate Logistics Services SSX-LOG Logistics Services Department - East SSX-WST Logistics Services Department – Integrated Waste Management Section SVD Services Directorate VRL-ENV Ventures Representations Lagos - Environment Waste Waste is any material to be disposed of, as being of no further primary use, but

excludes aqueous and gaseous effluents from company activities WCN Waste Consignment Note WMIS Waste Management Information System WMS Waste Management System



2 LEADERSHIP AND COMMITMENT SPDC’s waste management is given top management attention. Waste Management leadership is vested in the Corporate Waste Management Team and all Line Departments. In SPDC, commitment to waste management is visible as in: � The allocation of resources for complying with the waste management policy. � The participation of top management in waste management reviews, workshops and inspections. � The approval of initiatives for waste management performance improvement.



3 POLICY AND STRATEGIC OBJECTIVE

3.13.13.13.1 Waste Management PolicyWaste Management PolicyWaste Management PolicyWaste Management Policy

The Managing Director signed, in March 1999 the company’s waste management policy. The policy is presented in Appendix 1.

3.23.23.23.2 Waste Management PlanningWaste Management PlanningWaste Management PlanningWaste Management Planning

The waste management planning provides the strategic guide to develop a systematic approach for implementing the policy. The elements of the waste management principles include – inventorisation, characterisation, segregation, minimisation, treatment and disposal. Fig 2 shows the relationship of these elements in the overall waste management process.

Figure 2: Waste management planning approach

3.33.33.33.3 Environmental Impact AssessmentEnvironmental Impact AssessmentEnvironmental Impact AssessmentEnvironmental Impact Assessment

Management plan for risks and hazards from waste incidents form part of the Environmental Management Plan in the EIA documents developed for every new project or redevelopment. This waste risks and hazards assessment is conducted in line with the Hazards and Effects Management Process (HEMP) in the HSE-MS.



3.43.43.43.4 Regulatory and Legal RequirementsRegulatory and Legal RequirementsRegulatory and Legal RequirementsRegulatory and Legal Requirements

Compliance to legislation is a policy requirement. The Federal Republic of Nigeria has a body of legislation governing the management of waste in the industrial sector and legislation specific to the oil industry. Responsibility for legislation and enforcement lies with:

� The Federal Ministry of Labour and Productivity (General HSE in Industry) � The Federal Ministry of Petroleum; Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR) (Oil Industry)

� The Federal Ministry of Environment Additional regulatory bodies exist at state level, specifically the State Environmental Protection Agencies reporting to the Ministry of Environment. The major regulatory guidelines and standards governing EP waste management business in Nigeria include:

� DPR Environmental Guidelines & Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria - 1991 � FEPA Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in Nigeria - 1991

Compliance with waste management legislation is a line responsibility and is assured by compliance verifications conducted by HSE-SYSA. Non-compliance is reported and followed up until they are closed out.



4. ORGANIZATION, RESPONSIBILITIES, RESOURCES, STANDARDS AND DOCUMENTATION

4.14.14.14.1 Organisation and ResponsibilitiesOrganisation and ResponsibilitiesOrganisation and ResponsibilitiesOrganisation and Responsibilities

4.1.14.1.14.1.14.1.1 Organisational StructureOrganisational StructureOrganisational StructureOrganisational Structure

Figure 3 below shows the various line departments in the different directorates that are responsible for waste management. The organigram is in line with management roles and not hierarchical, and so shall not be used as representation of levels of authority.

Figure 3: Waste Management Organisational Chart. Waste management activities are undertaken in various forms in the different Directorates in the entire company with locations in Abuja, Logos, Port Harcourt, Warri and Offshore. The directorates include: 1. Human Resources (HRD) 2. New Business and Exploration (BDD) 3. External Relations (RXD) 4. Commercial and Finance (CFD) 5. Development (DVD) 6. Production (PDD) 7. Services (SVD) The industrial and domestic activities of these directorates generate waste, which are managed in line with relevant SPDC guidelines and procedures. Except waste from drilling, all wastes shall be transported, treated and disposed by the Services Directorate.

SVD DMD

SSC HSE

SSC-CLN HSE-ENV SSX-WST

HSX-ENVW

DWR-EVX

DMP-HSE

PTX-HSE

PAX-HSE

PBX-HSE

PCX-HSE

VRL-ENV

PPX-HSE

POM-HSE

DTX-HSE

DEE-SVC

RPL

Line Departments



4.1.24.1.24.1.24.1.2 Roles and ResponsibilitiesRoles and ResponsibilitiesRoles and ResponsibilitiesRoles and Responsibilities The roles and responsibilities in waste management process, which includes planning, inventorisation, transportation, minimisation, treatment, disposal, reporting, inspection etc have been clearly delineated into the various waste management line departments. These departments are as follows:

1. HSE aspects of waste management - HSX-ENVW 2. Corporate waste management technical authority – SSC-CLN 3. Integrated waste management operations– SSX-WST 4. Drilling waste management – DRW-EVX 5. Other waste management lines in Production (Land, Swamp, Offshore), Seismic, Major Projects, Terminal

Operations, Pipelines, Office & Estate Services (PHC, Abuja, Lagos, Warri), etc. Figure 4. below shows a diagrammatic representation of the key roles of the various departments.

Figure 4. Roles of various waste management team

Recycle, treat and dispose waste

Report performance to SSC - CLN

Transport waste from

Drilling & other sites to WM facilities

Report performance via WMIS

Liase with SSX - WST to transport, treat & dispose waste

Inventorise and report quantity via WMIS

Generate other waste & segregate at source

Inventorise, treat &

dispose waste

Generate drilling waste & segregate at source



Generate waste & segregate at source

OTHER LINESOTHER LINESOTHER LINESOTHER LINES DWRDWRDWRDWR ---- EVEEVEEVEEVE SSXSSXSSXSSX ---- WSTWSTWSTWST

LLLL WASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITYWASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITYWASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITYWASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITY (SSC)(SSC)(SSC)(SSC)

• Corporate performance reporting• Technical support• Standards & procedures

• WMS process driver• Research & development• Guidelines & standards• Regulatory compliance monitoring

WASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITY WASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITY WASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITY WASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITY (SSC(SSC(SSC(SSC

---- CLN)CLN)CLN)CLN)

WASTE MANAGEMENTGT IN CORPORATE WASTE MANAGEMENTGT IN CORPORATE WASTE MANAGEMENTGT IN CORPORATE WASTE MANAGEMENTGT IN CORPORATE HSEHSEHSEHSE

Recycle, treat and dispose waste

Report performance to SSC - CLN

Transport waste from

Drilling & other sites to WM facilities

Report performance via WMIS



Generate other waste & segregate at source

Inventorise, treat &

dispose waste

Generate drilling waste & segregate at source



Generate waste & segregate at source

OTHER LINESOTHER LINESOTHER LINESOTHER LINES DWRDWRDWRDWR ---- EVEEVEEVEEVE SSXSSXSSXSSX ---- WSWSWSWSTTTT

•

Corporate performance reporting

• Technical guidelines & standards

•

WMS process driver •

Research & development • HSE guidelines & Standards

•

Regulatory compliance monitoring

WASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITYWASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITYWASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITYWASTE MGT. TECHNICAL AUTHORITY (SSC)(SSC)(SSC)(SSC)

WASTE MANAGEMENT WASTE MANAGEMENT WASTE MANAGEMENT WASTE MANAGEMENT IN CORPORATEIN CORPORATEIN CORPORATEIN CORPORATE HSEHSEHSEHSE

LINE DEPARTMENTSLINE DEPARTMENTSLINE DEPARTMENTSLINE DEPARTMENTS

• Waste Mgt.Plan Procedures •



The figure above shows waste management key roles and the relationship among the various waste management teams namely HSX-ENVW, SSC-CLN, SSX-WST and other Line Departments. Details of the specific roles in each waste management business activity and the overlaps within the various teams are presented in Appendix 2. However high level responsibilities to be performed by HSX-EVW, SSC-CLN, SSX-WST and the other Waste Management Line Departments are presented in Sections 4.1.2.1 – 4.1.2.5 below.

4.1.2.14.1.2.14.1.2.14.1.2.1 HSXHSXHSXHSX----ENVWENVWENVWENVW ResponsibilitiesResponsibilitiesResponsibilitiesResponsibilities

The responsibilities of the Corporate Waste Management Team (HSX-ENVW) are as follows:

� Create awareness on corporate waste management issues. � Develop waste management business planning procedure; challenge Line waste management plans. � Develop strategy on animal testing in line with Group standards; perform, and report to SIEP. � Develop strategy, maintain and monitor waste management petitions. � Develop strategy for waste forecast & reduction programme. � Develop, disseminate, and maintain HSE guidelines and standards in waste management. � Develop, maintain and carry out periodic review of the waste management system. � Develop, maintain and review the hazardous waste register. � Drive and monitor waste management aspects of MEE e.g. CFCs & halons phase-out, LSA/NORM

monitoring etc. � Drive regulatory standards and compliance issues on waste management in liaison with HSE-SYSA � Drive the development and deployment of new waste management issues, standards and requirements. � Participate in the chemical management committee. � Participate in waste management performance reviews. � Perform inspections and audits of waste management processes and facilities � Perform corporate waste data verification exercises. � Perform research on new waste management initiatives and technologies in EP industry � Provide support to SSC-CLN on waste characterization and analyses. � Provide support to SSC-CLN in the review of the waste management master plan, and the waste

management manual. � Review waste management plans in EIAs and monitor waste management aspects of the EMP.



4.1.2.24.1.2.24.1.2.24.1.2.2 SSCSSCSSCSSC----CLN ResponsibilitiesCLN ResponsibilitiesCLN ResponsibilitiesCLN Responsibilities

The responsibilities of the Corporate Waste Management Technical Authority team (SSC-CLN) are as follows: � Be custodian of Waste Inventory Process, which includes management of WMIS & WCN and training of

users. � Carry out inspections and audits on waste management facilities in liaison with HSX-ENVW � Collate waste inventory data from drilling, SSX-WST and other line departments, using WMIS. � Comply with MEE in all aspects of the waste management operations. � Conduct characterization and analysis of wastes in liaison with HSX-ENVW � Create awareness on standard waste management practice � Develop and maintain 5-year corporate waste management master plan. � Develop strategy and programme for waste minimisation based on waste forecast. � Develop strategy for deploying new waste management issues to the line departments. � Develop work procedures, instructions and technical standards of facilities, equipment and systems for

waste transportation, treatment and disposal. � Identify improvement opportunities to existing waste transportation, treatment and disposal in liaison with

HSX-ENVW. � Implement the Waste Management System requirements. � Maintain and review the corporate waste management master plan in liaison with HSX-ENVW. � Plan and organize quarterly and annual waste management performance reviews. � Provide standards for setting up, operating and maintaining waste management facilities. � Participate in review of the waste management master plan and the waste management manual. � Develop, and deploy HEMP to line on waste management functions. � Develop and maintain a database on waste management facilities capacities and operational status vis-à-

vis waste forecasts and reduction programmes. � Provide support to HSX-ENVW on waste petition management. � Quality-check waste inventory data from drilling and other line departments and report to HSX-ENVW.

4.1.2.34.1.2.34.1.2.34.1.2.3 SSXSSXSSXSSX----WST ResponsibilitiesWST ResponsibilitiesWST ResponsibilitiesWST Responsibilities

The responsibilities of the Integrated Waste Management Team (SSX-WST) are as follows:

� Be custodian (asset holder) of waste management facilities. � Carry out waste management inspections of disposal facilities in liaison with SSC-CLN. � Collect and transport waste from designated collection points to disposal facilities. � Create awareness on standards waste collection, transportation, treatment and disposal issues. � Implement HEMP in waste collection, treatment and disposal processes. � Drive, maintain and operate primary and secondary waste segregation facilities � Ensure compliance with applicable waste management aspects of MEE, and other standards. � Ensure compliance with HSE and regulatory requirements on waste storage, transportation, treatment and

disposal. � Implement applicable waste minimization strategies. � Implement the Waste Management System requirements. � Implement work procedures, instructions and technical standards of facilities, equipment and systems for

waste transportation, treatment and disposal � Inventorize and report waste data to SSC-CLN. � Participate in waste management audit of facilities. � Participate in waste management performance reviews. � Participate in review of the waste management master plan and the waste management manual.



� Provide appropriate equipment for waste inventorisation, segregation and minimization (e.g. recycling). � Set-up, operate and maintain waste collection, transportation, treatment and disposal facilities. � Provide support to HSX-ENVW on waste petition management. � Track waste movements using WCN, and maintain records.

4.1.2.44.1.2.44.1.2.44.1.2.4 DWRDWRDWRDWR----EVX ResponsibilitiesEVX ResponsibilitiesEVX ResponsibilitiesEVX Responsibilities The responsibilities of the Drilling Waste Management Team (DWR-EVX) are as follows:

� Apply HEMP in drilling waste management activities. � Carry out primary waste segregation (at source). � Conduct drilling waste management inspections in liaison with SSC-CLN. � Create awareness on drilling waste management practice. � Develop waste management plan and send to HSX-ENVW for challenge. � Develop, and implement work procedures, instructions and technical standards of facilities, equipment and

systems for drilling waste transportation, treatment and disposal. � Ensure compliance with applicable waste management aspects of MEE. � Ensure compliance with HSE and regulatory requirements. � Implement the Waste Management System requirements. � Implement applicable waste minimization strategies � Inventorize and report waste data to SSC-CLN. � Participate in audit of drilling waste management facilities. � Participate in review of the waste management master plan and the waste management manual.

� Participate in waste management performance reviews. � Provide drilling waste forecast and reduction plan. � Set up, operate and maintain drilling waste management facilities. � Track drilling waste movement using WCN, and maintain records. � Transport and dispose drilling waste from point of generation to disposal.

4.1.2.54.1.2.54.1.2.54.1.2.5 Other Line Departments’ ResponsibilitiesOther Line Departments’ ResponsibilitiesOther Line Departments’ ResponsibilitiesOther Line Departments’ Responsibilities Other Line Departments include but not limited to DMP-HSE, PTX-HSE, PAX-HSE, PBX-HSE, PCX-HSE, VRL-ENV, PPX-HSE, POM-HSE, DEE-HSE, DTX-HSE, SLE-OFI, and RPL. The responsibilities of these Line Departments are as follows:

� Apply HEMP in waste management operations. � Carry out primary waste segregation � Comply with HSE and regulatory standards. � Create awareness on standard waste management practice. � Develop waste management plan and send to HSX-ENVW for challenge. � Ensure compliance with applicable waste management aspects of MEE. � Implement applicable waste minimization strategies. � Implement new waste management issues. � Implement relevant technical standards, work instructions and procedures on waste management. � Implement the Waste Management System requirements. � Inventorize and report waste data to SSC-CLN. � Participate in waste management inspections. � Participate in waste management performance reviews � Participate in review of the waste management master plan and the waste management manual.



� Provide waste forecast in liaison with SSC-CLN. � Track waste movement using WCN, and maintain records. � Transport waste from point of generation to point of collection.

4.24.24.24.2 Resources and CompetenceResources and CompetenceResources and CompetenceResources and Competence

4.2.14.2.14.2.14.2.1 Competence DevCompetence DevCompetence DevCompetence Developmentelopmentelopmentelopment

The Human Resources Management System describes the structured framework for developing SPDC staff. It is a line management responsibility to provide sufficient resources of the right competence for all waste management activities and roles. Systems for competence assurance apply both to initial recruitment and to selection for new activities, and to both staff and contractors. Details on competence development of personnel for the effective performance of waste management duties are provided in SPDC HSE Competence Assurance Manual and SPDC HSE Handbook for New Recruits

4.2.24.2.24.2.24.2.2 TrainingTrainingTrainingTraining

A wide range of HSE training including waste management is made available to all SPDC staff. This training can be sourced through the HR function, through the corporate HSE function and via line management approval from external sources. The Corporate Learning & Development (HRW-LD) ‘Learning Guide’ provides details of training courses available to Company staff and Contractor personnel, and describes the nominations and course attendance process.

4.2.34.2.34.2.34.2.3 BudgetingBudgetingBudgetingBudgeting

Every line department shall provide budget for the execution of its waste management work plan. However a centralized budget for HSE training exists within the HR function.

4.34.34.34.3 CommunicationsCommunicationsCommunicationsCommunications

Waste management work plans, standards, instructions, and performance are documented, discussed in review meetings, shared via e-mails, published on the web, in newsletters or printed and distributed to all responsible parties. Waste management process documents are available on the web @: http://sww.phc.spdc.shell.ng/dir/pdd/hse/St3/environ/WMhome_page_1.htm

4.44.44.44.4 Contractor ManagementContractor ManagementContractor ManagementContractor Management

Contractors are responsible for carrying out over 80% of SPDC’s front-line activities and therefore contractor management guidelines are made available by the HSE MS to aid effective management of contracted waste management activities. See the Contractor Management Guidelines (CMG) for details.

4.54.54.54.5 StandardsStandardsStandardsStandards

4.5.14.5.14.5.14.5.1 Regulatory Standards and ComplianceRegulatory Standards and ComplianceRegulatory Standards and ComplianceRegulatory Standards and Compliance

Relevant regulatory standards such as the Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry in Nigeria (EGASPIN) 1991, and the FEPA (now FME) Environmental Guidelines and Standards for Pollution Control in Nigeria, 1991 provide the basic regulations on waste management in Nigeria. State EPAs, and other relevant international laws and conventions ratified by Nigeria are also complied with. Detailed regulatory review is provided in Section Five of the SPDC Waste Management Manual, 2001.



4.5.24.5.24.5.24.5.2 Worksite Safety Worksite Safety Worksite Safety Worksite Safety

Worksite Hazard Identification System (WHIS) is an electronic database that matches tasks to hazards to operational controls. It applies equally to SPDC and contracted operations. It is used in tandem with the Permit to Work (PTW) system to ensure basic safety standards are maintained on site such as waste handling, treatment and

disposal sites.

4.5.34.5.34.5.34.5.3 Waste SegregationWaste SegregationWaste SegregationWaste Segregation

Waste segregation is implemented at source. It is the responsibility of the waste generators to provide the segregation bins for the segregation scheme. However, the SSX-WST team shall manage central segregation scheme in the residential and office areas. Segregation shall be in accordance with the procedure presented in Appendix I of the Waste Management Manual.

4.5.44.5.44.5.44.5.4 Waste CategorisationWaste CategorisationWaste CategorisationWaste Categorisation

SPDC categorises her wastes in two standards.

1. SIEP standard: which include wastes from core exploration and production activities but excludes aqueous and

gaseous effluents. This category does not include domestic and office wastes, and are called EP Wastes.



2. SPDC standard: which include wastes from all forms of company activities, but excludes aqueous and gaseous

effluents. This category of wastes is called OU waste. The figure below shows the waste classification structure. Detailed information is contained in the Waste Classification Guide, 2002. Figure 5 below is a diagrammatic representation of waste categorisation.

Figure 5. SPDC Waste Classification Structure

4.5.54.5.54.5.54.5.5 Waste Management Performance IndicatorsWaste Management Performance IndicatorsWaste Management Performance IndicatorsWaste Management Performance Indicators

Waste management performance is measured in line with the (2) standards as presented in 4.5.4. above. The performance indicators include:

� EP Hazardous waste generated � EP Hazardous waste disposed � EP Non hazardous waste generated � EP Non hazardous waste disposed � OU Hazardous waste generated � OU Hazardous waste disposed � OU Non hazardous waste generated � OU Non hazardous waste disposed

4.64.64.64.6 Documentation and Retention of RecordsDocumentation and Retention of RecordsDocumentation and Retention of RecordsDocumentation and Retention of Records

4.6.14.6.14.6.14.6.1 Waste InventoryWaste InventoryWaste InventoryWaste Inventory

Waste is inventorized at source. The generator, who reports quantity generated to SSC-CLN via the Waste Management Information System, also keeps the records. Monthly reports are compiled by SSC-CLN and sent to HSX-ENVW. The waste inventory master sheet is presented in Appendix 3.



4.6.24.6.24.6.24.6.2 Document ControlDocument ControlDocument ControlDocument Control

Waste management documents shall be in line with SPDC’s HSE-MS Document Management Control Procedure & Document Classification. This is to ease understanding and facilitate communication. Currently not all Waste management documents conform to these requirements and so plans are in place to migrate all documents to this format.



5. HAZARDS AND EFFECTS MANAGEMENT

5.15.15.15.1 Identification Identification Identification Identification

5.1.15.1.15.1.15.1.1 Waste Identification Waste Identification Waste Identification Waste Identification

A list of waste identified in the company is presented in Appendix 3. However new waste streams encountered shall be reported to SSC-CLN who shall liase with HSX-ENVW before characterisation and adoption.

5.1.25.1.25.1.25.1.2 Waste CharacterizationWaste CharacterizationWaste CharacterizationWaste Characterization

The chemical constituents of the various waste streams are presented in Appendix D of the Waste Management Manual. This characterisation informs the segregation and classification principles.

5.25.25.25.2 AssessmentAssessmentAssessmentAssessment

5.2.15.2.15.2.15.2.1 Waste Disposal Screening CriteriaWaste Disposal Screening CriteriaWaste Disposal Screening CriteriaWaste Disposal Screening Criteria

Waste screening criteria shall be used to assess a waste before discharge. This assessment shall indicate whether or not a waste is qualified for discharge or requires further treatment. The guide for this assessment shall be developed.

5.2.25.2.25.2.25.2.2 Waste Disposal Site Sensitivity IndicesWaste Disposal Site Sensitivity IndicesWaste Disposal Site Sensitivity IndicesWaste Disposal Site Sensitivity Indices

Waste disposal sites shall be monitored in operations. Environmental sensitivity indicators shall be used to delineate the potential of contamination of such sites. The guide for this indexing shall be developed.

5.2.35.2.35.2.35.2.3 Waste Incidents Assessment Waste Incidents Assessment Waste Incidents Assessment Waste Incidents Assessment

Waste discharge or other waste related incidents shall be investigated and its impact to the environment, and human health assessed using the RAM. Procedure for waste incident assessment shall be developed.

5.35.35.35.3 ControlControlControlControl

5.3.15.3.15.3.15.3.1 Waste Handling, Treatment and Disposal Waste Handling, Treatment and Disposal Waste Handling, Treatment and Disposal Waste Handling, Treatment and Disposal

Methods for waste handling from generation to disposal are provided in the Procedure for handling, transport and disposal of waste. Available and applicable treatment methods are presented in Section 6.9 of the Waste Management Manual.

5.3.25.3.25.3.25.3.2 Waste Management FacilitiesWaste Management FacilitiesWaste Management FacilitiesWaste Management Facilities

Wastes, except the recyclable ones, are treated before discharged to the environment. A list of current waste management facilities and their operational status are presented in Appendix 4.

5.45.45.45.4 RecoveryRecoveryRecoveryRecovery

5.4.15.4.15.4.15.4.1 Emergency Response Emergency Response Emergency Response Emergency Response

Emergency response plan for waste related incident shall be developed.

5.4.25.4.25.4.25.4.2 Contingency Plan Contingency Plan Contingency Plan Contingency Plan

Plan to manage waste in case of failure of existing facilities shall be developed.



6. PLANNING AND PROCEDURES

6.16.16.16.1 Planning and Implementation StrategiesPlanning and Implementation StrategiesPlanning and Implementation StrategiesPlanning and Implementation Strategies

Waste management plans are developed in line with the Corporate HSE Business Plan. The business plan for 2003 – 2007 shall be used to develop corporate waste management plan for the next four (4) years. Business plans contain SMART work plans, budgeting and cost optimisation strategies. The plans shall take into cognisance the 5-year waste forecast vis a vis capacity of waste management infrastructures, to identify gaps for effective performance and put in place controls based on the gap analysis. The Waste Management team in the Corporate HSE shall challenge these waste management business plans.

6.26.26.26.2 Progressive Reduction of WastesProgressive Reduction of WastesProgressive Reduction of WastesProgressive Reduction of Wastes

At the background of waste management planning, is the strategic approach to reduce waste generation. As it were, waste generation in SPDC is likely to increase in the next 5 years (SPDC Waste Prediction Modelling, Deployment and Monitoring Plan). The challenge is therefore to adopt effective waste reduction strategies to reverse this potential. The waste reduction plan shall be developed when it is established that the forecast aligns with the actual. SSC-CLN shall drive this activity.

6.36.36.36.3 Waste Management in Operating ProcedurWaste Management in Operating ProcedurWaste Management in Operating ProcedurWaste Management in Operating Procedureseseses

Waste management plan is incorporated into project/activity HSE Plan. Guide for developing such area-specific project or activity waste management plans is presented in Appendix E of the Waste Management Manual. It is required that such plans be sent to HSX-ENVW for review before adoption.

6.46.46.46.4 Development, Review and Publication of ProceduresDevelopment, Review and Publication of ProceduresDevelopment, Review and Publication of ProceduresDevelopment, Review and Publication of Procedures

HSE-ENVW and SSC-CLN shall be responsible for development of waste management guidelines, procedures, work instructions, technical specifications etc within the scope of their respective activities.

Whereas HSX-ENVW shall provide the guides, standards and framework of the WMS documentation, SSC-CLN shall be responsible for development of detailed procedures, work instructions and technical specifications for the delivery of the process.

Currently available waste management documents include the following:

� Waste management manual, 2001. � Procedure for inputting waste data into WMIS, 2002. � Waste data quality management plan, 2002. � Waste classification guide, 2002. � Waste prediction modelling, deployment and monitoring plan � Procedure for compilation and reporting of waste data, 2002. � Procedure for handling and disposal of smoke detectors, 2002. � Procedure for handling and disposal of burnt fluorescent tubes, 2002. � Procedure for handling and disposal of asbestos waste, 2002. � Procedure for handling, transport and disposal of waste



7. IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND CORRECTIVE

ACTION

7.17.17.17.1 Regulatory Compliance MonitoringRegulatory Compliance MonitoringRegulatory Compliance MonitoringRegulatory Compliance Monitoring

HSX-ENVW shall in liaison with HSE-SYSA monitory HSE regulatory compliance issues, and shall report to relevant authorities as required.

7.27.27.27.2 NonNonNonNon----compliance Managementcompliance Managementcompliance Managementcompliance Management

Non-compliance with HSE requirements and regulatory legislation shall be managed in line with the Procedure for HSE MS Non Compliance and Corrective Action Reporting.

7.37.37.37.3 Performance Measurement and ReportingPerformance Measurement and ReportingPerformance Measurement and ReportingPerformance Measurement and Reporting

Waste management performance is measured and reported to Line HSE focal points who shall report it to SSC-CLN. Waste data is reported using the Waste Management Information System (WMIS) and shall be in accordance with the Procedure for Compilation and Reporting of Waste Data. SSC-CLN shall be the custodian of the WMIS.

7.47.47.47.4 Waste Target Setting and MonitoringWaste Target Setting and MonitoringWaste Target Setting and MonitoringWaste Target Setting and Monitoring

Waste target setting and monitoring against actual performance is used for the development of a realistic waste reduction programme. Currently, waste target setting (forecasting) is being developed and shall be monitored until it is validated and suitable for the development of a waste reduction plan. Line Departments and SSC-CLN shall agree to set the targets thereafter the former shall be the sole owner of the targets. The performance against targets shall be published and communicated to all responsible parties. Deviations greater or less than 20% from actual shall be reviewed and documented. Details are presented in SPDC Waste Prediction Modelling, Deployment and Monitoring Plan.

7.57.57.57.5 Waste TrackingWaste TrackingWaste TrackingWaste Tracking

Waste is monitored from source to final destination. The Line HSE Focal Point is accountable from point of generation to point of transfer to SSX-WST, who becomes accountable to disposal. Accountabilities are documented using the Waste Consignment Note (WCN). The procedure for using WCN as well as the handling and disposal of wastes is provided in the Procedure for handling, transporting and disposal of waste. SSC-CLN shall be the custodian of WCN.

7.67.67.67.6 Asset IntegrityAsset IntegrityAsset IntegrityAsset Integrity

Waste management facilities and associated assets are managed for asset integrity to ensure acceptable HSE performance. The responsibility for asset integrity management is vested in the asset holder. Details are available in SPDC Asset Integrity Management System Manual.

7.77.77.77.7 Incident Monitoring, Reporting, Investigation and FollowIncident Monitoring, Reporting, Investigation and FollowIncident Monitoring, Reporting, Investigation and FollowIncident Monitoring, Reporting, Investigation and Follow----UpUpUpUp

Waste incidents shall be reported and investigated in line with SPDC’s Procedure for Incident Notification, Investigation and Follow-Up.



8. AUDIT

8.18.18.18.1 Waste Management Audit Waste Management Audit Waste Management Audit Waste Management Audit

Waste management audit is planned, driven and conducted by HSX-ENVW in liaison with the Line Departments. The audit shall cover all the waste management system elements, as shown in Appendix L of the Waste Management Manual.

8.28.28.28.2 Auditors’ CompetenciesAuditors’ CompetenciesAuditors’ CompetenciesAuditors’ Competencies

As a minimum, auditors shall be Environmental Advisers with at least 3 years experience in waste management operations.

8.38.38.38.3 FollowFollowFollowFollow----upupupup

Waste management audits and inspections recommendations shall be tracked via an electronic system. Recommendations shall be implemented and followed up by Action Parties until they are duly closed out.



9. REVIEW

9.19.19.19.1 Quarterly & Annual Performance ReviewQuarterly & Annual Performance ReviewQuarterly & Annual Performance ReviewQuarterly & Annual Performance Review

SSC-CLN shall hold quarterly and annual waste management performance reviews, where plans & performance, waste data reports & forecast, facilities operational status etc shall be communicated. All line waste management focal points are expected to attend these reviews. Appendix 5 presents the list of waste management focal points in SPDC. HSX-ENVW shall participate in these meetings.

9.29.29.29.2 WMS ReviewWMS ReviewWMS ReviewWMS Review

HSX-ENVW, as the custodian of the WMS manual, shall conduct review of the Waste Management System every two years, and shall make recommendations for the improvement of the process.

9.39.39.39.3 Organization ChangesOrganization ChangesOrganization ChangesOrganization Changes

Top management drives waste management organisation changes. Corporate HSE shall be involved in the structuring and alignment with the EP Business Model and Group HSE-MS structure.



REFERENCES

1. Contractor Management Guide, SPDC 99-031

2. EP950100 Guidelines for the Development and Application of HSE Management System. Report No. 6.36/210. July 1994.

3. HSE Competence Assurance Manual, SPDC.

4. HSE-MS Part 1, SPDC 99-025, August 2002.

5. Procedure for Compilation and Reporting of Waste Data, 2002.

6. Procedure for Disposal of Obsolete Seismic Tapes

7. Procedure for Disposal of Waste Toner and Replenisher

8. Procedure for handling and disposal of asbestos waste, 2002.

9. Procedure for handling and disposal of burnt fluorescent tubes, 2002.

10. Procedure for Handling and Disposal of Photocopier Consumables

11. Procedure for Handling and Disposal of Smoke detectors, 2002.

12. Procedure for Handling, Transporting and Disposal of Waste

13. Procedure for Hospital Waste Handling and Disposal

14. Procedure for HSE Data Reporting and Record Keeping. SPDC P –08. June 2002

15. Procedure for inputting waste data into WMIS, November 2002

16. SPDC SHOC Manual

17. The Register of HSE Critical Legislation, 98-335

18. Waste classification guide, 2002.

19. Waste Data Quality Management Plan, 2002

20. Waste Management Guide, Shell HSE Committee, SIEP. February 1996

21. Waste management manual, 2001.

22. Waste Prediction Modelling, Deployment and Monitoring Plan.

23. Worksite Hazard Information System Manual



APPENDICES

APPENDIX 1: WAPPENDIX 1: WAPPENDIX 1: WAPPENDIX 1: WASTE MANAGEMENT POLIASTE MANAGEMENT POLIASTE MANAGEMENT POLIASTE MANAGEMENT POLICYCYCYCY

It is SPDC’s policy • to take all practical and reasonable measures to minimize the generation of solid and liquid

waste, as well as emissions from flares and otherwise • not to use Mineral Oil-based muds in drilling • to manage and dispose of such wastes in a statutory and environmentally responsible

manner • to track and maintain records of the full life cycle of waste streams and provide an auditable

trail as to its management and disposal



APPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PAPPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PAPPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PAPPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSROCESSROCESSROCESS

S/no.S/no.S/no.S/no. ActivityActivityActivityActivity HSXHSXHSXHSX----ENVW ENVW ENVW ENVW SSCSSCSSCSSC----CLNCLNCLNCLN SSXSSXSSXSSX----WSTWSTWSTWST DWRDWRDWRDWR----EVXEVXEVXEVX Other Line DepartmentsOther Line DepartmentsOther Line DepartmentsOther Line Departments

1. Waste Management Business Plan (WMBP)

� Provide WMBP tracking template � Challenge waste management plans from all line departments.

� Develop, monitor and maintain 5-year WMBP using the 5-year forecast.

� Make input into the SSC-LOG business plan.

� Develop WMBP and send to HSX-ENVW for challenge

� Develop WMBP and send to HSX-ENVW for challenge.

2. Waste Mgt. System Development, Implementation & Review

� Develop, maintain and review the waste management system.

� Implement the Waste Management System requirements. � Participate in WMS review




3. Waste Inventorization � Provide technical specifications for necessary hardwares / equipment for waste collection. � Continuous update of the waste inventory master list

� Inventorize and report waste disposed to SSC-CLN � Provide appropriate equipment for inventorization

� Inventorize and report data to SSC-CLN

� Inventorize and report data to SSC-CLN



S/noS/noS/noS/no ActivityActivityActivityActivity HSXHSXHSXHSX----ENVW ENVW ENVW ENVW SSCSSCSSCSSC----CLNCLNCLNCLN SSXSSXSSXSSX----WSTWSTWSTWST DWRDWRDWRDWR----EVXEVXEVXEVX Other LinOther LinOther LinOther Line Departmentse Departmentse Departmentse Departments

4. Waste Segregation at Source

� Provide technical support to SSX-WST to perform waste segregation effectively.

� Practice primary and secondary waste segregation when necessary � Drive the process for waste segregation � Provide appropriate equipment for waste segregation

� Conduct primary waste segregation

� Conduct primary waste segregation

5. Waste Characterization & Analysis

� Support SSC-CLN in matters of waste characterization and analysis

� Conduct characterization and analysis of wastes in liaison with HSX-ENVW.

6. Waste Minimization � Harmonize waste minimization strategies

� Develop strategy and programme for waste minimization.

� Implement waste minimization strategies (recycle and reuse)

� Implement waste minimization strategies (reduce, reuse, recycle recover)

� Implement waste minimization strategies (reduce, reuse, recycle and recovery)

7. Waste Transportation � Provide technical support to SSX-WST to effectively carry out waste transportation.

� Collect and transport waste from designated collection points to disposal facilities.

� Transport and dispose drilling waste from point of generation to disposal facilities.

� Collect waste at designated collection points



APPENDIX 2 CONTD.: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSAPPENDIX 2 CONTD.: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSAPPENDIX 2 CONTD.: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSAPPENDIX 2 CONTD.: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESS

S/no.S/no.S/no.S/no. ActivityActivityActivityActivity HSXHSXHSXHSX----ENVWENVWENVWENVW SSCSSCSSCSSC----CLNCLNCLNCLN SSXSSXSSXSSX----WSTWSTWSTWST DWRDWRDWRDWR----EVXEVXEVXEVX Other Line DepartmentsOther Line DepartmentsOther Line DepartmentsOther Line Departments

8. Waste Tracking (WMIS/WCN) & Reporting

� Perform waste data quality assurance assessment and advice on quality control measures.

� Custodian of Waste Inventory Process; WMIS and WCN; train users on WMIS. � Collate data from drilling, SSX-WST and other line departments. � Quality check data and report to HSX-ENVW

� Track waste using WCN � Report data on waste disposed to SSC-CLN.

� Track waste using WCN � Report was data to SSC-CLN.

� Track waste using WCN � Report waste data to SSC-CLN

9. Waste Treatment & Disposal

� Provide standards for setting up, operating and maintaining waste treatment facilities.

� Setup, operate and maintain waste treatment and disposal facilities.

� Set up operate and maintain drilling waste management facilities.

10. HEMP application � Review waste management plan for EIA and monitor the waste management aspects of the EMP.

� Develop, deploy and implement HEMP to Line waste management activities

� Implement HEMP in waste management activities.

� Apply HEMP in drilling waste management activities.

� Apply HEMP in waste management operations

11. Inspections � Perform inspections of waste management processes and facilities.

� Carry out regular inspections of waste management facilities, in liaison with HSX-ENVW.

� Conduct waste management inspections of disposal facilities in liaison with SSC-CLN.

� Conduct drilling waste management inspections in liaison with SSC-CLN.

� Participate in waste management inspections of facilities



APPENDIX 2 CONTD.: ROLES & TASKS IN WAAPPENDIX 2 CONTD.: ROLES & TASKS IN WAAPPENDIX 2 CONTD.: ROLES & TASKS IN WAAPPENDIX 2 CONTD.: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSSTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSSTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSSTE MANAGEMENT PROCESS

S/noS/noS/noS/no ActivityActivityActivityActivity HSXHSXHSXHSX----ENVW ENVW ENVW ENVW SSCSSCSSCSSC----CLNCLNCLNCLN SSXSSXSSXSSX----WSTWSTWSTWST DWRDWRDWRDWR----EVXEVXEVXEVX Other Line Other Line Other Line Other Line DepartmentsDepartmentsDepartmentsDepartments

12. Audits � Perform audits of waste management processes and facilities.

� Carry out audit on waste management facilities

� Participate in waste management audit of facilities



13. Waste Management Performance Reviews

� Participate in quarterly performance review meetings and annual workshops.

� Plan and organize quarterly performance review meetings and annual workshops

� Participate in WM quarterly reviews and workshops



14. Guidelines & Standards � Develop HSE guidelines and standards on waste management

� Provide technical guidelines, standards and procedures facilities/equipment/systems for waste transportation, treatment & disposal.

� Implement technical specifications, work instructions and procedures on waste management.

� Develop and Implement technical standards, work instructions and procedures on waste management.

� Implement technical specifications, work instructions and procedures on drilling waste management.

15. Regulatory Standards & Compliance

� Drive regulatory standards and compliance issues in liaison with HSE-SYSA � Maintain and review the hazardous waste register.

� Facilitate regulatory compliance in liaison with HSX-ENVW.

� Ensure compliance with regulatory standards.





APPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSAPPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSAPPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSAPPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESS

S/no.S/no.S/no.S/no. ActivityActivityActivityActivity HSXHSXHSXHSX----ENVW ENVW ENVW ENVW SSCSSCSSCSSC----CLNCLNCLNCLN SSXSSXSSXSSX----WSTWSTWSTWST DWRDWRDWRDWR----EVXEVXEVXEVX Other Line Other Line Other Line Other Line DepartmentsDepartmentsDepartmentsDepartments

16. Waste Forecast & Reduction Programmes

� Develop strategies for waste forecast & reduction programme.

� Provide technical support for waste forecasting and reduction strategies. � Be custodian of the waste forecast

� Provide drilling waste forecast and reduction plan in liaison with SSC-CLN.

� Provide waste forecast and reduction plan in liaison with SSC-CLN.

17. Chemical Management

� Participate in the chemical management committee � Perform & create awareness on the implementation of group standards on animal testing in SPDC.

18. Waste Mgt. Research & Development

� Perform research on new waste management improvement initiatives and technologies in EP industry.

� Identify improvement initiatives to existing waste transportation, treatment and disposal activities in liaison with HSX-ENVW.

19. MEE Implementation � Drive and monitor waste management aspects of MEE

� Facilitate the deployment of waste management aspects of MEE to the line operations.

� Comply with waste management aspects of the MEE





APPENAPPENAPPENAPPENDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESSDIX 2: ROLES & TASKS IN WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCESS

S/no.S/no.S/no.S/no. ActivityActivityActivityActivity HSXHSXHSXHSX----ENVW ENVW ENVW ENVW SSCSSCSSCSSC----CLNCLNCLNCLN SSXSSXSSXSSX----WSTWSTWSTWST DWRDWRDWRDWR----EVXEVXEVXEVX Other Line DepartmentsOther Line DepartmentsOther Line DepartmentsOther Line Departments

20. New Waste Mgt Issues � Drive the implementation of new waste management issues, standards and requirements

� Deploy new waste management issues to the line operations.

� Implement new waste management issues



21. Awareness � Create awareness on corporate waste management issues

� Create awareness on standard waste management practices.

� Create awareness on standard waste collection, transportation, treatment and disposal.

� Create awareness on drilling waste management practices.

� Create awareness on waste management practices.

22. Waste management petition matters

� Maintain a database for the management of petitions on waste issues.

� Provide support to HSX-ENVW in petition management




23. Review of waste management Manual

� Participate in the review of the waste management manual

� Review the corporate waste management manual.

� Participate in the review of the waste management manual.



24. Review of waste Management master plan

� Support SSC-CLN in the review of the waste management master plan.

� Review the corporate waste management master plan in liaison with HSX-ENVW.

� Participate in the review of the waste management master plan.





APPENDIX 3: WASTE INAPPENDIX 3: WASTE INAPPENDIX 3: WASTE INAPPENDIX 3: WASTE INVENTORY MASTER SHEETVENTORY MASTER SHEETVENTORY MASTER SHEETVENTORY MASTER SHEET

Activity Level Unit Solid and Liquid Wastes Unit

Hole length drilled with water-based mud (WBM) km EP Wastes

Hole length drilled with synthetic mud (SBM) km EP Non-hazardous waste Total hole length drilled km

Air filters generated Tonne

Emissions to Air Unit Cement water generated Tonne

Halons and CFCs in stock and equipment Tonne Contaminated cement generated Tonne

Halons and CFCs lost to atmosphere Tonne Contaminated soil from fresh spill site generated Tonne

HCFCs and HFCs in stock and equipment Tonne Contaminated soil from saver pits generated Tonne

HCFCs and HFCs lost to atmosphere Tonne Contaminated soil from surge vessels generated Tonne

Drilled cement generated Tonne

Discharges to Water Unit Oil & Fuel filters generated Tonne

Total produced water m3 Oily rags generated Tonne

Produced water discharged to surface environment m3 Pigging waste generated Tonne

Produced water discharged to fresh/brackish water m3 Used absorbents generated Tonne

Produced water discharged to sea m3 WBM (whole mud) generated Tonne

Oil discharged with water to surface environment Tonne WBM cuttings generated Tonne

Oil discharged with produced water to fresh/brackish water Tonne Workover/completion fluids generated Tonne

Oil discharged with produced water to sea Tonne EP Hazardous wasteOil discharged with other effluents to surface environment Tonne Batteries generated Tonne

Average oil concentration in produced water mg-1l blasting grit generated Tonne

Synthetic oil in SBM losses to surface environment Tonne BOP fluids generated Tonne

Synthetic oil on SBM cuttings to surface environment Tonne Clinical waste generated Tonne

Total synthetic oil discharged to surface environment Tonne mercury waste /fluorescent tubes generated Tonne

Obsolete chemical generated Tonne

Oily sludge generated Tonne

SBM (whole mud) generated generated Tonne

SBM cuttings generated generated Tonne

Sewage generated Tonne

Spent chemicals generated Tonne

Spent lube oil generated Tonne



APPENDIX 3 CAPPENDIX 3 CAPPENDIX 3 CAPPENDIX 3 CONTD.: WASTE INVENTOONTD.: WASTE INVENTOONTD.: WASTE INVENTOONTD.: WASTE INVENTORY MASTER SHEETRY MASTER SHEETRY MASTER SHEETRY MASTER SHEET

OU Waste

OU Non-hazardous wastes OU hazardous wastesAir filters generated Tonne Asbestos generated Tonne

Aqueous effluents (e.g kitchen waste water) generated Tonne Batteries (wet and dry) generated Tonne

Ashes generated Tonne Clinical + medical waste generated Tonne

Ballast water generated Tonne Mercury waste/fluorescent tubes generated Tonne

Blasting grit generated Tonne Obsolete chemicals generated Tonne

BOP fluids generated Tonne Spent chemicals generated Tonne

Cans and tins generated Tonne

Cement water generated Tonne

Computer toner cartridges generated Tonne

Construction and delomition materials generated Tonne

Contaminated cement generated Tonne

Contaminated soil from fresh spill site generated Tonne

Contaminated soil from saver pits generated Tonne

Contaminated soil from surge vessels generated Tonne

Dredge spoil generated Tonne

Drilled cement generated Tonne

Food generated Tonne

Garbage generated Tonne

Garden waste generated Tonne

Glass generated Tonne

Oil & fuel filters generated Tonne

Oily rags generated Tonne

Oily sludge generated Tonne

Paper generated Tonne

Pigging waste generated Tonne

Plastics generated Tonne

SBM (whole mud generated) generated Tonne

SBM cuttings generated generated Tonne

Scrap metals (include drums) generated Tonne

Sewage generated Tonne

Spent lube oil generated Tonne

Tyres and tubes generated Tonne

Used absorbents generated Tonne

water filters generated Tonne

WBM (whole mud generated) generated Tonne

WBM cuttings generated generated Tonne

Workover/completion fluids generated Tonne



APPENDIX 4: WASTE MAAPPENDIX 4: WASTE MAAPPENDIX 4: WASTE MAAPPENDIX 4: WASTE MANAGEMENT FACIL IT IESNAGEMENT FACIL IT IESNAGEMENT FACIL IT IESNAGEMENT FACIL IT IES

Facility NameFacility NameFacility NameFacility Name LocationLocationLocationLocation FunctionFunctionFunctionFunction StatusStatusStatusStatus Eneka Dumpsite Eneka – East Biodegradable waste dumpsite Operational Open Burner I.A – East Open burning of

clinical/medical waste Operational

Waste Recycling Depot I.A – East / Ogunu West

Reception and temporal storage for recyclable wastes pending collection by recycling vendors

Operational

Thermal Desorption Units

Bonny – East / Forcados - West

Thermal desorption of oil in contaminated soil

Operational

Sewage Treatment Plant

Edjeba – West Sewage treatment Operational

Medical Incinerator Ogunu – West Controlled high temperature burning of clinical/medical waste

Operational

Jeddo Composting Plant

Jeddo - West Composting of food wastes Operational

Ughelli Engineered Dumpsite

Ughelli - West Domestic waste dumpsite Operational

Integrated Waste Management Facilities

Umuakwuru – East Landfill, composting, sewage treatment, incineration

Under Construction

Medical Incinerator I.A – East Incineration of clinical waste Under Construction

Egbeleku Landfill Egbeleku - West Handling of some waste categories

Under Construction

Restaurant Wastewater Treatment Plant

I.A – East Treatment of restaurant waste water

Under Construction

Elelenwo Dumpsite Elelenwo – East Domestic Waste Dumpsite Closed



APPENDIX 5: WASTE MAAPPENDIX 5: WASTE MAAPPENDIX 5: WASTE MAAPPENDIX 5: WASTE MANAGEMENT FOCAL POINTNAGEMENT FOCAL POINTNAGEMENT FOCAL POINTNAGEMENT FOCAL POINTSSSS

Data Group Data Focal Point Activity Ref. Ind. Tel Data Focal Point Activity Ref. Ind. Tel Reportable Parameter

Activity Level Ejike, S. M Drilling Operations DWE-OPS 21488 Anighoro Sunny Drilling Operations DWW-OPS 42979 Hole length drilled with water-based mud (WBM

Hole length drilled with synthetic mud (SBM)

Total hole length drilled

Ayanruoh Henry Seismic DTW-GPH 42642 Seismic 3d Onshore/Offshore

Halons, CFCs, HCFCs and HFCs Nwosu, S.I AC Maintenance PSE-UAR 21393 Odeh Ben Utilities Maintenance PSW-UTL 47158 Halons and CFCs in stock and equipment

Ohwofasa Queen Utilities Maintenance PSW-UTL 46463 Halons and CFCs lost to atmosphere

Ezuma W.I Civil Maintenance PSW-CVL 47025 HCFCs and HFCs in stock and equipment

Imhoke Solomon Terminal Operations PTW-HSE 45030 HCFCs and HFCs lost to atmosphere

Oil-containing Effluents Adesina, T Production Data PIE-OGA 22773 Ofovwe Kevwe Production Data PIW-OGA 43469 Total produced water

Produced water discharged to fresh/brackish

water

Produced water discharged to sea

Produced water discharged to surface

environment

Oil discharged with produced water to

fresh/brackish water

Oil discharged with produced water to sea

Average oil concentration in produced water to

surface environment

Oil discharged with produced water to surface

environment

Epidei, M.O Production Marine Services PTE-MAR 28514

Oil discharged with other effluents to surface

environment

Drilling Discharges Ejike, S.M Drilling Operations DWE-OPS 21488 Anighoro Sunny Drilling Operations DWW-OPS 42979

Synthetic oil in SBM losses to surface

environment

Synthetic oil on SBM cuttings disposed to sea

Total synthetic oil discharged to surface

environment.

(Semi) Solid & Liquid Wastes Akpan, E.E Geomatics DTE-GEM 21601 Food, Plastic, Glass, Paper, Oil filters,

unsegregated waste, Carton, Battery

Onyeukwu, P.C Seismic DTE-HSE 21702 Ayanruoh Henry Seismic DTW-GPH 42642 Food, Plastic, Glass, Paper, Garbage, Garden,

Scrap metals, Sewage, Empty tins/cans, Oil filters,

Toner cartridges & Battery

Nnogo, C Office Services HGE-GEN 21798 Paper, Garbage, Restaurant water & Sewage

Ajiere, I Production Team A PAE-HSE 24607 Ehenemba Nicholas Production Operations PAW-HSE 42559 Food, Plastic, Glass, Paper, Garbage, Garden,

Scrap metals, Empty tins/cans, Oil filters, Oily

waste, Oil rags, Absorbents, Fan belt, Water filters

& Fluorescent tubes, Sewage

Amakiri, W.D Medical MDE-PUB 22442 Adeogun Kenny Medical MDW-OH 46854 Garbage, Medical/Clinical waste

Aigbotsua, P.P Production Team B PBE-HSE 20855 Adeyemi Adesoji Production Operations PBW-HSE 42534 Food, Plastic, Glass, Paper, Garbage, Garden,

Sewage, Scrap metals, Oily waste, Oil sludge,

Ashes, Contaminated soil, Medical/Clinical waste

& Fluorescent tubes, Oil & Fuel Filters

Nnokam, A.E Production Team C PCE-HSE 22261 Folashade Oladipo Production Operations PCW-HSE 42556 Food, Plastic, Glass, Paper, Garbage, Garden,

Sewage, Scrap metals, Oily waste, Oil sludge,

Ashes, Contaminated soil, Medical/Clinical waste

& Fluorescent tubes, Oil & Fuel filters

Aloba, P.O Pigging Operations PPE-OPS 21825 Neboh Candid Pipeline Operations PPW-HSE 43928 Pigging waste

Owowo, O.M Dredging PSE-CDR 24783 Alabi Sola Dredging Ioperation PSW-CDR 42978 Dredge Spoil

Nwosu, S.I AC Maintenance PSE-UAR 21393 HCFC Discharged

Anyanwu, O.C Estate Services PSE-CES 23120 Ezuma W.I Estate Servives PSW-CVL 47025

Usiayo Samson Estate Servives PSW-CVL 44080

Eta, E.O Production Well Services PSE-WEL 24465

Odeh Ben/ Ohowafas

Queen Production Services Food, Paper

Wachijem, I Production Workshop Serv. PSE-WKP 21817

Odeh Ben/ Ohwofasa

Queen Production Services PSW-UTL 47158/46463 Scrap metals, Effluent water

Ufot Saviour, U Bonny Terminal Operations PTE-CAS 28727 Imhoke Solomon/ Dairo

Vincent

Terminal Operations PTW-HSE 45030 Food, Plastic, Glass, Paper, Scrap metals,

Sewage, Emty tins/cans, Oil/fuel filters, Oil rags,

Wood, Carton, Fluorescent tubes, Medical/Clinical

waste, Battery, Aerosol cans & Absorbents

Ejike, S.M Drilling Operations DWE-OPS 21488 Anighoro Sunny Drilling Operations DWW-OPS 42979 Food, Plastic, Glass, Paper, Garbage, Garden,

Cable, Sewage, Scrap metals, Empty tins/cans,

Spent lube, Oil/fuel filters, Drums, Construction

debris, Fluorescent tubes, Hole length drilled with

WBM, Hole length drilled with SBM, Oil in SBM

surface losses, WBM mud generated, SBM mud

generated, WBM mud recycled, WBM mud re-

injected, SBM mud recycled, SBM surface losses,

WBM surface losses, WBM cuttings generated,

SBM cuttings generated, WBM cuttings disposed,

SBM cuttings disposed, SBM on cuttings, Cement

water, Drilled cement & Workover completion fluid

produced

EAST WEST

Food & Garden, Garbage, Glass, Plastic, Paper,

Sewage



Appendix 2: Report of FMENV Site Visit to the Rumuekpe (OML 22) Etelebou (OML 28) 3D Seismic Survey Prospect Areas. Date: 27/10/05 FMENV Visiting Team:

Alonge J. A Shittu, H Joshua T.L After initial introductions and welcome protocols, FMENV team led by Mr Alonge, highlighted the purpose of the visit which included the following:

• To ascertain the environmental sensitivity and land use pattern of the prospect area.

• To verify on the information provided in the EIA project proposal sent to the ministry.

• To confirm that work has not started on the project.

• To support the project and ensure that it is executed with due regard to the environment.

Mr Alonge`s speech was followed by a short presentation on the project by Mr Femi

Segun (Senior Operations Geophysicists). He explained that the project is the first activity in oil and gas exploration and production business. The proposed project location is on land area covering about 454 km2, spanning & 7 LGAs in Bayelsa (3) and Rivers (4) states.

Apart from FMENV officials, present at the presentation were:

• Mr Stanley Echebima, Corporate Head, Seismic Acquisitions

• Mr Reuben Jonah, Senior Seismic Damages Supervisor

• Mrs Oby Moore, Corporate Team Leader, Integrated EIA

• Mr Victor Anyanwu – Environmental Advisor

• Mr Richard Michael – Environmental Advisor After the presentation, FMENV officials asked and obtained clarifications on the following areas:

• Project schedule

• Community consultation in view of the project coverage

• Use of explosives and re-vegetation after line cuttings. Thereafter the site visit led by Femi Segun, was embarked on with the following:

• FMENV officials

• Mr Reuben Jonah



• Mr Richard Michael

• Mr James Amezhim -- S –- I (J V 171) Project Contractor

• Mr John Okoroafor – S --- I ( J V 171) Project Contractor The trip started with a visit to the Etelebou axis covering Mbiama, Yenagoa (outskirts) – Kolo Creek road, Otegwe, Otuasega , Uru-Ama , Ukarki to Orashi River. And later the Rumuekpe axis covering, Ahoada, Ochigba, Okporowo, Okoma1 and Okoma 2 Ubumueze, Umuoji, Rundele, and other Emuoha areas etc. Aminigboko was not accessible due to flooding and bad terrain. FMENV Comments /Observations after the trip FMENV: The project has not started. FMENV: How will you manage the challenge of working in the built up areas

particularly, in Bayelsa State?

SPDC: DPR guidelines on seismic activities in such areas would apply especially on safe dynamite shooting distance, noise and vibrations, etc.

FMENV: There mighty be trespass to competitors (Agip) acreage. SPDC: The project team would be manage this through the use of as built design

and data collation/exchange from the competitor where possible. They would go extra mile to preserve and protect third party structures in course of the operation.

FMENV: How would you work in narrow roads (like Yenagoa - Kolo Creek road) with

respect to other road users.

SPDC: The team pointed out that they would restrict the use of some roads in course of the project.

FMENV: looking at its short duration, timing (December) and coverage (454 km),

there is need to clearly state the type of community assistance projects to be given to communities in the EIA report.

SPDC: This was noted FMENV: There is need for extensive community consultation. SPDC: Plans are ongoing for effective engagement



Appendix 3.

Minutes Stakeholders` Engagement Session/Scoping for OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey

Date: Wednesday, 9th November 2005

Time: 10:00am

Venue: Women Development Centre, Yenagoa.

Stakeholder Participants: Participants comprised of representatives from Federal Ministry of Environment, NGOs ( Niger Delta Development Monitoring Watch, Niger Delta Environmental Impact Assessment Monitors and Monitoring Watch and National Council of Women Society, Independent Recoder, Golden Pen, Exclusive Newspaper), Bayelsa State Ministries of Local Government and Chieftaincy Affairs, Environment, Environment, social and health consultants, Local government Chairmen Yenoagoa, Ogbia, Zarama and 5 representatives (made of Paramount Ruler, CDC Chairman, Youth Leader,Women Leader, and Opinion Leader) from the following communities: Igbogene, Ogboloma, Okutukutu,Yenegwe-Epie, Opolo-Epie, Zarama, Akenfa-Epie, Akenpai-Epie, Otuasega, Obedum, Oruma, Nedugo, Otuegwe 11, Ibelebiri, Etegwe-Epie, Edepie, Agbia, Yenizue-Gene, Agudama-Epie, The Media (New Waves, Weekly Sources, Bayelsa Express, The Moment Newspaper, Independent Recorder, Dovie). See Appendix 4. SPDC/UGNL/IDSL Contingent The contingent comprised of representatives of SPDC Seismic and Environmental Teams as well as the Seismic Contractor, United Geophysical Limited / Integrated Data Services Limited (UGNL/IDSL Joint Venture): Engr Stanley Echebima - Head, SPDC Seismic Team Mr Jonah Reuben - Seismic Team member Engr Isah Suleiman - Seismic team Member Engr Emeka Obike - Seismic Team member Mr Jachris Obinabo - Seismic Team member Mr Godswill Bornu - Environmental Team member Mr Richard Michael - Environmental Team member Sam Onyenwe - UGNL Rume Serjebor - IDSL Prof. S.O. Fagade - EIA Biophysical Consultant, University of Ibadan Dr Charles Tobi West - EIA Health Consultant, University of Port Harcourt Teaching Hospital Mr Sola Ojo - EIA Social Consultant, University of Lagos Overview: The meeting kicked off after accreditation of community and other stakeholder representatives. A community leader led the opening prayer. The moderator, Mr



Richard Michael introduced SPDC/UGNL/IDSL contingent, community representatives, state and federal regulatory bodies as well as NGOs and media representatives present. This was followed by the explanation of the workshop ground rules:

• Switch off GSM phones or put on vibration alert

• One meeting – No side discussion

• Mutual respect – We are all stakeholders

• One person to speak at a time

• KISS (Keep it short and simple) when asking questions or making comment/observations.

• Observe safety tips – emergency procedures, toilets and break periods. Thereafter came the opening remark by the leader of the SPDC delegation, Mr Stanley Echebima. He thanked participants for attending and enjoined them be open and freely discuss concerns and critical issues associated with the project. According to him, there would be more engagement sessions in the communities before the project commences with a view to properly addressing community concerns and feelings on the project. This was followed by a presentation on the over all SPDC EIA process by Mr Godswill Bornu. He defined the EIA process, purpose and its new vision in SPDC. He explained the various steps of the EIA process, particularly scoping as it relates to the project and various partners to a successful EIA study. The projects technical presentation followed suit with Engr. Isah Suleiman explaining the detailed project activities and phases as follows:

• The project objective is to acquire seismic data to help locate sizeable hydrocarbon reservoirs.

• EIA is being carried out to ascertain potential impacts of the project, which is the main reason for the engagement session.

• The project will cover an area of approximately 454km, spanning two LGAs in Bayelsa and three in Rivers State.

• On the description of the project environment, there are rivers and creeks within the area with vegetation mainly secondary forest and wetlands.

• Access to the area is by road and boats.

• The project activity description includes: Permitting, mobilisation/base camp construction, surveying/line cutting, drilling of shot holes, explosives detonation and data recording, compensation of assessed damages, abandonment, environmental remediation.

The prospect area’s biophysical, health and social baseline information, the project anticipated impacts and mitigation measures (based on available data) were presented by the Project EIA Consultants. Thereafter, stakeholders expressed their concerns/recommendations captured as follows:

Recommendations and Concerns:

• Ensure that all communities the project will traverse are identified and consulted.

• Use boats fitted with Yamaha Engines which are more environmentally friendly unlike diesel engines



• Apart from economic compensation, pay environmental and social compensations in form of community development projects

• Carry out EIA community enlightenment programmes

• Adhere to the 60 – 40 community- contractor employment policy.

• Manage domestic wastes associated with the project.

• Circulate the government approved compensation rates

• Ensure that women are signatories to compensation payment

• Transform compensation payment in form of community empowerment (Skills acquisition and provision of starter packs).

• Specify and announce wages for community labour to prevent contractors from short-changing community workers.

• Ground truth all documents and data used in the Desktop study.

• Involve community members in EIA studies.

• Identify and pay compensation to real landowners. The engagement session came to a close with a closing remark and prayer by one of the community representative at about 4:30 pm.

Stakeholders` Engagement Session for OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey

Date: Thursday, 10th November 2005

Time: 10:00am

Venue: Information Centre Ahoada

Participants: Participants comprised of representatives from Federal Ministry of Environment, NGOs (Anpez Centre for Environment, Living Earth Nigerian Foundation, Earth Skin Foundation, Environmental and Human Health Research) Rivers State Ministries of Local Government and Chieftaincy Affairs, Environment and Health, Environment, social and health consultants, Local Government Chairmen of Ahoada West, East, Abua/Odua, and 5 representatives (Paramount Ruler, CDC Chairman, Youth Leader,Women Leader, and Opinion Leader) from the following communities: Omalem, Ozochi, Okoma II, Edeoha, Ogbele, Ikodi Engeni, Owerewere, Kumushe, Ihuaba, Ogbologbolo, Ula-Ikata, Ula-Upata, Ula-Okobo, Odieke, Igbuduya, Igovia, Okarki, Oruama, Ikatu, Odigwe, Udebu, Oyakama, Ogbede, Okoboh-Abua, Aminigboko, Odiopiti, Ochiba, Emezi II, Odiogbor, Ihuike, Ihubuluko, Oshiugboko, Ihuama, Ihuama, Ihuowo, Ula Okobo II, Ogbenugwe, Ukpehede, Okpoguohadi, Otari, Okparaki, Emesu, Arukwo, Emabu, Odiabidi, Oboalei, Mbiama, Emezi I, Okogbe, Akala-Olu, Ishiayi, Egunughau, Ogharu, Ubumeze, Obarany, Odhiolugboji, Ekpeye Youth Congress, Ekpeye Council of Traditional Rulers. SPDC/UGNL/IDSL Contingent The contingent comprised of representatives of SPDC Seismic and Environmental Teams as well as the Seismic Contractor, United Geophysical Limited / Integrated Data Services Limited (UGNL/IDSL Joint Venture): Engr Stanley Echebima - Head, SPDC Seismic Team Mr Jonah Reuben - Seismic Team member Engr Isah Suleiman - Seismic team Member



Engr Emeka Obike - Seismic Team member Mr Jachris Obinabo - Seismic Team member Mr Godswill Bornu - Environmental Team member Mr Richard Michael - Environmental Team member Sam Onyenwe - UGNL Felix Uwei - UGNL Rume Serjebor - IDSL Prof. S.O. Fagade - EIA Biophysical Consultant, University of Ibadan Dr Charles Tobi West - EIA Health Consultant, University of Port Harcourt Teaching Hospital Mr Sola Ojo - EIA Social Consultant, University of Lagos Overview: After an opening prayer by a church minister from one of the community representatives, the event commenced with an opening speech by the leader of SPDC delegation, Mr Stanley Echebima who welcomed the participants and thanked them for honouring the invitation inspite of its short notice. He enjoined participants to be open and freely discuss concerns and critical issues concerning the project Thereafter came the recognition of community representatives including Ekpeye Youths and members of Ekpeye Chief- in-council. This was followed by participant’s introductions and ground rules facilitated by Mr Richard Michael and a presentation on the over all SPDC EIA process by Mr Godswill Bornu. He defined the EIA process, purpose and its new vision in SPDC. He explained the various steps of the EIA process, particularly scoping as it relates to the project and various partners to a successful EIA study. The projects technical presentation followed suit where Engr. Isah Suleiman explained the detailed project activities and phases as follows:

• The project objective is to acquire seismic data to help locate sizeable hydrocarbon reservoirs.

• EIA is being carried out to ascertain potential impacts of this survey which is the main reason for the engagement session.

• The project will cover an area of approximately 454km, spanning two LGAs in Bayelsa and three in Rivers State.

• On the description of the project environment, there are rivers and creeks within the area with vegetation mainly secondary forest, wetlands.

• Access to the area are by road and boats

• The project activity description includes: Permitting, mobilisation/base camp construction, surveying/line cutting, drilling of shot holes, explosives detonation and data recording, compensation of assessed damages, abandonment, environmental remediation.

The prospect areas biophysical, health and social baseline information as well as the anticipated project impacts and mitigation measures were presented by the Project EIA Consultants. Thereafter, stakeholders expressed their concerns/recommendations captured as follows: Concerns and recommendations:



• Properly engage community members ( not just the Chiefs and traditional rulers) before entering into community farmlands

• Put in place a monitoring team to monitor contractors activities at site especially in the following areas (Food waste disposal, Community assistance projects, Payment of wages to community workers and SPDC general environmental standards).

• Employ 60% of the workforce from the community.

• Issue personal protective equipment to community workers

• Pay adequate compensation for economic crops damaged during the seismic operation.

• Educate site workers on dangers of AIDS and avoid enticing our ladies with big monies due to poverty

• To Publish and circulate OPTS compensation rates at the community level.

• Give seismic contractor a copy of the EIA report to enable read and comply with Environmental Management Plans.

• Contractor to comply with the recommended guidelines on shooting distance.

• Implement all MOUs

• Do not pollute our waters as they are our source of drinking water and transportation, otherwise provide alternative drinking water

• Form tripartite committee (Community, Shell and contractor) for grievance handling with contact address of whom to talk to when one have issues to resolve.

• Allow communities to buy shares from Shell to enable them have a sense of belonging.

• Properly identify community owners and deal with them in order to avoid friction and disorder as land is individually owned in the community.

• Educate seismic workers not vandalise community farm products

• Put in place CD project to come along with the project.

• Use 10% of compensation payment for development projects.

• Engenei chiefs were not invited for this engagement section.

• There is EIA implementation committee in Ekpeyeland.and should be contacted for this EIA study.

• The two Ahoada Local Government Councils to be asked to send representatives to work with the EIA consultants.

In summary, stakeholders questions centred on consultation, compensation, vibration, community development, failed promises, wages, discipline at campsites. The meeting came to a close at about 4:00pm.



Appendix 4

Appendix 4: Some Photo clips of the OML 22 & 28 3D Seismic Survey EIA Stakeholders` Engagement

a

Plates a – d : Cross sections of stakeholder engagement at Women Development Centre Yenagoa for Bayelsa State Communities 9/10/05



b

d

c



f

Plates e – h : Cross sections of stakeholder engagement at Ahoada Information

Centre for Rivers State communities 10/10/05.

e



g

h



Appendix 5

The Shell Petroleum Development

Company of Nigeria Limited

S I T E R E S TORA T I ON C E R T I F I C A T E

Contract Title

Contractor Contract No.

Sub-Contractors

Site Restoration Activity Date Completed Exceptions

Demobilisation Date Approved

Requirement for Isolation of Facilities (telecoms,

electricity, water) notified to SPDC

Residential Camp Inspection Completed

Office Inspection Completed

Industrial Area Inspection Completed

Worksite Inspection Completed

All SPDC Assets handed over to SPDC

All Outstanding materials handed over to SPDC

Summary file of Contract Waste Log handed over to

SPDC

Notes:

On behalf of the Contractor I confirm that the activities stated above have been carried out and

we have restored the sites according to the Contract Requirements

Name Date Responsibility Signature

Contractors Authorized

Representative

We hereby agree that the HSE status of this Contract allows the Contractor to Demobilise

subject to the exceptions listed above.

Name Date Ref. Ind. Responsibility Signature

SPDC Contract Holder

SPDC Company Site

Representative

Plate 2.9: S i t e R e s t o r a t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e



Appendix 6



Appendix 7



Appendix 8

RESPONSE TO FMENV PANEL’S COMMENTS ON THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF THE OML 22 (RUMUEKPE ) & OML 28 (ETELEBOU) 3D SEISMIC SURVEY BY SPDC

1 of 18

S/N Page Specialist Comments Response to comments New Page

List of abbreviations and acronyms

1. xiv BCG is Bacillus of Calmette and Guerin, not Bacillus

Calmette Guarin.

Has been corrected xiv

2. xvi Liquefied as used in the explanation for LNG is different

from that for NLNG, one form of English (UK) should

be used in this report.

Has been unified xvi

3. xiv - xix Where abbreviations of SPDC depts. are listed (DTE-

GEM,) PAGX etc) it should be so stated, and the most

recent nomenclature should be used.

Updated

xiv - xix

4. xvii There are different types of turbidity units, NTU is

Nephelometric Turbidity Unit, not just Turbidity Unit as

written

Has been corrected xvii

5. xviii UNICEF is United Nations Children Fund. Formerly,

United Nations Children Emergency Fund, not education

fund.

Has been corrected xviii

6. xvii OMLS should be explained as representing both Oil

Mining License and Oil Mining Lease, as it is used

interchangeably in the report.

Has been addressed xvii

Executive Summary

7. There is no executive summary of the findings in the

report. The executive summary is a requirement

according to the FMENV prescribed EIA reporting

format.

Executive summary has been

included

1 of 19


2 of 18

Chapter (1) One: Introduction

8. 1 of 15 It is stated in para four page 1 of 15 of the ES that the

FMEN gave approval for the conducting of desktop EIA

for this project and for the use of existing information

from some previous EIAs in the area. This claim is false

and the Federal Ministry of Environment requests SPDC

should produce the evidence of approval.

Has been addressed. The

statement has been recast

1 of 13

9. 1 of 15 The sentence can be interpreted to mean that the list

given contains only some projects that have been

previously approved therefore, other sources of

information which do not fall into the category of

previously approved projects should be deleted from the

list. (Page 1 of 15 1. 1 background.)

Has been addressed. Another

paragraph has been created for

other sources of information.

1 of 13

10. 1 of 15 Page 1 of 15, Background The date of promulgation of

the Edict should be corrected. It is 1998; 1999 is the date

of publication of the gazette.

There is no edict in the page 1 of

15, Background

1 of 13

11. 3 of 15 The map in figure 1.1 Page 3 of 15 chapter 1 is wrongly

referred as the map of Niger Delta showing the proposed

project location. This map does not appropriately

describe the location of the project and therefore should

be replaced with an administrative map of the former

Rivers State (Rivers and Bayelsa). The seismic survey

route traversing the communities in these two states can

also be best described in this Administrative map.

Map has been replaced and

properly captioned

3 of 13

12. 10 of 15 Sub-section 1.5.3.1. of chapter 1(page 10 of 15 should be

updated to inform readers of this Report that the Rivers

Has been addressed 10 of 13


3 of 18

State Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources

mentioned here exist no more that what is in existence is

the Rivers State Ministry of Environment.

13. 1 of 15 Some approved projects EIAs within the OMLs under

reference were listed and added to the list are (a) Local

Govt. Yearbook 1998 edition (b) National Extract of

Statistic’s 200 (c) National population Commission Final

Results Rivers State 1991. Granted that the EIAs were

approved by the FMENV, who are the approving bodies

of the aforementioned publications?

Another paragraph has been

created for other sources of

information and their sources

adequately quoted.

2 of 13

14. The total land area to be covered by this survey was give

as 454, 548 and 455 in different instances; exact area

covered should be stated please.

Survey area has been updated to

498.1 sq.km. Necessary

corrections have been made

2 of 13

15. 3 of 15 Figure 1.1 is not a map of the Niger Delta but a map of

parts of West Africa moreso. OMLs 22 & 28 is hardly

discernible in the map.

Fig 1.1 has been replaced with a

more adequate map

3 of 13

16. 2 of 15 The report should be specific on the number of

communities affected by the project words like likely to

be affected should be avoided.

Words like likely have been

removed

2 of 13

17. 2 of 15 Emohua LGA was listed during the site verification

exercise as part of the affected LGAs and also on page 75

of 113 chapter 3, but omitted from the listed LGAs in

this chapter this should be reconciled please.

Emohua LGA not part of the

study area. Mix up corrected.

2 of 13

18. 2 of 15 The size of the survey areas given on this page should be

reconciled with the 548km

2

given on p. 1. of 15,

Survey area has been updated to

498.1 sq.km. Necessary

corrections have been made

2 of 13


4 of 18

paragraph 2 line 5. on p75 of 113, even Emuoha LGA is

mentioned.

Emohua LGA not part of the

study area. Mix up corrected.

19. 6 of 15 Laws that have been listed in the Laws of the Federation

should be appropriately cited. e.g.

o FEPA Act, CAP 131, VIII, LFN 1990

o Land Use Act, CAP 202 XI, LFN 1990

o Oil Pipelines Act, XIX, CAP 338, LFN 1990

o Petroleum Act, XX, CAP, 351, LFN 1990

Addressed. Laws appropriately

cited

6 of 13

20. 11 of 15 The FEPA Amendment Act No 59 of 2

nd

August 1992

repealed the Natural Resources Conservation Council

Act, XVII, CAP 286, and LFN 1999, hence it does not

need to be mentioned in this report.

Irrelevant amendment pulled out 11 of 13

21. 8 of 15 The S.1.8,S.1.9 & S. 1. 15 (i.e. Statutory Instruments 8,

9, & 15) should be inserted in the mentioned regulations

of 15 August 1991.

Statutory Instruments inserted

and duly explained.

8 of 13

22. 10 of 15 The Forestry Act 1958 mentioned in this report is an Act

of the old Bendel State it should be stated as such.

Act rectified 10 of 13

23. 11 of 15 Where international conventions are listed (if they are

truly relevant to the project under study), then, the full

titles of the convention should be stated first, then their

short form is stated e.g.

o The Vienna Convention written in the Report

should be cited as “the Vienna Convention for the

protection of the Ozone Layer, 1985” and where the

protocols of the Convention need to be cited the

Addressed 11 of 13


5 of 18

dates of the protocols should be stated e.g.

(Montreal protocol on substances that deplete the

Ozone layer, 1987).

o Similarly the Bonn Convention should be cited as “

convention on the Migratory species of wild

Animals 1979” CMS or The Bonn Convention”

o Convention Concerning the protection of world

Culture and Natural Heritage, 1972” a.k.a. world

Heritage convention.

24. The FMENV approval for the project should be attached

as an appendix to the report.

Addressed in appendix 8 55 of 55

25. 6 of 15 Key environmental legislation that govern pipelines or

oil industry should be listed in order of national

importance. In this case, the National Policy on

Environment and the EIA Act 86 of 1992, which is the

basis for which this report is prepared, should be given

prominence and first mention.

Addressed 6 of 13

26. 6 of 15 Relevant laws like the (a) Explosives Act, VIII Cap 117

LFN 1990 (b) Survey Co-ordination Act XXII Cap 426

LFN 1990 and should be included In the EIA reports of

projects of this nature.

Relevant laws included 6 of 13

27. There are no administrative /political and land use map in

the EIA report. These maps should be under Chapter 1,

and what is inserted as Fig 3.4.a can hardly be regarded

as an administrative map as there are no administrative

Maps inserted as suggested 3 of 13


6 of 18

/political delineations to adjudge it as such

Chapter Two: Project Description

28. 3 of 29 In page 2 of 15, chapter 1. Ogbia and Yenagoa were

listed as the affected LGAs. However

Okordia/Zarama/Biseni LGAs were added in page 3 of

29, chapter two. Which is which please?

Okordia/Zarama/Biseni LGAs

not part of study area

5 of 29

29. 5 of 29 The meaning of JV 171 should be clearly stated in the

report. (page 5 of 29) .

Stated as suggested 9 of 29

30. 7 of 29 The title of Table 2.2 is misleading, how possible is it to

identify Rivers State communities in Bayelsa State?

Rectified 9 of 29

31. Entire

document

It is advised that OMLs 22 & 28 not 22/28 as various

written in the report.

Corrected Entire

document

32. 28 of 29 The project schedule in page 28 of 29 chapters 2 should

be reviewed in line with the present status of the project.

Project schedule reviewed 28 of 29

33. 3 of 29 The EIA Report did not provide visible alternatives for

the project that would consider possible routes, and

techniques against their environmental implications. The

only option- the “Do Nothing Option” what was rejected

as stated in page 3 of 29, chapter 2 does not suggest that

other project alternatives were considered.

Addressed. Alternatives now

provided in Chapter 2, Section

2.3

2 of 29

34. 7-9 of 29 The report mentions 95 communities in page I of 15

chapter one, but lists only 85 in Table 2.2, pages 7 – 9 of

29, chapter two This should be reconciled please.

Rectified. Identified

communities stands at 90

9-11 of 29

35. 15 of 29 In Topography being referred to here of “Toponymic”

i.e. the Art of study of place names?

Addressed 16 of 29


7 of 18

36. 17 of 29 Curiously, one wonders why faces of seismic crew

workers and SPDC recording staff were blotted out in

plates in the report, conventionally this is done mainly to

protect people who are under criminal accusation. Is

SPDC conceding that something ominous is being

carried out during these surveys hence this “protection in

quote of their workers’. The pictures should either be left

intact as in several approved EIA reports written by the

SPDC or expunged if they are to remain in this form.

Pictures represented

appropriately

17,18 & 19 of

29

37. 24 of 29 What are the minimum shooting distances permitted by

the government body that regulates the use of Explosives

Act?

Addressed. Section 57 of Survey

Act of 1964 stipulates 100 yards

as minimum shooting distance

permitted

24-25 of 29

38. Evidences of permission and interaction with other

relevant government bodies, like the ministry of Solid

minerals for the acquisition of explosive and SURCON

for survey activities should be convincingly provided.

This becomes very pertinent, as bodies of incompetent

jurisdiction (as it were) in this case (DPR) EGASPIN) is

widely quoted.

License included as appendix.

Request for interaction with

Ministry of Solid Minerals

Development and SURCON are

noted.

Appendix 7

39. 25 of 29 MACHA is not explained or listed in list of acronyms. MACHA

®

shooting system:

MACHA is the product name of

Macha International

Incorporation, a company based

in Houston, Texas, USA.

26 of 29

40. 26 to 29 The EIA report should state clearly the authorities that

misfired shots are reported to. (Page 26 to 29). It is

Addressed. DPR and NAPIMS 26 of 29


8 of 18

suggested that mis-fired shots should also be reported to

state and local authorities, as e.g. the DPR has

jurisdiction on the use of lands where seismic activities

have occurred.

41. 28 of 29 There is no room for EIA (ESHIA) permitting in the

project schedule (page 28 of 29) a more realistic project

schedule, in a Gantt Chart should be inserted in the

report.

Addressed 28 of 29

42. 28 of 29 The Oil Producers Trade Section (OPTS) of the Lagos

Chamber of commerce is not a government body, with

competence on compensation matters, hence

Government rates cannot be based on OPTS guidelines

as stated in page 28 of 29.

These are accepted industry

standards currently undergoing

review.

28 of 29

43. 29 of 29 Should SPDC certify itself on site restoration? As shown

by the site restoration certificate on page 29 of 29? As in

remediate oil sites that are certified by the federal

Ministry of Environment, site restoration certificates

should be obtained from a competent Govt. body in this

case, the Federal Ministry of Environment’s Forestry

Department.

Federal Ministry of Environment shall be notified

at the completion of seismic survey activities so

that site restoration can be verified and approved.

Chapter Three: Description Of The Environment

44. 2 of 113 The statement that” the 3D Seismic survey area lies

within the humid tropical belt of the Niger Delta, gives

an impression that there are other climatic zones in the

Niger delta, whereas the whole of Nigeria lies within the

Addressed 2 of 118


9 of 18

humid Tropical Zone.

45. 2 of 113 Synoptic rainfall data from the Nigerian Meteorological

Agency is more acceptable for a study of this nature than

a research station outpost in Onne.

Addressed. Data used are a

combination from both sources

2 of 118

46. 2 of 113 The finding that rainfall also peaks in the month of June

deviates markedly from many other similar studies which

conclude that rainfall peaks in July. Common experience

on an annual basis also indicates that July is a peak

rainfall month.

The rain data for the period

2001-2002 give a peak for June.

As shown in Fig 3.1, 300 mm of

rain had fallen from January to

May, indicating early onset of

rain.

2 of 118

47. 3 of 113 Page 3 of 113. 3.2 – Relative Humidity: The numbers on

the Time (h) axis of the figure should be correctly

written. There is no time (h) as 100: it is 0100.

Correction effected. 3 of 118

48. 4 of 29

5 of 29

The map of the project area with the grid of theoretical

planned source and receiver lines, and the communities

that they traverse, indicated should be included.

Also a map that relates the lists of communities with the

configuration of proposed shot points and receivers

would be a useful addition.

Requested map included as an

appendix.

6 of 29 of

chapter 2

7 of 29 of

chapt 2

49. 4 of 113 The results of ambient air quality, soil quality, water

quality etc presented in Tables in this chapter are

presented for both Rainy and Dry seasons sampling

periods which shows that the baseline data acquisition

was carried out for two (2) seasons. This was not so

stated in Section 3.1, page 1 of 113 of this chapter, and

Indicated as required 4 of 118


10 of 18

the periods of the seasons when the data were gathered

were also not stated.

50. 1 of 113 There is also nothing to show that results of any previous

study or studies within the project area were confirmed

or ground-truthed as mentioned in the above statement.

Ground-truthing was conducted

9

th

-10

th

November 2005

1 of 118

51. 6 – 9 of

113

Vegetation: Considering the fact that the study covers

freshwater swamp forest areas and mangrove swamp

forest areas (see section 3.6). a description of the floristic

composition and species densities of the mangrove

swamp forest areas should also have been given. Only

those of the freshwater swamp forest – 1- given (see

Table 3.4 on p. 7 of 113).

Present updates shows that the

study area did not include

mangrove forest. However, a

table showing the distinct

floristic composition of OML 22

& 28 have been inserted.

6 -13 of 118

52. 5, 7,8,18-

20, 40-50

of 113

Tables 3.3 (p. 5 of 113), 3.4Xp.7 of 113), 3.5 (p.8 of

113),3.10 (pp 18-20 of 113). 3.22 (pp 40-50 0f 113) have

their sources as Field Trips conducted in 2002, 2003 and

2004. Are these part of the field confirmation of

identified gaps as stated in page 1 pf 113? Or were they

carried out for other studies other than this?

Addressed by adequate citing of

Sources

5, 7-13, 23-

25, and 54-55

of 118

53. 49, 51,

and 53 of

113

Tables 3.22 (p. 49 of 113), 3.23(p. 51 “of 113), and 3.24

(p. 53 of 113), do not make any meaning as the water

body or bodies sampled were not stated for a project that

cuts across two major rivers (Orashi and Sombriero) and

other water bodies

Addressed. Caption recast 54-55, 56, 58

of 118

54. What is the name of river referred to in this report as the

North-South river running through the project area?

Corrected to Orashi river

16 of 118


11 of 18

55. 20 of 113 Borehole: The distribution of the six (6) broeholes should

have been shown in the report. From the title of Table

3.11, the boreholes were sunk between Kolo .

Boreholes sunk at Gbarantoru (6

in number) and Idu Ekpeye (3 in

number) ensure that groundwater

quality of OML 22 & 28 are

adequately covered.

Zarama is no longer part of the

project area

25-28 of 118

56. 30-48 of

113

The generalized manner in which the soil chemistry of

the project area is described obfuses the expected

distinction between the soils of the mangrove swamp

forest area and those of the freshwater swamp forest area.

For many parameters, there are remarkable differences

between the different ecological zones, and these need to

be reflected in such studies.

Update shows that mangrove

swamp does not exist in the

survey area. Hence there is a

single ecological zone.

35-52 of 118

57. 49-53 of

113

The results of aquatic studies as presented in Table 3.22-

3.24 do not reflect the existence of mangrove swamp

forest zone in the study area which is almost always

associated with brackish water systems. Pooling results

of studies of two ecologically distinct zones completely

nullifies the justification for environmental baseline

description in EIA studies.

Update shows that mangrove

swamp does not exist in the

survey area. Hence there is a

single ecological zone.

44 -58 of 118

58. 21-29 of

113

Creek and Rumuekpe. This excludes the whole of

Etelebou and Zarama areas which are also within the

study area for this EIA. It is difficult therefore to

conclude that borehole water from the specified area i.e.

Kolo Creek-Rumuekpe will adequately reflect the

Zarama is no longer included in

the survey area.

26-30 of 118


12 of 18

physicochemical characteristics of the Etelebou.

59. 3 of 113 The last sentence on page 3 of 113, on humidity values

does not correlate with the values in Figure 3.2 as

indicated.

Clarified. Figure reflects hourly

daily relative humidity as distinct

from seasonal changes.

3 of 118

60. 3 of 113 The predominant wind speeds in the others areas should

be mentioned as well, only that of Ahoada was included

in the report.

Addressed. 3 of 118

61. The exact source of the Field trips (i.e. EIA reports) of

2002, 2003, and 2004 should be mentioned as it was not

this group of writers that conducted those visits.

Indicated as SPDC

2002,2003,2004 Gbaran Ubie

IOGP

10-12 of 118

62. 5 of 113 Summary noise values were quoted for Idu Ekpeye,

however the community is not listed in the sampled

locations in Table 3.2.

See table 3.3 where Idu Ekpeye

was listed

5-6 of 118

63. 6 of 117 Also, concluding that a recorded value of 100 dB(A) at

Idu Ekpeye Palm Kernel de-shelling plant is less that

FMENV allowable limit is faulty as the EIA writers did

not provide any evidence that workers at the plant do not

exceed eight hours, or use PPEs.

Statement indicated that Idu

Ekpeye noise level of 100 dBA

was above FMNEV allowable

limit of 90 dBA for 8 hours

continuous exposure

5 of 118

64. 5-6 of

113

The source of Table 3.3 should be stated. Corrected as required 5-6 of 118

65. 8 of 113 How possible is it for plantain Banana and plantain to

have the same botanical name. One is Musa sapientum

while the other is Musa paradisisca. (p. 8 of 133).

Mix up corrected 13 of 118

66. 13 of 113 Figure 3.5 covers too large an area and the information in

the figure are too tiny to enable any meaningful

comprehension.

A larger map included as an

appendix

17 of 118


13 of 18

67. 15 of 113 If the mangroves swamp forests was a productive area as

stated in the report, would it be safe to assume then that

they are no longer a productive area or the mangrove

swamp do no longer even exist at all (section 3.6.14.p. 15

of 113).

Mangrove swamp is no longer

part of the survey area

20 of 118

68. 17 of 113 Is Dane gun meant as against “Danish Gun” in page 17

of 113, last line.

Corrected 22 of 118

69. 18 of 113 Iguanas do not exist in this part of the world! Corrected as Monitor lizard. 21 of 118

70. 44 of 113 The soil studies of the project area presented in Section

3.9.22, page 44 of 113, identified the first category of

soil with “low to moderate Available Water Holding

Capacity – Entisols, in the soils of Erema and Akubuka.

The 3

rd

category of high AWIIC Histosols were observed

in the soil of Buguma bridgehead. But, these areas –

Erema, Akubuka and Buguma are not within the Local

Government Area affected by this project. Why carry out

studies in these areas?

Appropriate corrections effected

to reflect soils of the sample area

48 of 118

71. 4 of 113 Air Quality Table 3.1 SPM values appear to suggest that

the results represent wet season data. In a typical dry

season as usually observed in the values reported as a

result of the influence of the harmattan weather.

As shown in Fig. 3.1, 300 mm of

rain had fallen in the year,

indicating that the SPM values

are valid. In addition, 2

independents results were used in

producing the report

4 of 118

72. 11 of 113 Vegetation The description of the vegetation for the

study area is too generalized. The distribution or

diversity of species is not the same in the freshwater

Table 3.4a provides details of the

floristic features of each OML

7 of 118


14 of 18

swamps even within the same OML. The Etelebou area

is slightly different in floral characteristics from the

upper Ulakpata-Idu-Ekpeye axis. This is even confirmed

by the satellite imagey (Fig. 3.5) which shows that

different land use pattern within the same OML 22.

73. 8 of 113 Population density The population density values

reported do not reflect the specific characteristics of each

study area.

Study area clarified by citing

data sources adequately

13 of 118

74. 7 of 113 How was the 6,500kg/hectare arrived at? Since no

method has been presented in the report, it becomes

difficult for the reported figure to be appreciated. On the

other hand, it raises some questions: Does the figure

include the biomass of root, stem and leaves? Page 7 of

113.

The paragraph has been deleted

as the components of the

biomass values are not clearly

provided

7 of 118

75. 7 of 113. Population density Does the biomass value refer to the

undergrowth of total vegetation biomass?

See comment above 7 of 118

76. 8 of 113. Population density Table 3.5 shows that the population

density of economic plants varied from 6 to 570 plants

per hectare. This range is too wide and suggests that the

some sections of the study area are badly degraded. If the

report is correct, has it been captured in the impact

section?

The range is wide because some

economic plants such as iron

wood are very few, whereas

others like banana and plantain

are numerous in areas of

cultivation

12 of 118

77. 8 of 113. There is need also to define economic plants: do they

include the non-timber forest plants or only the limber

plants?

It has now been defined 13 of 118


15 of 18

78. 8 of 113. This section has also omitted the ethnobotanical values

of the plants, which are critical to the local people.

This point is addressed in Table

3.4a

7 of 118

79. 10 of 113 Page 10 of 113 Heavy Metals in Tissues of Plant Species

Table 3.7 shows the study area with Mn values ranging

from 20.1-139.4mg/kg including control sites? Where is

the source of the Mn where the concentrations of Mn in

soil, water and sediment samples in the dame report are

very low or below detection levels?

There were errors in the insertion

of each decimal point and these

have been corrected as

appropriate

16 of 118

80. 65 of 113 Fishing: Fishing is major occupation in the area. The

report does not have any information on catch per unit

effort, which is an index that can readily be used for

monitoring.

Catch per unit effort data were

not obtained during the field

survey

70 of 118

81. 66 of 113 Lake and pond fishing is very common particularly in the

Ahoada area but this aspect has been omitted in the

report.

Presence of fish ponds and small

lakes is on page 71 of 120

71 of 118

Chapter (4) Four Consultation

82. During the FMENV conducted site verification exercise

on the 27

th

Oct, 2005, concerns were raised by the

FMENV on the need to clearly state the nature of

community assistance project as this activity is of short

duration. This is however not addressed in the EIA

report.

Project Advisory Committee

(PAC) shall discuss and agree on

community assistance.

Community representatives are

part of the PAC. Community

engagements shall be carried out

to identify needs and type of

assistance. These projects shall

be supervised by the PAC (See

Section 2.5.2 on Permitting).

28 of 29


16 of 18

Chapter (5) Five: Impact Matrix

83. 16 of 56. Site Preparation/Clearing for Base Camp: There is no

quantification to determine the magnitude and

significance of impact. The location of the site will

determine the number and types of plants to be cleared. If

possible, identification of wildlife in the area should also

be carried out to determine biodiversity loss. Page 16 of

56.

Land clearing shall be limited to

only 6,669 sq. m at the Oyokama

Camp site, as the Omerelu camp

already exists, hence limiting

biodiversity loss (Chapter 2,

Section 2.5.4 and 16 of 56.).

16 of 56

84. 18 of 56 Increase access for hunting and logging. These activities

will lead to biodiversity loss. The impact rating should be

higher than Minor. Page 18 of 56.

Since there shall be no clearing

at camp sites, access to hunting

and logging will be minimal.

18 of 56

85. 44 of 56 Reduction of Access to land and its resources. It appears

here that the area to be used as base camp has been

selected. This has not been stated in any other relevant

section of the report. Page 44 of 56.

Kindly see Section 2.5.4 14 of 31

Chapter (6) Six

86. 7 of 14 The significant identified impacts and their mitigation

measures stated in Sect. 6.6 2, page 7 of 14 of chapter 6

for waste generation during construction are.

Query now well defined 7 of 14

87. 6 of 14 Page 6 of 14, The use of the words ‘proffered’ and

‘recommended’ for mitigation measures appears

unacceptable since this is an SPDC document.

Addressed as suggested Entire chapter

General comments:

88. Methodology: Desktop EIA used. Desktop for

Socioeconomic (SIA) using data of 1999, (because the

Addressed as suggested


17 of 18

2004 reports also used 1999 date) is not suitable for

socioeconomic study. It is suggested that Desktop be

reserved for biophysical. Method used in the literature

should be discussed if using desktop. Given that

methodology (questionnaires, map of study area, etc.) is

not contained in the report, most of the information

provided cannot be appropriated.

89. Consultation with communities: Community consultation

is more than scoping workshop. No evidence of adequate

consultation. The essence of EIA is to ensure that

development takes place properly without compromising

the ability of the future generation to meet their need.

Relying on data of 1999 is not good enough for Socio

and Health impact assessment.

Report has dissociated scoping

mission from consultations

Evidence of community

consultation has been provided in

Chapter 4: Consultations,

inclusion of community in PAC.

90. Page numbering. Pages numbered 68 of 113 for each

chapter does not improve page identification. Suggestion:

Look through all page numbers and correct printers devil

(68 of 133 instead of 68 of 113). Further, Use chapter

number and page, e.g. 3-68.

Addressed as suggested Entire report

91. Information used in report very generalised or global

Population of communities (page 70 of 113). Less than a

quarter, almost a quarter etc. Actual percentages should

be used. Walk-through population estimate should be

done for each community. School Enrolment, Gender

distribution, Housing, Household Income, etc. for

Addressed as suggested. School

Enrolment, Housing, Household

Income, etc. addressed at state/

LGA level. However, there are

limitations in addressing aspects

on population estimates because

experience has shown that

74 – 85 of

118


18 of 18

Bayelsa State instead of for each community or are least

for the Local Government Area.

estimates usually documented

without adequate census

conditions raise a lot of reactions

and contests from the

constituencies. This is why

demographers usually stick with

the 1991 census figures.

Furthermore, LGA sources

clearly advised that we stick with

the 1991 census figures.

92. Reference: Omissions and non-adherence to standard

style. America Psychological appreciated. Nigeria

Demographic and Health Survey (NDHS) of 1999 not in

reference. Page 71 of 113.

Omitted references have been

incorporated into the references.

Consistency in citing of

references rectified

See reference

section

93. Sources of Table and Consistency: Table 3.36 and Figure

3.11. Author before title of Tables and Figures. SPDC

2004. Trans Niger HIA Report. Pages 73 of 113.

Consistency in citing of

references has been rectified.

See reference

section

94. Generic impact and mitigation. Employment generation.

What is the proportion of total workforce to the

population of project area? Influx of people, increased

hunting and logging etc. Let impact be relevant and

specific to the project. No need for a long list of generic

impacts, which are not applicable.

Addressed as suggested.

Employment is rather based on

the magnitude extent of the job

to be done as against the

population of the project area.

8 –9